As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 6, 1997
                                                    Registration No. 333-18565
       

                        SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549
                                _________________
      
                                 Amendment No. 1
                                        to
       
                                     FORM S-1
                              REGISTRATION STATEMENT

                         UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                  ______________

                                EMCORE CORPORATION
              (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
                             ________________________

                                                                        
              New Jersey                              3670                               22-2746503
              (State or other jurisdiction            (Primary Standard Industrial       (I.R.S. Employer
              of incorporation or organization)       Classification Code Number)        Identification No.)
     
394 Elizabeth Avenue, Somerset, New Jersey 08873 (908) 271-9090 (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices) _____________________ Thomas G. Werthan EMCORE Corporation 394 Elizabeth Avenue Somerset, New Jersey 08873 (908) 271-9090 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service) Copies to: Ellen B. Corenswet, Esq. Kevin Keogh, Esq. Babak Yaghmaie, Esq. White & Case Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP 1155 Avenue of the Americas 1633 Broadway New York, New York 10036 New York, New York 10019 (212) 819-8200 (212) 581-1600 Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: as soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement. If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ___ If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the following box and list the Securities Act of 1933 registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ___ If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act of 1933 registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ___ If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. ___ THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE. [ART] IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET, IN THE OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET OR OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME. This Prospectus contains certain statements of a forward-looking nature relating to future events, such as developments of processes and commencement of production, or the future financial performance of the Company. Prospective investors are cautioned that such statements are only projections and that actual events or results may differ materially. In evaluating such statements, prospective investors should specifically consider the various factors identified in this Prospectus, including the matters set forth under the heading "Risk Factors" which could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements. Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any state. Prospectus SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY __, 1997 ________, 1997 2,500,000 SHARES [EMCORE LOGO] EMCORE CORPORATION COMMON STOCK All the 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby (the "Offering") are being issued and sold by EMCORE Corporation ("EMCORE" or the "Company"). Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock of the Company. It is currently anticipated that the initial public offering price will be between $9.00 and $11.00 per share. See "Underwrit- ing" for a discussion of the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price. The Company has applied for quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "EMKR." SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 6 FOR INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS. THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. Price Underwriting Proceeds to the Discounts and to the Public Commissions(1) Company(2) Per Share . . . . . . . . . . . . $____ $____ $____ Total (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . $_______ $_______ $_______
(1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). See "Underwriting." (2) Before deducting expenses estimated at $710,000 which will be paid by the Company. (3) The Company has granted the several Underwriters an option, exercisable within 30 days of the date hereof, to purchase up to 375,000 additional shares of Common Stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to the Company will be __________, __________ and __________. See "Underwriting." The shares of Common Stock are being offered by the several Underwriters when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters and subject to various prior conditions, including their right to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the share certificates will be made in New York, New York on or about __________, 1997. DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE NEEDHAM & COMPANY, INC. SECURITIES CORPORATION PROSPECTUS SUMMARY The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information, including "Risk Factors" and the Financial Statements and Notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Except as otherwise indicated, (a) all references to fiscal years of the Company in this Prospectus refer to fiscal years ended on September 30 and (b) all information in this Prospectus assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option and reflects a 3.4:1 reverse stock split of the Common Stock effective February 3, 1997. THE COMPANY EMCORE, founded in 1984, designs and develops compound semiconductor materials, such as gallium arsenide, and process technology and is a leading manufacturer of production systems used to fabricate compound semiconductor wafers. The Company provides its customers, both in the U.S. and internationally, with materials science expertise, process technology and compound semiconductor production systems that enable the manufacture of commercial volumes of high-performance electronic and optoelectronic devices. In 1996, in response to the growing need of its customers to cost effectively get to market faster with high volumes of new and improved high-performance products, the Company expanded its product offerings to include the design and production of wafers and package-ready devices. The Company believes that it is the only company that offers such a broad range of products and services to the compound semiconductor industry. Recent advances in information technologies have created a growing need for power-efficient, high- performance electronic systems that operate at very high frequencies, have increased storage, computational and display capabilities, and can be produced cost-effectively in commercial volumes. In the past, electronic systems manufacturers relied on advances in silicon semiconductor technology to meet many of these demands. However, the newest generation of high-performance electronic and optoelectronic applications require certain performance and functions which are generally not achievable using silicon-based components. Compound semiconductors have emerged as an enabling technology to meet the complex requirements of today's advanced information systems. Compound semiconductor devices operate at much higher speeds than silicon devices with lower power consumption and less noise and distortion. In addition, unlike silicon-based devices, compound semiconductor devices have optoelectronic capabilities that enable them to emit and detect light. As a result, electronics manufacturers are increasingly integrating compound semiconductor devices into their products in order to achieve higher performance in a wide variety of applications, including wireless communica-tions, telecommunications, computers, and consumer and automotive electronics. Historically, developers of compound semiconductor devices have met capacity needs with in-house systems and technologies. However, the requirements for the production of commercial volumes of high- performance compound semiconductor devices have often exceeded the capabilities of such in-house solutions. The Company believes that wafers fabricated using metal organic chemical vapor deposition ("MOCVD") possess better uniformity, as well as better optical and electronic properties, than wafers fabricated by traditional methods. The Company believes that its proprietary TurboDiscTM MOCVD system provides a low cost of ownership and is the critical enabling process step in the volume manufacture of high- performance electronic and optoelectronic devices. The Company's objective is to capitalize on its position as a leading developer of MOCVD process technology and production systems to become a leading supplier of wafers and package-ready devices. In 1995, the Company had a 26% share of the market for sales of MOCVD systems, according to VLSI Research Inc., which regularly publishes research on this market. In addition, the Company seeks to form strategic alliances with customers in order to obtain long-term development and high volume production contracts. The Company currently has a strategic relationship with General Motors Corporation ("General Motors") to develop and manufacture magneto-resistive ("MR") sensor products for use in automotive applications. In addition, the Company has been integrally involved in the development of solar cell technologies for telecommunications satellites and transmitter and display technologies for wireless communications applications. The Company works closely with its customers in designing and developing materials processes to be used in production systems for its customers' end-use applications. The Company has sold more than 180 systems worldwide to a broad base of leading electronics manufacturers, including: Spectrolab Inc. (a subsidiary of Hughes Electronics Company, "Hughes-Spectrolab"), General Motors, Hewlett Packard Co., Lucent Technologies, Inc., Motorola, Inc., Rockwell International Corp. ("Rockwell"), Samsung Co., Siemens AG, L.M. Ericsson AB, Texas Instruments Incorporated and thirteen of the largest electronics manufacturers in Japan. In fiscal 1996, only one customer, Hughes-Spectrolab, accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenues; sales to this customer accounted for 23.6% of the Company's revenues. The Company's systems are used by these customers to manufacture epitaxial wafers which are then processed into components used in a variety of end-use products, including: cellular telephones, pagers, personal communication service ("PCS") handsets, direct broadcast satellite ("DBS") systems, CD-ROMs, digital versatile disks ("DVDs"), flat-panel displays and electronic automotive components. THE OFFERING Common Stock offered by the Company . . . . . . . . 2,500,000 Shares Common Stock to be outstanding after the Offering . . . . . . . . . 5,494,461 Shares(1) Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . To repay outstanding debt, expand manufacturing facilities and for other general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds." Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol . . . . . . . . . EMKR SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
THREE MONTHS ENDED YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, DECEMBER 31, 1994 1995 1996 1995 1996 (IN THOUSANDS (UNAUDITED) EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA: Total revenues . . . . . . . . . . $9,038 $18,137 $27,779 $4,255 $8,591 Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . 3,825 8,210 9,172 1,473 1,867 Operating (loss) income . . . . . 116 1,906 (2,753) (831) (2,585) Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . (170) 1,516 (3,176) (885) (3,798) Pro forma net (loss) income per share(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . (.55) Pro forma shares used in computing net (loss) income per share(4) . . 6,938
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996 ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED(2)(3) (IN THOUSANDS) BALANCE SHEET DATA: Working capital . . . . . . . . . ($1,961) $20,579 Total assets . . . . . . . . . . 29,283 51,823 Long-term debt, net . . . . . . . 9,063 9,063 Shareholders' equity . . . . . . 324 22,863
__________________________ (1) Excludes: (i) 647,059 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company's 1995 Incentive and Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan, as amended, of which 464,017 shares are subject to outstanding options at exercise prices varying from $3.03 per share to $10.20 per share, (ii) warrants to purchase 9,103 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $17.00 per share, exercisable until July 24, 1997, (iii) warrants to purchase 2,330,784 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.08 per share, exercisable until May 1, 2001 and (iv) warrants to purchase 1,225,490 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $10.20 per share, exercisable until September 1, 2001. See "Management -- Stock Option Plan," "Description of Capital Stock -- Warrants" and Note 12 of the Notes to Financial Statements. (2) In October 1996, the Company established a $10.0 million demand note facility with First Union National Bank. As of December 31, 1996, the Company had drawn down $6 million from this facility. The Company intends to use part of the net proceeds of the Offering to pay down the balance outstanding under this facility. See "Use of Proceeds." (3) Reflect the sale by the Company of the 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company and the application of the estimated net proceeds thereof. See "Use of Proceeds." (4) Pro forma adjustment for net (loss) income per share and shares used in computing net (loss) income per share assumes: (i) 2,994,461 shares of Common Stock, which represents the actual weighted average shares of Common Stock outstanding, (ii) 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock to be issued by the Company in the Offering and (iii) 1,443,936 equivalent shares of Common Stock to reflect the Common Stock purchase warrants and stock options issued during the twelve months preceding the filing date of the registration statement relating to the Company's initial public offering, using the treasury stock method. RISK FACTORS An investment in the Common Stock offered by this Prospectus involves a high degree of risk. Risks involved in an investment in the Common Stock include, without limitation: risks related to expansion of the Company's business, risks related to continued growth, risks arising from the need to increase manufacturing capacity, the Company's history of operating losses, fluctuations in the Company's operating results, risks related to customer concentration, risks relating to the lengthy sales and qualification cycles for the Company's products, risks related to the Company's reliance on trade secrets, risks related to the Company's dependence on limited product offerings, manufacturing risks, risks from reliance on international sales, risks arising from rapid technological change, risks regarding the acceptance of new compound semiconductor technology by customers, risks of increased competition, risks from continued existence of a control group, risks related to dependence on key employees, risks related to environmental regulation, risks arising from the absence of a public market, risks of uncertainty of additional funding, and risks of certain anti-takeover provisions, See "Risk Factors." RISK FACTORS An investment in the shares of Common Stock offered by this Prospectus involves a high degree of risk. In addition to the other matters described in this Prospectus, prospective investors should carefully consider the following factors before making a decision to purchase the Common Stock offered hereby. Risks Related to Expansion of Business. The Company has recently experienced a significant increase in the demand for its compound semiconductor production systems. There can be no assurance that the market for compound semiconductor production systems will continue to grow or that the Company will be able to continue to develop compound semicon- ductor systems for the market or that it will be able to meet market demands or maintain and expand its customer base for such products. A failure to do so would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company has also recently expanded its operations to include the production of compound semiconductor wafers and package-ready devices. The Company's expansion into the production of such new products involves substantial capital expenditures and a significant risk that management will be unsuccessful. The Company presently anticipates utilizing a significant portion of the net proceeds of the Offering for such expenditures. The development, production and sale of compound semiconductor wafers and package-ready devices entail yield, process and capacity-related risks that differ from those associated with the development, production and sale of the Company's compound semiconductor production systems. The markets for compound semiconductor wafers and package-ready devices are in a relatively early stage of development. There can be no assurance that these markets will continue to grow or that the Company will be successful in developing or marketing such products. The Company's failure to successfully develop or market such products could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Use of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business -- Products." Risks Related to Continued Growth. The Company has recently experienced a period of rapid growth, has added new personnel and intends to continue to expand. For example, the number of the Company's employees has increased from 95 as of September 30, 1995 to 185 as of September 30, 1996. Because of the level of scientific and management expertise necessary to support such growth, the Company must recruit and retain highly qualified and well-trained technical and management personnel. There may be only a limited number of persons with the requisite skills to serve in these positions, and it may become increasingly difficult for the Company to hire such personnel over time. The Company's expansion may also significantly strain management, financial, sales and marketing and other personnel and systems. In order to effectively manage its growth, the Company must continue to enhance its systems and controls and successfully expand, train and manage its employee base. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to manage this expansion effectively or will be able to recruit, train and retain sufficient technical and managerial personnel. Any failure to manage the Company's growth properly could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Risks Arising from the Need to Increase Manufacturing Capacity. The Company currently anticipates increasing its manufacturing capacity to meet the demand for its compound semiconductor production systems and wafers and package-ready devices by expanding its existing production facility for its new product offerings and instituting a third shift at its facility. This increase will require substantial capital expenditures. The Company presently anticipates utilizing a significant portion of the net proceeds of the Offering for such expenditures. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in increasing its manufacturing capacity in time to meet the demand for its production systems or wafers and package-ready devices. In addition, the Company's success is in large part dependent on its ability to manufacture its products, particularly its wafers and package-ready devices, in high volumes and on a timely basis. In addition, commercial production of the Company's wafers and package-ready devices requires the achievement of adequate competitive yield levels. The failure of the Company to increase its manufacturing capacity, or to manufacture its products in high volumes, in a timely manner, or at sufficient yield levels, would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Business -- Manufacturing." History of Operating Losses; Uncertainty of Profitability. The Company has been in operation since 1984 and had an accumulated deficit of $18.1 million at September 30, 1996. In fiscal 1996, and the first quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company incurred consolidated net losses of $3.2 million and $3.8 million, respectively, which primarily resulted from significant initial operating expenses related to the Company's expansion to include the production of compound semiconductor wafers and package-ready devices and for the quarter ending December 31, 1996, $1.0 million of imputed warrant interest, non-cash. The Company has increased its expense levels to support anticipated growth in demand for each of its compound semicon- ductor production systems, wafer and package-ready device product offerings, including the hiring of additional manufacturing, research, engineering, sales, and administrative personnel and has also increased its investments in inventory and capital equipment. As a result, the Company is dependent upon increasing revenues and profit margins to achieve profit- ability. If the Company's sales and profit margins do not increase to support the higher levels of operating expenses, the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. There can be no assurance that the Company will ever again achieve profitability. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Financial Statements and the Notes thereto. Substantial Losses Incurred in First Fiscal Quarter of 1997. The Company has incurred a loss of $3.8 million in the quarter ending December 31, 1996. The loss was primarily attributable to continuing start-up expenses associated with the Company's two new product lines, in addition to $1 million of imputed warrant interest, non-cash. There can be no assurance that the Company will reverse its losses or cease reporting quarterly losses or that the Company's capital expenditures incurred in connection with the initiation of new product offerings will yield net revenues. The failure to report positive results from the two new product offerings could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operation. Fluctuations in Operating Results. Historically, the Company has derived substantially all of its revenues from the sale of compound semiconductor production systems which typically have list prices ranging from approximately $350,000 to $2.5 million per system. At the Company's current revenue level, each shipment of a compound semiconductor production system or failure to make a shipment can have a material effect on the Company's quarterly or annual results of operations. A cancellation, rescheduling or delay in a system shipment near the end of a particular quarter could cause net revenues in that quarter to fall significantly below the Company's expectations and could materially adversely affect the Company's operating results for such quarter. The Company's policy is to maintain positive relationships with its customers by responding promptly and effectively to warranty claims. Since the occurrence of warranty claims is unpredictable, the Company's prompt action in response to such claims could cause the Company's operating results to fluctuate unexpectedly. The Company maintains reserves against warranty claims; however, an unexpectedly high level of warranty claims in a particular quarter could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operation for that quarter. The Company anticipates that any revenues derived in the future from its recently- established wafer and package-ready device products will be subject to similar risks. Other factors which may lead to fluctuations in the Company's quarterly and annual operating results include: market acceptance of the Company's and its customers' products; the number of compound semiconductor production systems, wafers or package-ready devices being manufactured during any particular period; the mix of sales by product and by distribution channel; the timing of announcement and introduction of new compound semiconductor production systems, wafers or package-ready devices by the Company and its competitors; a downturn in the market for products incorporating compound semiconductors; variations in the configuration of production systems; changes in the design or process conditions for the production of wafers or package-ready devices; product discounts and changes in pricing; delays in deliveries from suppliers; delays in orders due to customers' financial difficulties; and volatility in the compound semiconductor industries and the markets served by the Company's customers. In addition, customers may face competing capital budget considerations, thus making the timing of customer orders uneven and difficult to predict. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to achieve a rate of growth or level of revenues in any future period commensurate with its level of expenses. It is likely that, in some future quarter or quarters, the Company's operating results may be below the expectations of analysts and investors. In such event, the price of the Company's Common Stock would likely be materially adversely affected. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Risks Related to Customer Concentration. A small number of customers have historically accounted for a substantial portion of the Company's revenues, and the Company expects a significant portion of its future sales to remain concentrated within a limited number of customers. Sales of the Company's production systems to Hughes-Spectrolab, accounted for approximately 28.9% and 23.6% of the Company's revenues in fiscal 1995 and 1996, respectively. Hughes-Spectrolab is currently the Company's largest purchaser of compound semiconductor production systems. General Motors is currently the Company's sole customer for package-ready devices. Currently, the Company is only deriving revenues from the fabrication of its wafers for use in connection with the package-ready devices being sold to General Motors. There can be no assurance that the Company will succeed in marketing its wafers and package-ready devices to any customer other than General Motors. Failure by the Company to provide wafers and package- ready devices for customers other than General Motors would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the loss of, or a significant reduction of orders from, Hughes-Spectrolab or General Motors would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to retain these or other major customers or that such customers will not cancel, delay or reschedule orders. Any reduction or delay in orders from any of the Company's significant customers, including reductions or delays due to market, economic or competitive conditions in compound semiconductor-related industries, or the loss of any such customers, would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Customers." Risks Related to Lengthy Sales and Qualification Cycles. Sales of the Company's compound semiconductor production systems depend, in significant part, upon the decision of a prospective customer to increase its manufacturing capacity, which typically involves a significant capital commitment by the customer. The amount of time from the initial contact with the customer to the customer's placement of an order is typically two to nine months or longer. The Company often experiences delays in obtaining system sales orders while customers evaluate and receive approvals for the purchase of compound semiconductor production systems. Such delays may include the time necessary to plan, design or complete a new or expanded compound semiconductor fabrication facility. Due to these factors, the Company's compound semiconductor systems typically have a lengthy sales cycle during which the Company may expend substantial funds and sales, marketing and management effort. There can be no assurance that any of these expenditures or efforts on the part of the Company will result in sales. Although the Company has a limited operating history for wafer and package-ready device fabrication, the Company anticipates that such products will have similarly lengthy sales cycles and will therefore be subject to risks substantially similar to those inherent in the lengthy sales cycles for compound semiconductor systems. In addition, the sales cycle for wafers and package-ready devices also includes a period of two to six months during which the Company develops the formula of materials necessary to meet the customer's specifications and qualifies the materials which may also require the delivery of samples. There can be no assurance that the Company will successfully develop an appropriate product in accordance with customer specifications. See "Business -- Products," "-- Sales and Marketing" and "-- Competition." Risks Related to Reliance on Trade Secrets; No Assurance of Continued Intellectual Property Protections. The Company's success and competitive position both for sales of production systems and for wafers and package- ready devices depend on whether it can maintain trade secrets, patents and other intellectual property protections. Trade secrets are routinely employed in the Company's manufacturing processes. A "trade secret" includes information that has value to the extent it is not generally known, not readily ascertainable by others through legitimate means, and protected in a way that maintains its secrecy. In order to protect its trade secrets, the Company takes certain measures to ensure their secrecy, such as executing non-disclosure agreements with its employees, customers and suppliers. Reliance on trade secrets is only an effective business practice insofar as (i) trade secrets remain undisclosed and (ii) a proprietary product or process is not reverse engineered or independently developed. The Company's inability to maintain its trade secrets relating to the systems production technology and operation could have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to sell its production systems. There can be no assurance that these trade secrets will remain undisclosed, that the Company's non-disclosure agreements will not be breached, that there will be adequate remedies for any such breach, or that the Company's production systems, process and operations will not be reverse engineered or independently developed. There can be no assurance that the steps taken by the Company will prevent misappropriation of its technology. Sales of the Company's wafers and package-ready devices depends heavily on the Company's trade secrets related to its MOCVD technology and processes. Failure to maintain trade secrets in this area would have a material adverse effect on the sales of the Company's wafer and package-ready devices. Although the Company holds six U.S. patents, these patents do not claim any material aspect of the current or planned commercial versions of the Company's systems, wafers or package-ready devices. The Company is actively pursuing patents on its recent inventions, but there can be no assurance that patents will be issued from any pending applications, or that the claims in any existing or future patents issued or licensed to the Company will not be challenged, invali- dated or circumvented, or that any of the Company's pending or future patent applications will result in an issued patent with the scope of the claims sought by the Company, if at all. The Company has not been notified and is not aware of any third parties that are infringing its intellectual property right, or that the Company is infringing intellectual property rights of third parties, but there can be no assurance that the Company will not face such claims or infringements in the future. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in any resulting litigation or obtaining a license on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, or will not be prevented from engaging in certain activities. Defense and prosecution of infringement claims can be expensive and time consuming, regardless of outcome, and can result in the diversion of substantial financial, management and other resources of the Company. In addition, the laws of certain other countries may not protect the Company's intellectual property to the same extent as the laws of the United States. See "Business -- Intellectual Property." Risks Arising from Reversal of Declaratory Judgment in Rockwell Patent Litigation. To permit sales of its MOCVD production systems, the Company was in 1992 granted a non-exclusive license (the "Rockwell License") under U.S. patent number 4,368,098 (the "Rockwell Patent") issued on January 11, 1983 to Rockwell. The Rockwell Patent claimed, among other things, intellectual property rights in the general use of MOCVD in unspecified applications and expires in 2000. In October 1996, the Company initiated discussions with Rockwell to receive additional licenses to permit the Company to utilize MOCVD technology to manufacture and sell certain wafers and package-ready devices. On November 15, 1996, in litigation not involving the Company, the Rockwell Patent was declared invalid by the U.S. Court of Federal Claims. The Company believes that Rockwell will appeal this judgment. In the event the foregoing judgment is reversed by a court of appeal, the Company may be liable to Rockwell for royalty payments, as well as other amounts which the Company may ultimately be deemed to owe Rockwell in connection with the sales of its systems, wafers and package- ready devices. Moreover, the Company may require additional licenses from Rockwell under the Rockwell Patent in order to manufacture and sell certain wafers and package-ready devices. There can be no assurance that the foregoing judgment will not be reversed, that the Rockwell License can be maintained or that licenses for wafers and package-ready devices can be obtained or maintained on commercially feasible terms, if at all. The failure to maintain or obtain such licenses could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Intellectual Property." Risks Related to Dependence on Limited Product Offerings. To date, substantially all of the Company's revenues have resulted from sales of its TurboDiscTM systems. The Company anticipates that a significant portion of its revenues in fiscal 1997 will be derived from the sale of these systems. The Company has recently developed the capacity to produce compound semiconductor wafers and package-ready devices. The Company's future success depends on whether it can develop and introduce in a timely manner new products, including improvements to its existing products, which compete effectively on the basis of price and performance and which adequately address customer requirements. The success of new product introductions is dependent upon several factors, including timely completion of new product designs, achievement of acceptable yields and market acceptance. No assurance can be given that the Company's product and process development efforts will be successful or that its new products will achieve market acceptance. To the extent that such new product introductions do not occur in a timely manner or the Company's or its customers' products do not achieve market acceptance, the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. See "Business -- Products." Manufacturing Risks. The manufacture of systems, wafers and package- ready devices are each subject to significant risks. The manufacture of systems is a highly complex and precise process. The Company increasingly outsources the fabrication of certain components and sub-assemblies of the systems it manufactures. Any impairment in the supply of these components or sub-assemblies would have a material adverse effect on revenues derived from sales of the Company's systems. In addition, any reduction in the precision of these components will result in sub-standard end products and would cause delays and interruptions in the production cycle. To the extent the Company experiences shipment delays for its systems or wafers or package-ready devices, the Company's operating results would be materially adversely affected. The Company relies exclusively on its own production capabilities for manufacturing wafers and package-ready devices, and such operations are subject to additional manufacturing risks. Minute impurities, difficulties in the production process, defects in the epitaxial growth of the package-ready devices' constituent compounds, wafer breakage or other factors can cause a substantial percentage of wafers and package-ready devices to be rejected or numerous package-ready devices on each wafer to be nonfunctional. Such factors may result in lower than expected production yields, which would delay product shipments and materially adversely affect the Company's operating results. There can be no assurance that the Company will maintain acceptable production yields in the future. Because the majority of the Company's costs of manufacture are relatively fixed, the number of shippable package-ready devices per wafer for a given product is critical to the Company's operating results. Additionally, because the Company manufactures all of its products at its facility in Somerset, New Jersey, and such components, products and systems are not readily available from other sources, any interruption in manufacturing resulting from fire, natural disaster, equipment failures or otherwise would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Manufacturing." Reliance on International Sales; Reliance on Single Distributor. Sales to customers located outside the United States accounted for approximately 58.6%, 36.0% and 42.5% of the Company's revenues in fiscal 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The Company believes that such international sales will continue to account for a significant percentage of the Company's revenues. In particular, to market and service its systems in seven Asian countries, the Company relies on a single marketing, distribution and service provider, Hakuto & Co., Ltd. ("Hakuto"). A substantial portion of the Company's sales of systems in Asia is to Hakuto. The Company's agreement with Hakuto has an initial term of seven years but allows for earlier termination upon 60 days notice. Furthermore, the agreement is presently under renegotiation. There can be no assurance that Hakuto will continue to adequately and effectively market and service the Company's systems. Termination of the Company's relationship with Hakuto would result in significant delays or interruption in the Company's marketing and service programs in Asia and would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company competes with its competitors for relationships with reliable international distributors. There can be no assurance that international distributors, including Hakuto, will not market products in competition with the Company's in the future or will not otherwise reduce or discontinue their relationships with or support of the Company and its products, or that the Company will be able to attract and retain qualified international distributors in the future. The inability of the Company to obtain qualified new international distributors could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. In general, the Company's international sales are subject to risks different from domestic U.S. sales, including U.S. and international regulatory requirements and policy changes, U.S. and international export controls, political and economic instability, increased installation costs, difficulties in accounts receivable collection, exchange rates affecting end-market purchasers, tariffs and other barriers, extended payment terms, difficulty in staffing and managing international operations, dependence on and difficulties in managing inter- national distributors or representatives and potentially adverse tax consequences. In particular, exports of the Company's products to certain destinations, such as the People's Republic of China, Malaysia and Taiwan, may require pre-shipment authorization from U.S. export control authorities including the U.S. Departments of Commerce and State. Authorization may be conditioned on end-use restrictions. The Company, on certain occasions, has been denied authorization, particularly with respect to the People's Republic of China, and there is no assurance that export licenses will be granted in the future. Failure to receive such authorizations could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, although the Company seeks to meet technical standards established by non-U.S. regulatory bodies, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to comply with such standards in the future. In addition, the laws of certain countries may not protect the Company's trade secrets and intellectual property to the same extent as the laws of the United States. See "Business -- Sales and Marketing." Dependence on Key Sole Source Suppliers. The Company does not maintain any long-term supply agreements with any of its suppliers, and the majority of the critical components and sub-assemblies included in the Company's production systems, as well as certain raw materials required for the fabrication of the Company's wafers and package-ready devices, are obtained from sole source suppliers or a limited number of suppliers. The manufacture of certain components and sub-assemblies and raw materials is very complex and requires long lead times. The Company's systems cannot be produced without certain sole-sourced, critical components. In addition, the production of the Company's wafers and package-ready devices is inherently dependent on an adequate source of raw materials. Alternative suppliers for many of these components and materials may not be readily available. In addition, the Company intends to rely to an increasing degree on outside suppliers because of their specialized expertise. The Company's reliance on a limited group of suppliers, and particularly on sole source suppliers, involves several risks, including the potential inability to obtain an adequate supply of components and materials, and reduced control over pricing and delivery time. To date, the Company has experienced occasional delays in obtaining components and materials. There can be no assurance that delays or shortages caused by suppliers will not occur in the future. The failure to obtain adequate, timely deliveries of sub-assemblies and components and materials could prevent the Company from meeting scheduled shipment dates, which could damage relationships with current and prospective customers and could materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Manufacturing." Risks Arising from Rapid Technological Change; Reliance Upon Continued Product Development. The markets in which the Company and its customers compete are characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry standards and continuous improvements in products and services. Due to continual changes in these markets, the Company's future success will depend upon whether it can improve its production systems and processes, wafers and package-ready devices and to develop new technologies that compete effectively on the basis of price and performance and adequately address customer requirements. There can be no assurance that the Company's research and development staff will develop new products in time or with sufficient performance characteristics to meet the demands of the market. The Company's production systems must remain competitive on the basis of cost of ownership, process performance and capital productivity. Because it is generally not possible to predict the time required and costs involved in reaching certain research, development and engineering objectives, actual development costs could exceed budgeted amounts and estimated product development schedules could require extension. Any delay or inability to overcome such difficulties would materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if new products or enhancements experience reliability or quality problems, the Company could encounter a number of difficulties, including reduced orders, higher manufacturing costs, delays in collection of accounts receivable and additional service and warranty expenses, all of which could materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Compound Semiconductor Process Technology," "-- Products," "-- Research and Development" and "-- Competition." Risks Regarding the Acceptance of New Compound Semiconductor Technology By Customers. The Company's systems utilize MOCVD technologies. These same technologies are used in the Company's production of wafers and package-ready devices. MOCVD technology differs significantly from the technological approaches used by others for each of these products. The semiconductor industry is especially resistant to the introduction of changes in process or approach in a manufacturing cycle which is quite long, consists of many separate process events and suffers from limited control measurement points during the overall fabrication process. Accordingly, the Company's customers may resist changing systems or accepting any new technological approach. Additionally, the inclusion of compound semiconductor wafers and package-ready devices increases the cost of electronic end products and, therefore, limits the feasibility of commercial applications of such products. The Company is seeking to per- suade certain potential customers to incorporate compound semiconductor- based package-ready devices for many of their high-performance applications. Because a substantial investment is required by semiconductor manufacturers to install and integrate capital equipment into a production line, these manufacturers may tend to choose compound semiconductor equipment suppliers based on past relationships, product compatibility and proven operating performance. The Company's wafer and package-ready device customers may be reluctant to re-tool their equipment and production systems to accept these new technologies, may be reluctant to rely upon a smaller supplier such as the Company for package-ready devices, and may be reluctant to pay higher device costs. There can be no assurance that the Company's MOCVD-based products will achieve broad market acceptance. See "Business -- Compound Semiconductor Process Technology," "Business -- Products" and "Business -- Customers." Risks of Increased Competition. The Company faces substantial competition from both established competitors and potential new entrants. The Company believes that the primary competitive factors in the markets in which the Company's products compete are yield, throughput, capital and direct costs, system performance, size of installed base, breadth of product line and customer satisfaction, as well as customer commitment to competing technologies. The Company's principal competitors in the market for MOCVD systems include Aixtron GmbH ("Aixtron"), Nippon Sanso K.K. ("Nippon Sanso") and Thomas Swann Ltd. ("Thomas Swann"). The Company's principal competitors for sales of wafers and package-ready devices include Epitaxial Products International, Kopin Corp. and Q.E.D. The Company also faces competition from manufacturers that produce wafers and package-ready devices for their own use. The Company may experience competition from corporations that have been in business longer than the Company and have broader product lines, more experience with high volume manufacturing, broader name recognition, substantially larger installed bases, alternative technologies which may be better established than the Company's and significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources than the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company will successfully compete with these competitors in the future or that the Company's competitors will not develop enhancements to or future generations of competitive products that will offer price and performance features that are superior to those of the Company. The Company believes that in order to remain competitive, it must invest significant financial resources in developing new product features and enhancements and in maintaining cus- tomer satisfaction worldwide. In marketing its products, the Company may face competition from suppliers employing new technologies in order to extend the capabilities of competitive products beyond their current limits or increase their productivity. In addition, increased competitive pressure could lead to intensified price-based competition, resulting in lower prices and margins, which would materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Competition." Risks from Continued Existence of Control Group. Prior to consummation of the Offering, Jesup & Lamont Merchant Partners, L.L.C. ("JLMP"), the Company's majority shareholder, beneficially owned approximately 72.9% of the equivalent Common Stock outstanding, not including warrants to purchase 980,392 which become exercisable on May 6, 1997. After the Offering, JLMP, together with the Company's directors and officers, will beneficially own approximately 52.9% of the equivalent Common Stock outstanding, not including warrants to purchase 980,392 which become exercisable on May 6, 1997. Accordingly, the Company's majority shareholder and management will continue to hold sufficient voting power to control the business and affairs of the Company for the foreseeable future. Such concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company. Reuben F. Richards, Jr., the Company's President, Chief Executive Officer and a director, Howard R. Curd and Howard F. Curd, each a director of the Company, are three of the five members of JLMP. To guarantee the Company's demand note facility, Thomas J. Russell, the Chairman of the Company's Board of Directors, has granted the Company's lender a security interest over certain assets he controls. The Company intends to use up to $10.0 million of the net proceeds from the Offering to repay the borrowings under the demand note facility. Additionally, Mr. Russell is one of three trustees of a trust which is a member of JLMP. See "Use of Proceeds," "Principal Shareholders" and "Certain Transactions." Risks Related to Dependence on Key Employees. The future success of the Company is dependent, in part, on whether the Company can attract and retain certain key personnel, including materials scientists and operations and finance personnel. The Company anticipates that it will need to hire additional skilled personnel to expand all areas of its business to continue to grow. The competition for such employees is extremely intense. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to retain its existing personnel or attract additional qualified employees in the future, failure of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Risks Related to Environmental Regulation. The Company is subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations concerning the use, storage, handling, generation, treatment, emission, release, discharge and disposal of certain materials used in its research and development and production operations, as well as laws and regulations concerning environmental remediation and employee health and safety. The Company has retained an environmental consultant to advise it in complying with applicable environmental and health and safety laws and regulations. There can be no assurance, however, that future changes in such laws and regulations will not result in expenditures or liabilities, or in restrictions on the Company's operation, that could have such an effect. The production of wafers and package-ready devices involves the use of certain hazardous raw materials, including, but not limited to, ammonia, phosphine and arsenic. The Company's expansion to offer wafers and package-ready devices will require the increased usage and maintenance of these materials on the Company's premises. There can be no assurance that the Company's control systems will be successful in preventing a release of these materials or other adverse environmental conditions, which could cause a substantial interruption in the Company's operations. Such an interruption could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operation. See "Business -- Environmental Regulations." Risks Arising from Absence of Public Market; Possible Volatility of Stock Price. There has been no prior public market for the Company's Common Stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price has been determined by negotiations between the Company and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and Needham & Company, Inc., as representatives of the underwriters. There can be no assurance that an active public market for the Common Stock will develop or be sustained after the Offering or that the market price of the Common Stock will not decline below the initial public offering price. The Company believes that a variety of factors could cause the price of the Company's Common Stock to fluctuate, perhaps substantially, including: announcements of developments related to the Company's business; quarterly fluctuations in the Company's actual or anticipated operating results and order levels; general conditions in the compound semiconductor and related industries or the worldwide economy; announcements of technological innovations; new products or product enhancements by the Company or its competitors; developments in patents or other intellectual property rights and litigation; and develop- ments in the Company's relationships with its customers, distributors and suppliers. In addition, in recent years the stock market in general, and the market for shares of small capitalization and semiconductor industry- related stocks in particular, have experienced extreme price fluctuations which have often been unrelated to the operating performance of affected companies. Any such fluctuations in the future could adversely affect the market price of the Company's Common Stock. See "Underwriting." Risks of Uncertainty of Additional Funding. The Company may require substantial additional capital to fund the Company's operations through fiscal 1997 and may need to raise additional funds through public or private financings. No assurance can be given that additional financing will be available or that, if available, it will be available on terms favorable to the Company or its shareholders. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of equity securities, the percentage ownership of then current shareholders of the Company will be reduced and such equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the holders of the Company's Common Stock. If adequate funds are not available to satisfy either short or long-term capital requirements, the Company may be required to limit its operations significantly. The Company's capital requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to, the rate at which the Company develops and introduces its products, the market acceptance and competitive position of such products, the levels of promotion and advertising required to launch and market such products and attain a competitive position in the marketplace, and the response of competitors to the products based on the Company's tech- nologies. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources." Effect of Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions. The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation") and the New Jersey Business Corporation Act contain certain provisions that could delay or impede the removal of incumbent directors and would make more difficult a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving the Company, even if such a transaction were beneficial to the interests of the shareholders, or could discourage a third party from attempting to acquire control of the Company. The Company has authorized 5,882,353 shares of Preferred Stock, which the Company could issue without further shareholder approval and upon such terms and conditions, and having such rights, privileges and preferences, as the Board of Directors may determine. The Company has no current plans to issue any Preferred Stock. The Company is also subject to the New Jersey Shareholders Protection Act (the "Protection Act"), which prohibits certain New Jersey corporations from engaging in business combinations (including mergers, consolidations, significant asset dispositions and certain stock issuances) with any Interested Shareholder (defined to include, among others, any person that becomes a beneficial owner of 10% or more off the affected corporation's voting power) for five years after such person becomes an Interested Shareholder, unless the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors prior to the date the shareholder became an Interested Shareholder. In addition, the Protection Act prohibits any business combination at any time with an Interested Shareholder other than a transaction that (i) is approved by the Board of Directors prior to the date the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder, or (ii) is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the voting stock not beneficially owned by the Interested Shareholder, or (iii) satisfies certain "fair price" and related criteria. These provisions could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company and adversely affect the voting and other rights of holders of Common Stock. Further, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-Laws include provisions to reduce the personal liability of the Company's directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of their fiduciary duty and to permit the Company to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by New Jersey law. See "Description of Capital Stock." Risks of Issuance of Blank Check Preferred Stock. The Company's Board of Directors is authorized by the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws to issue, without shareholder approval, up to 5,882,353 shares of Preferred Stock in one or more classes or series. The Board of Directors, without further approval of the shareholders, is authorized to designate in any such class or series resolution, such par value and such priorities, power, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions as it shall determine. Such characteristics may be superior to those of the Common Stock and could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of Common Stock. The issuance of Preferred Stock or of rights to purchase Preferred Stock could be used to discourage an unsolicited effort to acquire control of the Company. The potential for issuance of this "blank check preferred stock" may have an adverse impact on the market price of the Common Stock outstanding after the Offering. See "Description of Capital Stock." Risks Arising from Substantial Dilutive Effect of the Offering. Purchasers of the Common Stock will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value per share of Common Stock from the initial public offering price per share of Common Stock. Assuming an initial public offering price at the midpoint of the range of the estimated offering prices on the front cover hereof, new investors would suffer an immediate dilution of $6.44 calculated by taking the difference in pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offering ($3.56) and deducting this amount from the initial public offering price. See "Dilution." Risks of Sales of Common Stock Issuable Upon Exercise of Options and Warrants. The Company currently has outstanding stock options to purchase 464,017 shares of Common Stock and warrants to purchase 3,565,377 shares of Common Stock. Subsequent to the exercise of such options or warrants, and to the issuance of shares of Common Stock, such shares may be offered and sold by the holders thereof subject to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company. Upon expiration of certain contractual obligations between certain holders and the Underwriters, 777,657 shares of Common Stock will become eligible for sale without restrictions under Rule 144(k), and an additional 2,216,804 shares will become eligible for sale subject to the restrictions of Rule 144. Sales of substantial amounts of such shares could adversely affect the market price for the Company's Common Stock. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale." Risk of No Dividends. The Company has never declared or paid dividends on its Common Stock since its formation. The Company currently does not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends, if any, in the future will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors. USE OF PROCEEDS The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock being offered hereby are estimated to be $22,540,000 ($26,027,500 if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Of the net proceeds, $10,000,000 will be used to repay debt; the entire principal amount outstanding under the Company's demand note facility with First Union National Bank, which has been used for capital expenditures in connection with the build-out of the Company's manufacturing facility will be paid in full. This demand note facility bears interest at a rate equal to the six month LIBOR plus 75 basis points, currently 6.2968%. The remaining net proceeds allocated to debt repayment, if any, will be used to repay a portion of the Company's outstanding long-term indebtedness consisting of subordinated notes. These subordinated notes bear interest at a rate of 6%. Approximately $8,000,000 of the net proceeds are expected to be used for capital expenditures to expand the Company's manufacturing facility and the balance of the net proceeds are expected to be used for general corporate purposes including working capital. The Company may also use a portion of the net proceeds to fund acquisitions of complementary businesses, products or technologies in the semiconductor sector. Although the Company periodically reviews potential acquisition opportunities, there are no current agreements with respect to any such transactions. Pending such uses, the net proceeds of the Offering will be invested in short-term, investment-grade, income producing investments. The Company believes that the remaining net proceeds from the Offering and the funds available under its demand note facility, which after being repaid will be available in its entirety, will be sufficient to fund the Company's anticipated facility expansion, and to provide the Company with adequate working capital at least through fiscal 1997. However, there can be no assurance that events in the future will not require the Company to seek additional capital sooner or, if so required, that adequate capital will be available on terms acceptable to the Company. DIVIDEND POLICY The Company has never declared or paid dividends on its Common Stock since its formation. The Company currently does not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future so that it may reinvest its earnings in the development of its business. The payment of dividends, if any, in the future will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors. CAPITALIZATION The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of December 31, 1996, and the capitalization of the Company as adjusted to give effect to the sale by the Company of 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock being offered hereby (at the assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per share) and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. This table should be read in conjunction with the Company's Financial Statements and Notes thereto and "Selected Financial Data" included elsewhere in this Prospectus. AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996 ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR SHARE AMOUNTS) Demand Note(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . $6,000 $ 0 Long term debt, net . . . . . . . . . . . $9,063 $5,063 Shareholders' equity Preferred Stock: 5,882,352 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . -- -- Common Stock 23,529,411 shares authorized; 2,994,461 shares issued and outstanding; 5,494,461 shares issued and outstanding; as adjusted(2) . . . . . . . . . . . 22,577 45,117 Notes receivable from warrant issuances and stock sales . . . . . (298) (298) Accumulated deficit . . . . . . . . (21,956) (21,956) Total shareholders' equity . . . . 324 22,863 Total capitalization . . . . . . $9,387 $27,927
____________________________ (1) In October 1996, the Company established a $10.0 million demand note facility with First Union National Bank. As of December 31, 1996, the Company had drawn down $6 million from this facility. The Company intends to use $10 million of the net proceeds of the Offering to pay down the balance outstanding under this facility. The remaining net proceeds allocated to debt repayment, if any, will be used to repay a portion of the Company's outstanding long-term indebtedness consisting of subordinated notes. See "Use of Proceeds." (2) Excludes: (i) 647,059 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company's 1995 Incentive and Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan, as amended, of which 339,412 shares were subject to outstanding options at exercise prices varying from $3.03 per share to $10.20 per share, (ii) warrants to purchase 9,103 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $17.00 per share exercisable until July 24, 1997, (iii) warrants to purchase 2,330,784 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.08 per share, exercisable until May 1, 2001 and (iv) warrants to purchase 1,225,490 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $10.20 per share, exercisable until September 1, 2001. DILUTION The net tangible book value (deficiency) of the Company as of December 31, 1996 was $(2,973,796) or approximately $0.99 per share. Net tangible book value (deficiency) per share represents the amount of the Company's shareholders' equity (net capital deficiency), less intangible assets ($3,297,313 at December 31, 1996 comprised of $3,228,572 of deferred financing and offering costs and $68,741 of deferred patent costs), divided by 2,994,461 shares of Common Stock outstanding. Net tangible book value dilution per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of Common Stock in the Offering made hereby and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Common Stock immediately after completion of the Offering. After giving effect to the sale by the Company of 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby (assuming an initial public offering price of $10.00 per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company) and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of December 31, 1996 would have been $19,566,204 or approximately $3.56 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $4.55 per share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $6.44 per share to the purchasers of Common Stock in the Offering, as illustrated in the following table: Assumed initial public offering price per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $10.00 Net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 1996 . . . . ($0.99) Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55 Net tangible book value per share after the Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56 Dilution per share to new investors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 6.44
The foregoing table assumes no exercise of any outstanding stock options or warrants. The following table sets forth, on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 1996, the difference between the existing shareholders and the purchasers of shares in the Offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from the Company, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid assuming an initial public offering price of $10 per share: SHARES PURCHASED TOTAL CONSIDERATION AVERAGE PRICE NUMBER PERCENT AMOUNT PERCENT PER SHARE Existing shareholders . . 2,944,461 54.4% $13,070,111 34.3% $ 4.44 New investors . . . . . . 2,500,000 45.6 25,000,000 65.7 10.00 Total . . . . . 5,494,461 100.0% $38,070,111 100.0%
At December 31, 1996, there were outstanding: stock options to purchase 437,546 shares of Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.47 per share, warrants to purchase 9,103 shares of Common Stock at $17.00 per share, warrants to purchase 2,330,784 shares of Common Stock at $4.08 per share and warrants to purchase 1,225,490 shares of Common Stock at $10.20 per share. To the extent that these options or warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution in the aggregate to new investors. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA The following selected financial data of the Company is qualified by reference to and should be read in conjunction with the Financial State- ments and the Notes thereto, and Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The financial data included in this table have been selected by the Company and have been derived from the Company's financial statements. The Statement of Income Data set forth below with respect to fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994 and the Balance Sheet Data as of September 30, 1996 and 1995, are derived from the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus which financial statements have been audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., whose report with respect thereto appears elsewhere in this Prospectus. The Statement of Income Data for fiscal 1993 and 1992 and the Balance Sheet Data as of September 30, 1994, 1993 and 1992 are derived from audited financial statements not included herein. The financial data as of December 31, 1996, and for the three-month periods ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 are derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements that, in the opinion of the management of the Company, reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring accruals) necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for these periods. Operating results for the three months ended December 31, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire fiscal year ending September 30, 1997. YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 (In thousands, except per share data) STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA: Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $10,022 $8,180 $9,038 $18,137 $27,779 Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . 7,043 4,772 5,213 9,927 18,607 Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,979 3,408 3,825 8,210 9,172 Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative . 2,977 2,849 2,645 4,452 6,524 Research and development . . . . . . 909 1,024 1,064 1,852 5,401 Total operating expenses . . . . . 3,886 3,873 3,709 6,304 11,925 Operating (loss) income . . . . . (907) (465) 116 1,906 (2,753) Stated interest expenses, net . . . . . 283 242 286 255 297 Imputed warrant interest, non-cash . . 126 Other expense (income) . . . . . . . . (226) (100) -- 10 -- (Loss) income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (964) (607) (170) 1,641 (3,176) Provision for income taxes . . . . . . (6) -- -- 125 -- Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . ($958) ($607) ($170) $1,516 ($3,176) Net (loss) income per share . . . . . . (.37) (.26) (.04) .33 (.72) Shares used in computing net (loss) . . 1,647 3,731 4,403 4,649 4,438 income per share . . . . . . . . . .
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 1996 (UNAUDITED STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA: Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,255 $8,591 Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . 2,782 6,754 Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,473 1,867 Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative . 1,511 2,202 Research and development . . . . . . 793 2,250 Total operating expenses . . . . . 2,304 4,452 Operating (loss) income . . . . . (831) (2,585) Stated interest expenses, net . . . . . 39 197 Imputed warrant interest, non-cash . . 1,016 Other expense (income) . . . . . . . . -- -- (Loss) income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (870) (3,798) Provision for income taxes . . . . . . 15 -- Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . ($885) ($3,798) Net (loss) income per share . . . . . . (.20) (.86) Shares used in computing net (loss) income per share . . . . . . . . . . 4,438 4,438
AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 (In thousands) (Unaudited) BALANCE SHEET DATA: Working capital . . . . . . . . . $492 $840 $1,041 $2,208 $1,151 ($1,961) Total assets . . . . . . . . . . 4,233 3,171 5,415 10,143 20,434 29,283 Long-term debt . . . . . . . . . 1,944 2,000 3,000 3,000 8,795 9,063 Redeemable preferred stock . . . 13,014 14,825 16,274 - - - Shareholders' (deficit) equity . (56) 12 (96) 1,509 673 324
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OVERVIEW EMCORE designs and develops compound semiconductor materials and process technology and is a leading manufacturer of production systems used to fabricate compound semiconductor wafers. Compound semiconductors are used in a broad range of applications in wireless communications, telecommunications, computers, and consumer and automotive electronics. EMCORE believes that its proprietary TurboDiscTM deposition technology is the critical enabling process step in the cost effective, high volume manufacture of high-performance electronic and optoelectronic devices. The Company was founded in 1984 to engage in advanced materials science research and development and to develop and manufacture a viable production platform for the processing of compound semiconductor materials. In 1986, the Company shipped its first TurboDiscTM system and by 1990, had sold systems in the United States, Asia and Europe. To date, the Company has sold over 180 systems worldwide. From fiscal 1986 through fiscal 1993, the Company's systems revenues consisted principally of sales of research and development systems and small pilot production systems. Beginning in fiscal 1994, due to the increased market demand for compound semiconductor devices, the Company's systems revenues have principally consisted of the sale of larger production platforms. Historically, the Company's revenues have consisted primarily of the sales of MOCVD systems and components, government-sponsored research contracts and service contracts. The Company's systems sales contracts typically require partial advance payments during the design and production phases of the systems manufacturing process. Such advance payments have historically represented a significant funding source to the Company. Prior to fiscal 1996, the Company was profitable for six consecutive quarters. In fiscal 1996, the Company expanded its product offerings to include wafers and package-ready devices and incurred a consolidated net loss of $3.2 million, which primarily resulted from significant initial operating expenses related to the Company's expansion. The Company has increased its expense levels to support anticipated growth in demand for each of its compound semiconductor production systems, wafer and package- ready device product offerings, including the hiring of additional manufacturing, research, engineering, sales and administrative personnel and has also increased its investments in inventory and capital equipment. As a result, the Company is dependent upon increasing revenues and profit margins to achieve profitability. If the Company's sales and profit margins do not increase to support the higher levels of operating expenses, the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. The Company currently anticipates continuing to expand its manufacturing capacity for the production of wafers and package-ready devices, which entails substantial additional capital expenditures. The Company currently anticipates expending a significant portion of the net proceeds of the Offering for this purpose. The Company incurred a substantial loss in the quarter ended December 31, 1996. The loss was primarily attributable to continuing start-up operating expenses associated with the Company's two new product lines. In the future, the Company expects to derive significant revenues from sales of wafers and package-ready devices. However, the Company's ability to derive any such revenues is subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including yield, process and capacity related risks and risks associated with the market acceptance of such products. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in developing or marketing such wafers and package-ready devices. The Company's failure to develop or market such products would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company sells its production systems worldwide and has generated a significant portion of its sales to customers outside the United States. In fiscal 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the first fiscal quarter of 1997, international sales constituted 58.6%, 36.0%, 42.5% and 64.0%, respectively, of revenues. The Company has made international sales in Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Korea, the People's Republic of China, Sweden, Taiwan and the United Kingdom. In fiscal 1996, approximately two-thirds of the Company's international sales were made to customers in Asia, particularly in Japan. The Company anticipates that international sales will continue to account for a significant portion of revenues. However, the Company's international sales are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including international regulatory requirements and policy changes, export controls, tariffs and other barriers, and dependence on and difficulties in managing international distributors. There can be no assurance that the Company will continue to derive significant revenues from international sales. As of December 31, 1996, the Company had an order backlog of approximately $23.8 million, consisting of $20.7 million of production systems, $1.0 million of research contracts and $2.1 million of package- ready devices, compared to a backlog of $19.0 million as of December 31, 1995, consisting of $17.2 million of production systems and $1.8 million of research contracts. This increase in backlog was a result of the increased market acceptance of the Company's production systems and multiple unit orders for such systems and the introduction of the Company's package-ready device products. The Company includes in backlog only customer purchase orders that have been accepted by the Company and for which shipment dates have been assigned within the twelve months to follow and research contracts that are in process or awarded. The Company receives partial advance payments or irrevocable letters of credit on most production system orders and has never experienced a purchase order cancellation. The Company recognizes systems and components, wafers and package- ready device revenue upon shipment. The Company incurs certain installation and warranty costs subsequent to system shipment which are estimated and accrued at the time the sale is recognized. The Company reserves for estimated returns and allowances at the time of shipment. For research contracts with the U.S. government and commercial enterprises, with durations greater than six months, the Company recognizes revenue to the extent of costs incurred plus a pro rata portion of estimated gross profit as stipulated in such contracts, based on contract performance. The Company's research contracts require the development or the evaluation of new material applications and have a duration of six to thirty-six months. Contracts with a duration of six months or less are accounted for on the completed contract method. A contract is considered complete when all costs have been incurred and the research reporting requirements to the customer have been met. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following table sets forth the Statement of Operations data of the Company expressed as a percentage of total revenues for the periods indicated. YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, FOR THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, (UNAUDITED) 1994 1995 1996 1995 1996 Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.7 54.7 67.0 65.4 78.3 Gross profit . . . . . . . . 42.3 45.3 33.0 34.6 21.7 Operating expenses: Selling, general and 29.2 24.5 23.5 35.5 25.6 administrative . . . . . . . Research and development . . 11.8 10.2 19.4 18.6 26.2 Operating income (loss) . . . 1.3 10.5 (9.9) (19.5) (30.1) Stated interest expense, net . . . . 3.2 1.4 1.1 0.9 2.3 Imputed warrant interest, non-cash . 0.4 - 11.8 Other expense (income) . . . . . . . - 0.1 0.4 - - Income (loss) before income (1.9) 9.0 (11.4) (20.4) (44.2) taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . Provision for income taxes . . . . . - 0.6 - 0.4 - Net income (loss) . . . . . . (1.9)% 8.4% (11.4)% (20.8)% (44.2)%
COMPARISON OF FISCAL YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1996 Revenues. Revenues increased 53.6% from $18.1 million in fiscal 1995 to $27.8 million in fiscal 1996. This increase was primarily due to greater sales of the Company's compound semiconductor production systems resulting from broader acceptance of these products, coupled with an increased market demand for compound semiconductor devices, and to a lesser extent, increased service revenues, which include parts and service contracts, resulting from the Company's growing installed base. In addition, in fiscal 1996, the Company's research contract revenues increased as a result of an arrangement with General Motors to develop and enhance certain magneto- resistive package-ready devices which generated approximately $1.6 million in revenue. Revenues derived from international sales increased 81.5% from $6.5 million in fiscal 1995 to $11.8 million in fiscal 1996. This increase was primarily due to an increased demand for the Company's production systems. Cost of Sales/Gross Profit. The Company's cost of sales includes direct material and labor costs, manufacturing and service overhead, and installation and warranty costs. Cost of sales increased 87.9% from $9.9 million in fiscal 1995 to $18.6 million in fiscal 1996. Gross profit decreased from 45.3% of revenues in fiscal 1995 to 33.0% of revenues in fiscal 1996. This decrease was principally attributable to: (i) the sale of three systems at a loss for strategic reasons, (ii) competitive pricing conditions prevailing generally in the market and a resulting decrease in the average selling price of the Company's production systems, (iii) costs associated with system enhancements and (iv) an increase in the Company's cost of obtaining certain components. The sales for strategic reasons were made to several leading universities in key geographic areas in order to increase the Company's visibility and to enhance its reputation in the technology and research community. The Company believes that the three sales made for strategic reasons resulted in an approximately 4% decline in gross profit in fiscal 1996. Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 44.4% from $4.5 million in fiscal 1995 to $6.5 million in fiscal 1996. This increase was primarily due to increased marketing expenses associated with the Company's higher level of production systems sales and the hiring of additional personnel to support the Company's expanded activities. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 24.5% in fiscal 1995 to 23.5% in fiscal 1996. Research and Development. Research and development expenses include the costs of internally-funded research and development projects, as well as materials prototype product support expenses, which primarily include employee and material costs, depreciation of capital equipment and other engineering-related costs. Research and development expenses increased 184.2% from $1.9 million in fiscal 1995 to $5.4 million in fiscal 1996. This increase was primarily due to the Company's increased research and development activities relating to the initiation of its wafer and package- ready device product lines. As a percentage of revenues, research and development expenses increased from 10.2% in fiscal 1995 to 19.4% in fiscal 1996. COMPARISON OF FISCAL YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 AND 1995 Revenues. Revenues increased 101.1% from $9.0 million in fiscal 1994 to $18.1 million in fiscal 1995. This increase was primarily due to increased sales of the Company's production systems, and to a lesser extent an increase in service revenues. Revenues derived from international sales increased 22.6% from $5.3 million in fiscal 1994 to $6.5 million in fiscal 1995. This increase was primarily due to broader acceptance of the Company's production systems. Cost of Sales/Gross Profit. Cost of sales increased 90.4% from $5.2 million in fiscal 1994 to $9.9 million in fiscal 1995. Gross profit increased from 42.3% of revenues in fiscal 1994 to 45.3% of revenues in fiscal 1995. This increase was due to favorable product mix consisting of a higher proportion of larger production systems with higher gross profit. Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 73.1% from $2.6 million in fiscal 1994 to $4.5 million in fiscal 1995. The increase was primarily due to increased marketing expenses, including customer samples, associated with the Company's higher level of systems sales and the hiring of additional personnel to support the Company's expanded activities. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 29.2% in fiscal 1994 to 24.5% in fiscal 1995 due to the growth in the Company's revenues. Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased 72.7% from $1.1 million in fiscal 1994 to $1.9 million in fiscal 1995. This increase was primarily due to increased research and development activities relating to the development of new production systems for the processing of gallium nitride used in the manufacture of blue high brightness light emitting diodes ("HB LEDs"). As a percentage of revenues, research and development expenses decreased from 11.8% in fiscal 1994 to 10.2% in fiscal 1995. COMPARISON OF QUARTERS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996. Revenues. Revenue increased 102% from $4.3 million in the quarter ended December 31, 1995 to $8.6 million in the quarter ended December 31, 1996. This increase was primarily due to greater sales of the Company's compound semiconductor production systems resulting from broader acceptance of those products, coupled with an increased market demand for compound semiconductor devices. Revenues from international sales increased 352% from $1.6 million in the quarter ended December 31, 1995 to $5.5 million in the quarter ended December 31, 1996. This increase was primarily due to broader acceptance of the Company's production systems. Cost of Sales/Gross Profit. Cost of sales increased 142% from $2.8 million for the quarter ended December 31, 1995 to $6.7 million for the quarter ending December 31, 1996. Gross profit decreased from 34.6% of revenues in the quarter ended December 31, 1995 to 21.7% of revenues in the quarter ended December 31, 1996. The decrease was primarily attributable to higher than anticipated installation expenses and the continued start-up costs associated with the Company's new product lines. Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 45.7% from $1.5 million for the quarter ended December 31, 1995 to $2.2 million for the quarter ended December 31, 1996. The increase was primarily due to increased marketing and administrative costs associated with the Company's higher level of revenues, including additional personnel to support the Company's expanded activities. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 35.5% for the quarter ended December 31, 1995 to 25.6% for the quarter ended December 31, 1996 due to the growth in the Company's revenues. Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased 184% from $0.8 million in the quarter ended December 31, 1995 to $2.3 million in the quarter ended December 31, 1996. This increase was primarily due to increased research and development activities relating to the process development of HB LEDs and the expenses associated with the production process controls on indium antimonide, a magneto-resistor configuration. As a percentage of total revenues, research and development expenses increased from 18.5% in the quarter ended December 31, 1995 to 26.2% for the quarter ended December 31, 1996. QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following tables present the Company's unaudited results of operations expressed in dollars and as a percentage of revenues for the eight most recently ended fiscal quarters. The Company believes that all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, have been included in the amounts below to present fairly the selected quarterly information when read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and Notes thereto, included herein. The Company's results from operations may vary substantially from quarter to quarter. Accordingly, the operating results for a quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any subsequent quarter or for the full year. QUARTERS ENDED FISCAL 1995 DEC. 31 MAR. 31 JUNE 30 SEPT. 30 (IN THOUSANDS) Revenues . . . . . . . . $3,394 $3,836 $4,875 $6,032 Cost of sales . . . . . . 1,901 2,154 2,599 3,273 Gross profit . . . . . 1,493 1,682 2,276 2,759 Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative . . . . 864 967 1,303 1,318 Research and 332 349 375 796 development . . . . . . . Total operating expenses 1,196 1,316 1,678 2,114 Operating income (loss) 297 366 598 645 Stated interest expense, 63 77 62 63 net . . . . . . . . . . . Imputed warrant interest, non-cash . . . . . . . . 0 0 0 0 Income before income 234 289 536 582 taxes . . . . . . . . Provision for income 32 31 31 31 taxes . . . . . . . . Net income (loss) . . $202 $258 $505 $551 AS A PERCENTAGE OF REVENUES Revenues . . . . . . . . 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% Cost of sales . . . . . . 56.0 56.2 53.3 54.3 Gross profit . . . . 44.0 43.8 46.7 45.7 Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative . . . . 25.4 25.2 26.7 21.9 Research and development 9.8 9.1 7.7 13.2 Total operating expenses 35.2 34.3 34.4 35.1 Operating income (loss) 8.8 9.5 12.3 10.7 Stated interest expense, 1.9 2.0 1.3 1.0 net . . . . . . . . . . . Imputed warrant interest, non cash . . . . . . . . - - - - Income before income 6.9 7.5 11.0 9.6 taxes . . . . . . . . Provision for income 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 taxes . . . . . . . . Net income (loss) . . 6.0% 6.7% 10.4% 9.1% QUARTERS ENDED FISCAL 1996 FISCAL 1997 DEC. 31 DEC. 31 MAR. 31 JUNE 30 SEPT. 30 Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,255 $6,014 $7,727 $9,783 8,591 Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,782 4,041 5,495 6,289 6,724 Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,473 1,973 2,232 3,494 1,867 Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . 1,511 1,545 1,900 1,568 2,202 Research and 790 1,196 1,710 1,705 2,250 development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total operating expenses . . . . . . 2,301 2,741 3,610 3,273 4,452 Operating income (loss) . . . . . . (828) (768) (1,378) 221 (2,585) Stated interest expense, net . . . . . 55 55 60 127 197 Imputed warrant interest, non-cash . . 0 0 44 82 1,016 Income before income taxes . . . . . (883) (823) (1,482) 12 (3,798) Provision for income taxes . . . . . - - - - - Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . ($883) ($823) ($1,482) $12 ($3,798) Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.4 67.2 71.1 64.3 78.3 Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . 34.6 32.8 28.9 35.7 21.7 Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . 35.5 25.7 24.6 16.0 25.6 Research and development . . . . . . . 18.6 19.9 22.1 17.4 26.2 Total operating expenses . . . . . . 54.1 45.6 46.7 33.4 51.8 Operating income (loss) . . . . . . (19.5) (12.8) (17.8) 2.2 (30.1) Stated interest expense, net . . . . . 1.3 0.9 0.7 1.3 2.1 Imputed warrant interest, non cash . . - - 0.6 0.8 11.8 Income before income taxes . . . . . (20.8) (13.7) (19.2) 0.1 (44.2) Provision for income taxes . . . . . - - - - - Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . (20.8)% (13.7)% (19.2)% 0.1% (44.2)%
The Company has experienced a significant increase in demand for its products as a result of greater demand for compound semiconductor systems, materials and devices. Accordingly, during the nine quarters ended December 31, 1996, the Company's quarterly revenues increased on average by 61.0% when comparing the corresponding quarterly revenues for the immediately preceding fiscal year. Historically, the Company has experienced less demand for its products during the spring and summer, resulting in lower revenues during the Company's first fiscal quarter. However, the Company's backlog has continually increased throughout the nine quarters ended December 31, 1996. The cost of sales remained relatively constant as a percentage of revenues during fiscal 1995. Gross profit ranged from a high of 46.7% to a low of 43.8%. The Company experienced a decline in gross profit beginning in fiscal 1996. Gross profit ranged from a high of 35.7% to a low of 21.7% and in the first quarter of fiscal 1997 was 21.7%. This decline was principally attributable to (i) the sale of three systems at a loss for strategic reasons, (ii) competitive pricing conditions prevailing generally in the market and a resulting decrease in the average selling price of the Company's production systems, (iii) costs associated with system enhancements and (iv) an increase in the Company's cost of obtaining certain components. Operating expenses have generally increased in absolute dollars over the quarters shown as the Company has increased staffing in research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative functions. This increase was due to activities relating to the development of new systems for the processing of gallium nitride used in the manufacture of blue HB LEDs, the development of the Company's volume production systems and the initiation of the Company's wafer and package-ready device products. Selling, general and administrative expenses have increased as a result of increased marketing and sales related activities, including the hiring of additional personnel, commissions and customer samples, with the exception of the quarter ended September 30, 1996, during which selling, general and administrative expenses decreased as a result of a reduction in the production of sales samples. As a percentage of total revenues, operating expenses in fiscal 1995 have generally increased ranging from a low of 34.3% to a high of 35.2%. In fiscal 1996, operating expenses as a percentage of total revenues fluctuated from a low of 33.4% to a high of 54.1%. This general trend has continued, and for the first quarter of fiscal 1997, operating expenses were 51.8% of total revenues. The Company has experienced and expects to continue to experience significant fluctuations in its quarterly results. Factors which have had an influence on and may continue to influence the Company's operating results in a particular quarter include the timing of receipt of orders, cancellation, rescheduling or delay in product shipment or supply deliveries, product mix, competitive pricing pressures, the Company's ability to design, manufacture and ship products on a cost effective and timely basis, including the ability of the Company to achieve and maintain acceptable production yields for its wafers and package-ready devices, and the announcement and introduction of new products by the Company and by its competitors. The timing of sales of the Company's larger, volume production systems may cause substantial fluctuations in quarterly operating results due to the substantially higher per unit price of these products relative to the Company's other products. There can be no assurance that the compound semiconductor industry will not experience downturns or slowdowns, which may materially and adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES Since inception, the Company has funded its operations through the private sale of equity securities, issuance of subordinated debt, capital equipment leases, bank and other third party borrowings, as well as advance payments by customers, and in fiscal 1994 and fiscal 1995, cash flow generated from operations. As of December 31, 1996, the Company had $1.9 million in cash, a working capital deficit of $2.0 million and subordinated debt with a carrying value of $9.1 million. Net cash provided from operations was $573,000 and $3.1 million during fiscal 1994 and fiscal 1995, respectively. The cash provided in fiscal 1994 and 1995 was the result of improved operating performance, as evidenced by profitable operations in fiscal 1995. Net cash used in operating activities was $1.9 million in fiscal 1996 and $4.3 million in the first fiscal quarter of 1997 and was primarily attributable to the loss from operations, an increase in inventories and receivables offset, in part by increases in current liabilities particularly advance billings and accounts payable. Net cash used for investing activities was $1.2 million, $1.3 million, $7.1 million and $1.1 million in fiscal 1994, 1995, 1996 and the first fiscal quarter of 1997, respectively. These expenditures included the manufacture or purchase of capital equipment, including TurboDiscTM production systems, and the purchases of characterization and test equipment, computer equipment, research and development tools, and, particularly during fiscal 1996, tenant improvements in the Company's facility, including construction and refurbishment of two clean rooms. The Company anticipates making additional capital expenditures primarily for manufacturing expansion and improvements including additional cleanroom space, TurboDiscTM production systems, research and development tools and office equipment, including computers, furniture and fixtures. The Company estimates its capital needs will be approximately $13 million in fiscal 1997. The Company's financing activities provided net cash of approximately $967,000, $90,000, $8.0 million and $6.0 million in fiscal 1994, 1995, 1996 and the first fiscal quarter of 1997, respectively. In fiscal 1994, financing cash proceeds were primarily derived from the issuance of $1.0 million of 7.5% Notes to Hakuto. In fiscal 1995, cash proceeds were generated from the sale of equity securities to senior management. During fiscal 1996, the Company raised $11.0 million from the issuance of 6% Subordinated Notes due 2001. Of this amount, $3.0 million was used to repay the outstanding 7.5% Notes held by Hakuto. On October 25, 1996, the Company entered into a $10.0 million demand note facility with First Union National Bank. The facility bears interest at the rate of the six-month LIBOR plus 75 basis points (6.2968% at December 31, 1996) and is due and payable on demand. The facility has been guaranteed by JLMP, the Company's majority shareholder. Collateral for the facility, in the form of a custodial account containing marketable equity securities, has been provided by Thomas J. Russell, the Chairman of the Company's Board of Directors and Chairman of JLMP. The Company anticipates using the borrowing under the demand note facility to finance a portion of its capital expenditure requirements in fiscal 1997. As of December 31, 1996, the Company had borrowed $6.0 million under the demand note facility. The Company believes that its cash on hand, the receipt of customer deposits and the net proceeds from the Offering will be sufficient to repay the borrowings under the demand note facility and to provide the Company with adequate working capital at least through fiscal 1997. However, there can be no assurance that events in the future will not require the Company to seek additional capital sooner or, if so required, that adequate capital will be available on terms acceptable to the Company. The Company is presently in discussions with certain lenders to put in place a revolving credit facility in place of the demand note facility. The Company's net operating loss tax carryforwards and research credits are subject to annual limitations under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code due to a change in ownership. A change in control as defined by Section 381 of the Internal Revenue Code occurred in May 1995. As of that date, the approximate net operating loss tax carryforward of $7,200,000 will be limited to annual usage of approximately $680,000 per year. The net operating loss tax carryforward of approximately $2,400,000 generated after the change in ownership will have no limits on annual usage. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of" ("SFAS 121"). This pronouncement establishes accounting standards for when impairment losses relating to long-lived assets, identifiable intangibles and goodwill related to those assets should be recognized and how the losses should be measured. The Company plans to implement SFAS 121 in fiscal 1997. The adoption of SFAS 121 is not expected to have an impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations, since the Company's current policy is to monitor assets for impairment and record any necessary write-downs. In October 1995, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"). The provisions of SFAS 123 set forth the method of accounting for stock based compensation based on the fair value of stock options and similar instruments, but do not require the adoption of this preferred method. SFAS 123 also requires the disclosure of additional information about stock compensation plans, even if the preferred method of accounting is not adopted. The Company plans to implement SFAS 123 in fiscal 1997. The Company does not intend to change its method of accounting for stock based compensation to the method under SFAS 123, but instead will continue to apply the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." However, the Company will disclose the pro forma effect of SFAS 123 on its net income and earnings per share. BUSINESS COMPANY OVERVIEW EMCORE designs and develops compound semiconductor materials and process technology and is a leading manufacturer of production systems used to fabricate compound semiconductor wafers. Compound semiconductors are used in a broad range of applications in wireless communications, telecommunications, computers, and consumer and automotive electronics. EMCORE believes that its proprietary TurboDiscTM deposition technology is the critical enabling process step in the cost-effective, volume manufacture of high-performance electronic and optoelectronic devices. The Company has recently capitalized on its technology base by expanding into the design and production of compound semiconductor wafers and package- ready devices. The Company offers its customers a complete, vertically- integrated solution for the design, development and production of compound semiconductor wafers and devices. EMCORE's production systems and process technology have been purchased by, among others: General Motors, Hewlett Packard Co., Hughes-Spectrolab, L.M. Ericsson AB, Lucent Technologies, Inc., Motorola, Inc., Rockwell, Samsung Co., Siemens AG, Texas Instruments Incorporated, Thomson CSF and thirteen of the largest electronics manufacturers in Japan. In fiscal 1996, only one customer, Hughes- Spectrolab, accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenues; sales to this customer accounted for 23.6% of the Company's revenues. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW Recent advances in information technologies have created a growing need for power efficient, high-performance electronic systems that operate at very high frequencies, have increased storage capacity and computational and display capabilities, and can be produced cost-effectively in commercial volumes. In the past, electronic systems manufacturers have relied on advances in silicon semiconductor technology to meet many of these demands. However, the newest generation of high-performance electronic and optoelectronic applications require certain functions which are generally not achievable using silicon-based components. To address these market demands, electronic system manufacturers are increasingly incorporating new electronic and optoelectronic devices into their products in order to improve performance or enable new applications. Compound semiconductors have emerged as an enabling technology to meet the complex requirements of today's advanced information systems. Compound semiconductor devices can be used to perform individual functions as discrete devices, such as HB LEDs, lasers and solar cells, or can be combined into integrated circuits, such as transmitters, receivers and alpha-numeric displays. Many compound semiconductor materials have unique physical properties that allow electrons to move at least four times faster than through silicon-based devices. This higher electron mobility enables a compound semiconductor device to operate at much higher speeds than silicon devices with lower power consumption and less noise and distortion. In addition, unlike silicon-based devices, compound semiconductor devices have optoelectronic capabilities that enable them to emit and detect light. As a result, electronics manufacturers are increasingly integrating compound semiconductor devices into their products in order to achieve higher performance in a wide variety of applications, including wireless communications, telecommunications, computers, and consumer and automotive electronics. Wireless Communications. Compound semiconductor devices have multiple applications in wireless communication products, including cellular telephones, pagers, PCS handsets, DBS systems and global positioning systems ("GPS"). Compound semiconductor devices are used in high frequency transmitters, receivers and power amplifiers to increase capacity, improve signal to noise performance and lower power consumption, which in turn reduces network congestion, increases roaming range and extends battery life. In addition, HB LEDs are used in electronic displays on these products in order to reduce size, weight and power consumption and to improve display visibility. In satellite communications, compound semiconductor devices are used in ultra-high frequency satellite up- converters and down-converters to cost-effectively deliver information to fixed and mobile users over wide geographic areas. In addition, compound semiconductor solar cells are used to power these satellites because they are more tolerant to radiation levels in space and have higher power-to- weight ratios than silicon-based solar cells, thereby increasing satellite life and payload capacity. Telecommunications. To accommodate the exponential growth in voice, data and video traffic and the increased demand for higher transmission rates, telecommunications companies and Internet service providers are relying on fiber optic networks utilizing high speed switching technologies. Compound semiconductor components such as lasers and LEDs, coupled with optical detectors, are used within these networks to enable high speed data transmission, increase overall network capacity and reduce equipment costs. Computers. Computer manufacturers are increasingly seeking to achieve higher clock speeds than the architecture prevalent in today's advanced multimedia computer systems. Higher processing speeds necessitate the use of larger cache memory to enable higher transmission rates. Computer manufacturers are increasingly utilizing compound semiconductor devices to achieve these results. In addition, today's advanced multimedia applications require increased data storage capacity, which is commonly addressed by the use of CD ROMs. To achieve these higher storage capabilities, computer manufacturers are increasingly utilizing compound semiconductor lasers and optical detectors. As a result of the migration of multimedia applications into consumer products, computer manufacturers are also incorporating compound semiconductor infrared emitters into their products to replace bulky wires and cables. Consumer Electronics. Consumer electronics manufacturers are using compound semiconductor devices to improve the performance of many existing products and to develop new applications. For example, next generation compact disc players are utilizing shorter wavelength compound semiconductor lasers to read and record information on high density DVDs which store at least four times more information than a conventional compact disc. In addition, compound semiconductor devices are increasingly being used in advanced display technologies. Ultra-thin LED flat panel displays are being used in a variety of applications, including point-of- purchase displays and outdoor advertising with live-action billboards, and are being developed for use in laptop computers and flat panel television screens. Automotive Electronics. Compound semiconductor devices are increasingly being used by automotive manufacturers to improve vehicle performance while reducing weight and costs through lower power consumption. These devices are utilized in a wide variety of applications, including dashboard displays, indicator lights, engine sensors, anti-lock braking systems and other electronic systems. In addition, the Company believes that the use of electronic components within automobiles is likely to increase as manufacturers design vehicles to comply with state and federal environmental and safety regulations. Automotive production cycles generally last three to five years, providing a relatively predictable source of demand for compound semiconductor devices once an electronic component is designed into a specific vehicle model. The high-performance characteristics of compound semiconductors, combined with the requirements of advanced information systems, have led to the widespread deployment of compound semiconductor devices within a broad range of electronic systems. The Company believes that the following factors have resulted in an increased demand for compound semiconductor production systems, wafers and devices which enable electronic systems manufacturers to reach the market faster with high volumes of high- performance products and applications: - Launch of new wireless services such as PCS and wireless high speed data systems; - Rapid build-out of satellite communications systems; - Widespread deployment of fiber optic networks and the increasing use of optical systems within these networks; - Increasing use of infrared emitters and optical detectors in computer systems to replace bulky interconnect wires and cables; - Emergence of advanced consumer electronics applications, such as DVDs and flat panel displays; and - Increasing use of high-performance electronic devices in automobiles. COMPOUND SEMICONDUCTOR PROCESS TECHNOLOGY Compound semiconductors are composed of two or more elements and usually consist of a metal such as gallium, aluminum or indium and a non- metal such as arsenic, phosphorous or nitrogen. The resulting compounds include gallium arsenide, indium phosphide, gallium nitride, indium antimonide and indium aluminum phosphide. The performance characteristics of compound semiconductors are uniquely dependent on the composition of these compounds. For example, the electrical and optical properties of gallium arsenide are substantially changed by adding aluminum as a third element. Many of the unique properties of compound semiconductor devices are achieved by the layering of different compound semiconductor materials in the same device. For example, infrared compound semiconductor lasers and LEDs are fabricated by depositing ultrathin layers of gallium arsenide between layers of gallium aluminum arsenide. This layered structure creates an optimal configuration to permit the conversion of electricity into light. Accordingly, the composition and properties of each layer and the control of the layering process, or epitaxy, are fundamental to the performance of advanced electronic and optoelectronic compound semiconductor devices. The variation of thickness and composition of layers determines the intensity and color of the light emitted or detected and the efficiency of power conversion. The ability to vary the intensity, color and efficiency of light generation and detection uniquely enables compound semiconductor devices to be used in a broad range of advanced information systems. Compound semiconductor device manufacturers have predominantly used three methods to deposit compound materials: molecular beam epitaxy ("MBE"), vapor phase epitaxy and liquid phase epitaxy. The Company believes that these traditional methods are subject to a number of inherent chemical process or volume production limitations. While these methods are successfully used for a variety of applications, they are not easily scaled up to high volume commercial production of complex materials, such as those used for optoelectronic devices. A fourth method, metal organic chemical vapor deposition overcomes these limitations. Using MOCVD, a number of elements can be easily combined into a broad range of compounds. Currently, MOCVD technology is being used to manufacture a number of devices, including high efficiency solar cells, HB LEDs, heterojunction bipolar transistors ("HBTs"), vertical cavity surface emitting lasers ("VCSELs") and MR sensors. The Company believes that compound semiconductor wafers fabricated using MOCVD generally possess better uniformity, as well as better optical and electronic properties, than wafers manufactured by more traditional methods. The Company believes that MOCVD has gained broad acceptance as the preferred methodology for the production of complex device structures in commercial volumes. Historically, developers of compound semiconductor devices have met research, pilot production and capacity needs with in-house systems and technologies. However, the requirements for the production of commercial volumes of high-performance compound semiconductor devices have often exceeded the capabilities of such in-house solutions. Simultaneously, the growth of new applications for discrete compound semiconductor devices has challenged manufacturers to develop processes for new applications while simultaneously meeting demand for existing products. In response to these growing demands for higher volumes of higher performance devices, manufacturers are increasingly turning to outside vendors to meet their needs for compound semiconductor wafers and devices. THE EMCORE SOLUTION EMCORE provides its customers with materials science expertise, process technology and MOCVD production systems that enable the manufacture of commercial volumes of high-performance compound semiconductor wafers and devices. EMCORE believes that its proprietary TurboDiscTM deposition technology provides the most cost-effective production systems for the commercial volume manufacture of high-performance compound semiconductor wafers and devices. EMCORE is capitalizing on its technology base to address the critical need of electronics manufacturers to cost-effectively get to market faster with high volumes of new and improved high-performance products. EMCORE offers its customers a broad range of products and services and a vertically integrated product line which includes device design, materials and process development, MOCVD production systems, epitaxial wafers and package-ready devices. The Company believes that its knowledge base and materials science expertise uniquely position the Company to become a valuable source for a broad array of solutions for the compound semiconductor industry. [graphic depicting flowchart of registrant's expertise and registrant's products, indicating the ultimate end markets for those products] STRATEGY The Company believes that its close collaboration with its customers over the past twelve years has contributed to its position in the MOCVD process technology and production systems market. The Company's objective is to capitalize on this position to become a leading supplier of compound semiconductor wafers and package-ready devices. The key elements of the Company's strategy include: Provide Complete Compound Semiconductor Solutions. The Company's vertically-integrated product offerings allow it to provide complete compound semiconductor solutions to a broad range of electronics manufacturers in order to meet their diverse technology requirements. The Company plans to capitalize on the growing need of electronics manufacturers to reach the market faster and more cost-efficiently with high volumes of end products. The Company assists its customers with device design, process development and optimal configuration of production systems. Moreover, the Company can also serve its customers as a reliable source for high volume production of wafers or package-ready devices. Through its materials science expertise, process technology and commercial production systems, the Company intends to become an integral part of its customers' compound semiconductor product life cycle. Form Strategic Relationships with Customers. By developing enabling technologies, the Company seeks to form strategic alliances with its customers in order to obtain long-term development and high volume production contracts. For example, the Company currently has a strategic relationship with General Motors under which it has developed and enhanced the device structure and production process for, and has received a purchase order to manufacture, MR sensor products for use in General Motors' automotive applications. In addition, the Company has been integrally involved with a large telecommunication concern in connection with the development of solar cell technologies for satellites. Throughout its association with this customer, the Company has successfully customized its production systems to meet the customer's special high-performance device requirements. The Company intends to actively seek similar strategic relationships with other key customers in order to further expand its technological and production base. Expand Technology Leadership. The Company has developed and optimized its compound semiconductor processes and has developed higher performance production systems through substantial investments in research and development. The Company works closely with its customers to identify specific performance criteria in its production systems, wafers and package-ready devices. The Company intends to continue to expend substantial resources in research and development in order to enhance the performance of its production systems and to further expand its process and materials science expertise, including the development of new low cost, high volume wafers and package-ready devices for its customers. The Company employs 15 persons holding Ph.D.s in various science applications, nine of whom work in research and development. PRODUCTS Production Systems and Materials Processes. The Company is a leading supplier of MOCVD compound semiconductor production systems, and, in 1995, had a 26% share of this market, according to VLSI Research Inc. which regularly publishes research on this market. The Company has shipped more than 180 systems to date and believes that its TurboDiscTM systems offer significant cost of ownership advantages over competing systems. The Company believes that its MOCVD production systems produce materials with superior uniformity of thickness, electrical properties and material composition. Each system is designed for the customer's particular applications and can be customized for the customer's throughput, wafer size and process chemistry requirements. The Company's proprietary TurboDiscTM technology utilizes a unique high speed rotating disk in a stainless steel growth chamber with integrated vacuum-compatible loading chambers. To produce an epitaxial wafer, a bare substrate, such as gallium arsenide, indium phosphide or germanium, is placed on a wafer carrier in the TurboDiscTM growth chamber and subjected to high temperatures. Based on a predetermined formula, metal organic gases are released into the growth chamber. These gases decompose on the hot, rapidly spinning wafer. Semiconductor materials then become deposited on the substrate in a highly uniform manner. The resulting epitaxial wafer thus carries one or more ultra-thin layers of compound semiconductor material such as gallium arsenide, gallium nitride, or indium aluminum phosphide. The TurboDiscTM technology not only ensures uniformity of deposition across the wafer, but also offers flexibility for diverse applications with improved material results and increased production rates. The unique precision control of reactant gas flow in the TurboDiscTM technology platform allows users to scale easily from research to commercial volumes with substantially reduced time and effort. Wafers from two inches to 14 inches in diameter can be prepared using the same platform technology. Upon removal from the growth chamber, the epitaxial wafer is then transferred to a device processing facility for various steps such as photolithography, etching, masking, metallization and dicing. Upon completion of these steps, the package-ready devices are then sent to the customer's facility for the attachment of leads and encapsulation in resin prior to the ultimate inclusion in the customer's product. The production of such compound semiconductor devices is substantially less complex than that of silicon integrated circuits. [schematic diagram of production system fabricated and sold by the registrant] Wafers are loaded on a multiple wafer holder into the growth chamber, where they are subjected to high-temperature vacuum conditions and spun at high speeds. Gases are then introduced into the vacuum growth chamber, and semiconductor materials become deposited onto the substrate in a highly uniform manner. Compound semiconductor manufacturers, much like their counterparts in the silicon semiconductor industry, place great pressure on process equipment suppliers to decrease the cost of ownership of production systems. Cost of ownership is determined by yield, throughput, direct costs and capital. Yield is primarily determined by material uniformity, which is a function of the precision of the physical and chemical processes by which atomic layers are deposited. Throughput, the volume of wafers produced per unit of time, includes both the time required for a process cycle and the handling time between process steps. Direct costs include consumables used in manufacturing and processing and the clean room space required for the equipment. Capital costs include the cost of acquisition and installation of the process equipment. The Company believes that the high throughput capabilities of its TurboDiscTM systems make possible the lowest cost of ownership for the manufacture of compound semiconductor materials as well as superior reproducibility of thickness, composition, electrical profiles and layer accuracy required for electronic and optoelectronic devices. The Company's production systems also achieve a high degree of reliability with an average time available for production, based on customer data, of approximately 95%. The Company offers the following family of systems: Model List Price Application Explorer $350,000-450,000 Research Discovery $600,000-1,100,000 Development/Pilot Production Enterprise $1,300,000-2,500,000 Volume Production Wafer and Device Fabrication. Since its inception, the Company has worked closely with its customers in designing and developing materials processes to be used in production systems for its customers' end use applications. When a customer orders a production system, the customer provides the Company with certain performance criteria. The Company then determines the chemistry and process to meet these requirements and manufactures and configures the production system to produce the materials needed by the customer. The Company has recently begun to leverage its process and materials science knowledge base to manufacture wafers and package-ready devices in its own facility. The Company's expansion into wafer and package-ready device production has been spurred almost entirely by requests from customers whose epitaxial wafer needs exceed their available in-house production capabilities. The Company fabricates package-ready devices on four-inch diameter wafers at its facility in Somerset, New Jersey with a combined clean room area totalling 3,500 square feet. Production capacity is currently 3,000 wafers per year. The Company currently anticipates utilizing a significant portion of the net proceeds of the Offering to expand this facility to approximately 7,500 square feet. The Company is working with its customers to design, engineer and manufacture commercial quantities of wafers and/or package-ready compound semiconductor devices such as MR sensors, HBTs, HEMTs, FETs, HB LEDs, solar cells and other electronic and optoelectronic devices. An example of the Company's close collaboration with its customers is the Company's ongoing relationship with General Motors. In 1985, General Motors was the Company's first customer for compound semiconductor MOCVD production systems. Over the last twelve years, General Motors has frequently consulted the Company for assistance in developing its materials process solutions. In 1995, General Motors asked the Company to determine if it could develop the capability to manufacture high-performance position sensors for use in a variety of automotive applications. Following a close working collaboration, General Motors asked the Company to assess and develop a plan to manufacture commercial volumes of an indium antimonide device that can operate at automotive temperatures. In 1996, General Motors and the Company entered into an agreement under which General Motors paid the Company approximately $1.6 million to develop and enhance certain MR position sensors for commercial production. In the first quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company received a purchase order from General Motors, pursuant to which it began production of these package-ready position sensors. In addition, the Company has worked closely with several large telecommunications concerns to assist these customers in developing solar cell process technology for use as the power source on their communications satellites. After extensive working collaborations, the Company developed the materials process and a production system for a compound semiconductor material with outstanding performance characteristics. The Company's technology has also produced gallium arsenide solar cells that are not only approximately 50% more efficient in light-to-power conversion than silicon- based solar cells but also are more radiation-resistant. The resulting advance allows a satellite manufacturer to increase the useful life and payload capacity of its satellites. Consequently, over the last two years, the Company's customers have for this purpose purchased several compound semiconductor MOCVD production systems from the Company. Recently, customers have requested the Company to begin producing four-inch epitaxial wafers for use in the manufacture of solar cells for space satellites. Additionally, the Company has completed initial process development phase with a large telecommunications concern. This collaboration has resulted in prototype solar cells that may lead to more efficient solar cells than those currently being used. The Company plans to offer solar cell production to its customers. CUSTOMERS The Company's customers include several of the largest semiconductor, telecommunications and computer manufacturing companies in the world and thirteen of the largest electronics manufacturers in Japan. In fiscal 1996, only one customer, Hughes-Spectrolab, accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenues. In fiscal 1996, sales to this customer accounted for 23.6% of the Company's revenues. A number of the Company's customers are listed below: General Motors L.M. Ericsson AB Samsung Co. Hewlett Packard Co. Lucent Technologies, Inc. Sharp U.S.A., Inc. Honeywell Inc. Motorola, Inc. Siemens AG Hughes-Spectrolab Philips AG Texas Instruments Incorporated Hyundai Electronics Polaroid Corporation Thomson CSF International Business Machines Corporation Rockwell Westinghouse Electric Corp. LG Semiconductor Corp.
In fiscal 1996, the Company adopted a comprehensive Total Quality Management Program with special emphasis on total customer satisfaction. The Company seeks to encourage active customer involvement with the design and operation of its production systems. To accomplish this, the Company conducts user group meetings among its customers on three continents. At annual meetings, the Company's customers provide valuable feedback on key operations, process oriented services, problems and recommendations to improve the Company's products. This direct customer feedback has enabled the Company to constantly update and improve the design of its systems and processes. Changes that affect the reliability and capabilities of the Company's systems are embodied in new designs to enable current and future customers to utilize systems which the Company believes are high quality and cost-efficient. As of December 31, 1996, the Company employed 18 field service engineers who install the Company's systems and provide on-site support for all of the customers' needs. In its continuing effort to maintain and enhance its relationships with its customers, the Company is seeking ISO and QS 9000 quality certification. SALES AND MARKETING The Company markets and sells its products through its direct sales force in Europe and North America, and through representatives and distributors in Asia. In 1996, the Company signed a seven year exclusive distributorship agreement with Hakuto, its Asian distributor, whose territory encompasses seven Asian countries. The Company has reached preliminary agreement with Hakuto to replace the existing distributorship agreement with a new distributorship agreement whose term will be five years and under which Hakuto will distribute additional products of the Company. The material terms of the agreement will otherwise remain the same. Hakuto has marketed and serviced the Company's products since 1988 and is a minority shareholder in the Company. As of December 31, 1996, the Company employed 13 persons in sales and marketing. The Company's sales and marketing staff, senior management and technical staff work closely with existing and potential customers to provide compound semiconductor solutions for its customers' problems. The sales process begins by understanding the customer's requirements and then attempting to match them with the most optimal solution. Typically, the Company will first try to match the customer's requirements to an existing design or a modification of a standard design. Such modifications often involve changing platform or process design. When necessary, the Company will work with the customer to develop the appropriate design process and to configure and manufacture the production system to meet the customer's needs. The Company will also frequently produce customized samples and aid the customer in matching the customized sample to the customer's requirement. The amount of time from the initial contact with the customer to the customer's placement of an order is typically two to nine months or longer. In addition, the sales cycle for wafers and package-ready devices also includes a period of two to six months during which the Company develops the formula of materials necessary to meet the customer's specifications and qualifies the materials, which may also require the delivery of samples. The Company believes that the high level of marketing, management and engineering support involved in this process is beneficial in developing competitive differentiation and long-term relationships with its customers. International sales as a percentage of total sales in fiscal 1994, 1995, 1996 and the first fiscal quarter of 1997 were 58.6%, 36.0%, 42.5% and 64.0%, respectively. Sales to customers in the U.S. in fiscal 1994, 1995 and 1996 were approximately, $3.7 million, $11.6 million and $16.0 million, respectively, while the Company's sales in Asia for the same time periods were $4.9 million, $4.0 million and $8.2 million, respectively, and sales in Europe were $0.3 million, $2.5 million and $3.6 million, respectively. In fiscal 1996, sales to Hughes-Spectrolab accounted for 23.6% of the Company's revenues. The Company receives all payments for all products and services in U.S. dollars. SERVICE AND SUPPORT The Company maintains an international service and support network responsible for on site maintenance and process monitoring on either a contractual or time-and-materials basis. Customers may purchase annual service contracts under which the Company is required to maintain an inventory of replacement parts and to service the equipment upon the request of the customer. The Company also sells replacement parts from inventory for customer needs. The Company pursues a program of system upgrades for customers to increase the performance of older systems. The Company generally does not offer extended payment terms to its customers and generally adheres to a warranty policy of one year. Consistent with industry practice, the Company maintains an inventory of components for servicing systems in the field and it believes that its inventory is sufficient to satisfy foreseeable short-term customer requirements. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT To maintain and improve its competitive position, the Company's research and development efforts are focused on designing new proprietary products, improving the performance of existing systems, wafers and package-ready devices and reducing costs in the product manufacturing process. In addition, the Company has developed a research and development production system for thin film ferroelectric oxide applications intended for use in large area memory and embedded logic devices. The Company has developed this experimental production system for the deposition of thin-film ferroelectric materials onto silicon. Ferroelectric oxides are anticipated to be necessary for the production of advanced memory chips for one-gigabit memory devices. The Company has sold two such systems. The Company has dedicated six EMCORE TurboDiscTM systems for both research and production which are capable of processing virtually all compound semiconductor materials. The research and development staff utilizes state-of-the-art x-ray, optical and electrical characterization equipment which provide instant data allowing for shortened development cycles and rapid customer response. The Company's research and development expenses in fiscal 1994, 1995, 1996 and the first fiscal quarter of 1997 were approximately $1.1 million, $1.8 million, $5.4 million and $2.5 million, respectively. The Company expects that it will continue to expend substantial resources on research and development. As of December 31, 1996, the Company employed 26 persons in research and development, ten of whom hold Ph.D.s in materials science or related fields. The Company also competes for research and development funds. In view of the high cost of development, the Company solicits research contracts that provide opportunities to enhance its core technology base or promote the commercialization of targeted products. The Company presently has three such contracts in process. The contracts fall under the Small Business Innovative Research programs or similar government sponsored programs. From inception until December 31, 1996, government and other external research contracts have provided approximately $10.7 million to support the Company's research and development efforts. The Company is also positioned to market technology and process development expertise directly to customers who require it for their own product development efforts. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY The Company's success and competitive position both for production systems, wafers and package-ready devices depend materially on its ability to maintain trade secrets, patents and other intellectual property protec- tions. Trade secrets are routinely employed in the Company's manufacturing processes. A "trade secret" is information that has value to the extent it is not generally known, not readily ascertainable by others through legitimate means, and protected in a way that maintains its secrecy. In order to protect its trade secrets, the Company takes certain measures to ensure their secrecy, such as executing non-disclosure agreements with its employees, customers and suppliers. Sales of the Company's production systems are substantially dependent upon the Company's ability to maintain its trade secrets relating to production system technology and operation. Sales of the Company's wafers and package-ready devices depend heavily on the Company's trade secrets related to its MOCVD technology and processes to give the Company a competitive advantage for winning new customer orders. To date, the Company has been issued six U.S. patents. Provided that all requisite maintenance fees are paid, these U.S. patents will expire between 2005 and 2013. None of these U.S. patents claim any material aspect of the current or planned commercial versions of the Company's systems, or wafers or devices. To permit sales of its MOCVD production systems, the Company was in 1992 granted the Rockwell License under the Rockwell Patent issued on January 11, 1983 to Rockwell. The Rockwell Patent claimed, among other things, intellectual property rights in the use of MOCVD generally in unspecified applications and expires in 2000. In October 1996, the Company initiated discussions with Rockwell to receive additional licenses to permit the Company to utilize MOCVD technology to manufacture and sell certain wafers and package-ready devices. On November 15, 1996, in litigation not involving the Company, the Rockwell Patent was declared invalid by the U.S. Court of Federal Claims. The Company believes that Rockwell will appeal this judgment. In the event the foregoing judgment is reversed by a court of appeal, the Company may be liable to Rockwell for royalty payments, as well as other amounts which the Company may ultimately be deemed to owe Rockwell in connection with the sales of its systems, wafers and package- ready devices. Moreover, the Company may require additional licenses from Rockwell under the Rockwell Patent in order to manufacture and sell certain wafers and package-ready devices. There can be no assurance that the foregoing judgment will not be reversed, that the Rockwell License can be maintained or that licenses for wafers and package-ready devices can be obtained or maintained on commercially feasible terms, if at all. The failure to maintain or obtain such licenses could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS The Company is subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations concerning the use, storage, handling, generation, treatment, emission, release, discharge and disposal of certain materials used in its research and development and production operations, as well as laws and regulations concerning environmental remediation and employee health and safety. The Company has retained an environmental consultant to advise it in complying with applicable environmental and health and safety laws and regulations, and believes that it is currently, and in the past has been, in substantial compliance with all such laws and regulations. The Company also believes that the costs of complying with existing environmental and health and safety laws and regulations are not likely to have a material adverse effect on its business, financial position or results of operations. There can be no assurance, however, that future changes in such laws and regulations will not result in expenditures or liabilities, or in restric- tions on the Company's operation, that could have such an effect. The production of wafers and package-ready devices involves the use of certain hazardous raw materials, including, but not limited to, ammonia, phosphine and arsenic. The Company's expansion to offer wafers and package-ready devices will require the increased usage and maintenance of these materials on the Company's premises. While the Company believes it currently has and will continue to have in place sufficient control systems for the safe use and maintenance of these raw materials, there can be no assurance that the Company's control systems will be successful in preventing a release of these materials or other adverse environmental conditions, which could cause a substantial interruption in the Company's operations. Such an interruption could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operation. BACKLOG As of December 31, 1996, the Company had an order backlog of approximately $23.8 million consisting of $20.7 million of production systems, $1.0 million of research contracts and $2.1 million of package- ready devices, compared to backlog of $19.0 million as of December 31, 1995 consisting of $17.2 million of production systems and $1.8 million of research contracts. This increase in backlog was a result of increased market acceptance of the Company's production systems and multiple unit orders for such systems, and the introduction of the Company's wafer and package-ready device product lines. The Company includes in backlog only customer purchase orders which have been accepted by the Company and for which shipment dates have been assigned within the twelve months to follow and research contracts that are in process or awarded. The Company receives partial advance payments or irrevocable letters of credit on most production system orders and has never experienced an order cancellation. The Company recognizes systems and package-ready device revenue upon shipment. For research contracts with the U.S. government and commercial enterprises, with durations greater than six months, the Company recognizes revenue to the extent of costs incurred plus a portion of estimated gross profit as stipulated in such contracts, based on contract performance. The Company is seeking to increase capacity to meet anticipated continuing increased production needs; however, there can be no assurance that the Company will increase its capacity to meet its scheduled needs. MANUFACTURING The Company's manufacturing operations are located at the Company's headquarters in Somerset, New Jersey and include systems engineering and production, wafer fabrication and design and production of package-ready devices. Many of the Company's manufacturing operations are computer monitored or controlled, enhancing reliability and yield. The Company manufactures its own systems and outsources some components and sub-assem- blies, but performs all final system integration, assembly and testing. Since nearly all steps in the production process are performed by the Company, any interruption in manufacturing resulting from earthquake, fire, equipment failures or other causes would have a material adverse effect on the Company. As of December 31, 1996, the Company employed 119 persons in its manufacturing operations. Outside contractors and suppliers are used to supply raw materials and standard components and to assemble portions of end systems from Company specifications. The Company depends on sole or a limited number of suppliers of components and raw materials. The Company generally purchases these single or limited source products through standard purchase orders. The Company also seeks to maintain ongoing communications with its suppliers to guard against interruptions in supply and has, to date, generally been able to obtain sufficient supplies in a timely manner and maintains inventories it believes are sufficient to meet its near term needs. The Company has recently implemented a vendor program through which it inspects quality and reviews supplies and prices in order to standardize purchasing efficiencies and design requirements to maintain as low a cost of sales as possible. However, operating results could be materially adversely affected by a stoppage or delay of supply, receipt of defective parts or contaminated materials, and increase in the pricing of such parts or the Company's inability to obtain reduced pricing from its suppliers in response to competitive pressures. In fiscal 1996, the Company received substantial levels of new orders, which will require the Company to increase its manufacturing capacity to meet with demand for its compound semiconductor production systems and its wafers and package-ready devices. The Company currently anticipates utilizing a significant portion of the net proceeds from the Offering for this purpose. COMPETITION The markets in which the Company competes are highly competitive. The Company competes with several companies for sales of MOCVD systems including Aixtron, Nippon-Sanso and Thomas Swann. The primary competitors for the Company's wafer foundry include Epitaxial Products Inc., Kopin Corporation and Q.E.D. The Company also faces competition from manu- facturers that implement in-house systems for their own use. The Company may experience competition from corporations that have been in business longer than the Company and have greater capital resources, more experience with high volume manufacturing, broader name recognition, substantially larger installed bases, alternative technologies which may be better established than the Company's and significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources than the Company. The Company competes with many research institutions and universities for research contract funding. The Company also sells its products to current competitors and companies with the capability of becoming competitors. As the markets for the Company's products grow, new competitors are likely to emerge, and present competitors may increase their market share. The Company believes that the primary competitive factors in the markets in which the Company's products compete are yield, throughput, capital and direct costs, system performance, size of installed base, breadth of product line and customer satisfaction, as well as customer commitment to competing technologies. While the Company believes it is in a position to deliver low-cost and reliable solutions to its customers, many of the Company's competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing, sales and other resources than the Company. The Company believes that in order to remain competitive, it must invest significant financial resources in developing new product features and enhancements and in maintaining customer satisfaction worldwide. In marketing its products, the Company may face competition from suppliers employing new technologies in order to extend the capabilities of competitive products beyond their current limits or increase their productivity. In addition, increased competitive pressure could lead to intensified price-based competition, resulting in lower prices and margins, which would materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS The Company is aware of no pending or threatened litigation against it which would cause a material adverse effect on its operating results. EMPLOYEES As of December 31, 1996 the Company employed 204 persons. None of the Company's employees is covered by a collective bargaining agreement. The Company considers its relationships with employees to be good. FACILITIES The Company's executive office and manufacturing facility are located in Somerset, New Jersey, where the Company leases a 75,000 square foot facility. This facility lease expires on February 29, 2000. The Company has two five-year renewal options. MANAGEMENT The executive officers and directors of the Company and their ages as of the date of this Prospectus are as follows: NAME AGE POSITION(S) Reuben F. Richards, Jr. . . . 41 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director Thomas G. Werthan . . . . . . 40 Vice President - Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, and Director Richard A. Stall . . . . . . 40 Vice President - Technology and Director William T. Kroll . . . . . . 52 Executive Vice President - Business Development Paul T. Fabiano . . . . . . . 32 Vice President - Engineering Louis A. Koszi . . . . . . . 52 Vice President - Device Manufacturing Laurence P. Wagner . . . . . 36 Vice President - Electronic Materials David A. Hess . . . . . . . . 35 Controller Thomas J. Russell(1)(2) . . . 65 Chairman of the Board Howard R. Curd(1)(2) . . . . 57 Director Howard F. Curd(1)(2) . . . . 31 Director Robert Louis-Dreyfus . . . . 50 Director-nominee
_____________________ (1) Member of Audit Committee (2) Member of Compensation Committee All directors of the Company hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until their successors are duly elected and qualified. All officers serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Reuben F. Richards, Jr. - Mr. Richards joined the Company in October 1995 as its President and Chief Operating Officer and became Chief Executive Officer in December 1996. Mr. Richards has been a director of the Company since May 1995. From September 1994 to the present, Mr. Richards has been a Senior Managing Director of Jesup & Lamont Capital Markets Inc. ("Jesup & Lamont") (an affiliate of a registered broker-dealer). From December 1994 to the present, he has been a member of and President of JLMP, the Company's largest shareholder. From 1992-1994, Mr. Richards was a principal with Hauser, Richards & Co., a firm engaged in corporate restructuring and management turnarounds. From 1986-1992, Mr. Richards was a Director at Prudential-Bache Capital Funding in its Investment Banking Division. Mr. Richards also serves as a director of S.A. Telecommunications, Inc., a full service long distance telecommunications company, located in Richardson, Texas. Thomas G. Werthan - Mr. Werthan joined the Company in 1992 as its Chief Financial Officer, Vice President - Finance and Administration and a director. Mr. Werthan is a Certified Public Accountant and has over fourteen years experience in assisting high technology, venture capital financed growth companies. Prior to joining the Company in 1992, he was associated with The Russell Group, a venture capital partnership, as Chief Financial Officer for several portfolio companies. The Russell Group is affiliated with Thomas J. Russell, a member of and Chairman of JLMP and Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company. From 1985 to 1989, Mr. Werthan served as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer for Audio Visual Labs, Inc., a manufacturer of multi-media and computer graphics equipment. Richard A. Stall, Ph.D. - Dr. Stall became a director of the Company in December 1996. Dr. Stall helped found the Company in 1984 and has been Vice President - Technology at the Company since October, 1984, except for a sabbatical year in 1993 during which Dr. Stall acted as a consultant to the Company and his position was left unfilled. Prior to 1984, Dr. Stall was a member of the technical staff of AT&T Bell Laboratories and was responsible for the development of MBE technologies. He has co-authored more than 75 papers and holds four patents on MBE and MOCVD technology and the characterization of compound semiconductor materials. William J. Kroll - Mr. Kroll joined the Company in 1994 as Vice President - Business Development and in 1996 became Executive Vice President - Business Development. Prior to 1994, Mr. Kroll served for seven years as Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing for Matheson Gas Products, Inc., a manufacturer and distributor of specialty gases and gas control and handling equipment. In that position, Mr. Kroll was responsible for $100 million in sales and 700 employees worldwide. Prior to working at Matheson Gas Products, Mr. Kroll was Vice President of Marketing for Machine Technology, Inc., a manufacturer of semiconductor equipment for photoresist or applications, plasma strip, and related equipment. Paul T. Fabiano - Mr. Fabiano joined the Company in 1985 as a process engineer and has served as Vice President - Engineering since March 1996. Mr. Fabiano has experience in all critical phases of the Company's operations including sales, service, manufacturing and engineering. During his tenure at the Company, Mr. Fabiano has held various managerial posi- tions including Vice President, Manufacturing and Director of Field Engineering. Louis A. Koszi - Mr. Koszi joined the Company in 1995 as Vice President - Device Manufacturing. Prior to 1995, Mr. Koszi was a member of AT&T Bell Laboratories for 25 years. Mr. Koszi has experience in all phases of semiconductor device design and manufacturing processes and associated quality programs. Mr. Koszi holds 17 U.S. patents, five foreign patents, and is a co-author of 35 publications. He was named a Distinguished Member of Technical Staff in 1989. In 1992, he was presented with the Excellence in Engineering from the Optical Society of America. Laurence P. Wagner - Mr. Wagner joined the Company in March 1996 as Vice President - Wafer Manufacturing, and has more than twelve years experience in operations, engineering and research in the electronic and semiconductor materials industries. Before joining EMCORE, he spent seven years at Rohm & Haas, a subsidiary of Shipley Company, L.L.C., where he served successively as Corporate Projects Manager, Product Engineer, Engineering Manager, Manufacturing Manager, and, from 1994 to 1996, Operating Unit Manager. David A. Hess - Mr. Hess joined the Company in 1989 as General Accounting Manager. He was named Controller in 1990. He has more than ten years experience in monitoring and controlling all phases of product and process cost and general accounting systems. Prior to his employment at EMCORE, he held several positions as cost accounting manager, divisional accountant and inventory control supervisor in manufacturing firms such as Emerson Quiet Kool (air conditioner manufacturers), Huls, North America (paint/solvent processors), and Brintec Corporation (screw machine manu- facturers). Thomas J. Russell, Ph.D. - Dr. Russell has been a director of the Company since May 1995 and was elected Chairman of the Board on December 6, 1996. Dr. Russell founded Bio/Dynamics, Inc. in 1961 and managed the company until its acquisition by IMS International in 1973, following which he served as President of that company's Life Sciences Division. From 1984 until 1988, he served as Director, then as Chairman of IMS International until its acquisition by Dun & Bradstreet in 1988. From 1988 to 1992, he served as Chairman of Applied Biosciences, Inc. Since 1992, he has been an investor and director of several companies. Dr. Russell currently serves as a director of Cordiant plc, Adidas AG, and Uniroyal Technology Corporation ("UTC"). Mr. Russell is one of three trustees of the AER 1997 Trust, which is a member of JLMP. Howard R. Curd - Mr. Curd has been a director of the Company since May 1995. Mr. Curd has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of UTC from September 1992 to the present. From 1986 to 1992, he was Chairman of Uniroyal Plastics Corp. He is the founder of UTC's predecessor business, Polycast Technology Corporation. He also sits on the advisory board for Investment Seminars, Inc., a provider of independent investment advice. Mr. Curd is a member of and Vice President of JLMP, the Company's majority shareholder. Mr. Curd is the father of Howard F. Curd, a director of the Company. Howard F. Curd - Mr. Curd has been a director of the Company since May 1995. Since 1991, Mr. Curd has been president and chief executive officer and a director of Jesup & Lamont Group Holdings, Inc., a diversified financial holding company. Mr. Curd is a director of S.A. Telecommunications, Inc., a long distance telecommunication company, located in Richardson, Texas. Mr. Curd is the son of Howard R. Curd, a director of the Company. Robert Louis-Dreyfus - Mr. Louis-Dreyfus has been nominated to serve on the Company's Board of Directors. It is expected that immediately following the Offering, the Board will elect Mr. Louis-Dreyfus to serve as a Director. Mr. Louis-Dreyfus has been the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of Adidas AG since April 1993. Prior to that time, he had been from 1990 until 1993 the Chief Executive Officer at Saatchi & Saatchi plc (now Cordiant plc) in London, and he resigned from the Board of Directors of Saatchi & Saatchi in December 1994. Since 1992, he has been an investor and a director of several other companies. From 1982 until 1988, he served as Chief Operating Officer (1982 to 1983) and then as Chief Executive Officer (from 1984 to 1988) of IMS International until its acquisition by Dun & Bradstreet in 1988. Within 90 days after completion of the Offering, the Company intends to expand the Company's Board of Directors to nine persons and to elect at least two outside directors to the Company's Board. It is the intention of the Company that such outside directors will be appointed to and replace the existing members of each of the Company's Audit Committee and Compensation Committee. COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION The Company's Compensation Committee, which consists of Dr. Thomas J. Russell, Howard F. Curd and Howard R. Curd, reviews and recommends to the Board of Directors the compensation and benefits of all officers of the Company, reviews general policy matters relating to compensation and bene- fits of officers and employees of the Company and administers the issuance of stock options and stock appreciation rights and awards of restricted stock to the Company's officers and key salaried employees. No member of the Compensation Committee is now or ever was an officer or an employee of the Company. No executive officer of the Company serves as a member of the compensation committee of the Board of Directors of any entity one or more of whose executive officers serves as a member of the Company's Board of Directors or Compensation Committee. See "Certain Transactions." AUDIT COMMITTEE The Company's Audit Committee currently consists of Thomas J. Russell, Howard F. Curd and Howard R. Curd. The Audit Committee recommends the engagement of the Company's independent accountants, approves the auditing services performed, and reviews and evaluates the Company's accounting policies and systems of internal controls. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The following Summary Compensation Table sets forth certain information concerning the annual and long-term compensation for services in all capacities to the Company in fiscal 1996 of those persons who during such fiscal year (i) served as the Company's chief executive officer or (ii) were the five most highly-compensated officers (other than the chief executive officer) (collectively, the "Named Executive Officers"): SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE ANNUAL COMPENSATION OTHER ADDITIONAL ANNUAL NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION FISCAL YEAR SALARY COMPENSATION (1) COMPENSATION(2) Reuben F. Richards, Jr. (3) 1996 $193,750(4) $ -- $ -- President and Chief Operating Officer Thomas G. Werthan 1996 120,487 29,000 6,000 Vice President-Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer Richard A. Stall 1996 126,871 44,000 -- Vice President-Technology William T. Kroll 1996 104,610 105,000 6,000 Executive Vice President- Business Development Paul T. Fabiano 1996 98,303 15,000 -- Vice President- Engineering Norman E. Schumaker 1996 180,330 103,050 6,750 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer(3) LONG TERM COMPENSATION SECURITIES ALL OTHER UNDERLYING COMPENSATION NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION OPTIONS Reuben F. Richards, Jr. (3) -- -- President and Chief Operating Officer Thomas G. Werthan -- -- Vice President-Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer Richard A. Stall -- -- Vice President-Technology William T. Kroll -- -- Executive Vice President- Business Development Paul T. Fabiano -- -- Vice President- Engineering Norman E. Schumaker -- -- Chairman and Chief Executive Officer(5)
__________________ (1) Consists of bonuses, commissions and vacation pay. (2) Consists of insurance premiums and automobile allowances paid by the Company. (3) Mr. Richards became Chief Executive Officer in December, 1996. (4) Of this amount, $145,000 was received from Jesup & Lamont. Mr. Richards' salary is now paid by the Company and his base annual compensation is $195,000. See "Certain Transactions." (5) Dr. Schumaker served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until his retirement in December 1996. No options were issued to any of the Named Executive Officers in fiscal 1996. There were no option exercises by the Named Executive Officers in fiscal 1996. The following table sets forth the number of shares covered by exercisable and unexercisable options held by the Named Executive Officers on September 30, 1996 and the aggregate gains that would have been realized had these options been exercised on September 30, 1996, even though these options had not been exercised by the Named Executive Officers. AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL 1996 AND OPTION VALUES AT FISCAL YEAR END
NUMBER OF SECURITIES VALUE OF UNEXERCISED UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS OPTIONS AT FISCAL YEAR END AT FISCAL YEAR END(1) NAME EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE Reuben F. Richards, Jr. 29,412 -- $211,000 -- Thomas G. Werthan 17,647 11,765 126,600 $84,400 Richard A. Stall 20,294 13,529 145,590 97,060 William T. Kroll 5,882 8,824 42,200 63,300 Paul T. Fabiano 8,824 5,882 63,300 42,200 Norman E. Schumaker 26,471 17,647(2) 189,900 126,600
__________________________ (1) Options are in-the-money if the market value of the shares covered thereby is greater than the option exercise price. This calculation is based on the fair market value at September 30, 1996 of $10.20 per share, less the exercise price. If calculated based on the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price ($10 per share), the value of unexercised in-the-money options at fiscal year end would be slightly lower. (2) Pursuant to Dr. Schumaker's retirement from the Company, these options have been cancelled and will not become exercisable. STOCK OPTION PLAN In 1995, the Company's Board of Directors and its shareholders approved the Company's 1995 Incentive and Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"). Under the terms of the Plan, as amended by the shareholders of the Company in March 1996, options to acquire 647,059 shares of Common Stock may be granted. Options with respect to 339,412 shares were outstanding as of September 30, 1996, at exercise prices of $3.03 to $10.20 per share. Options granted generally become exercisable over five years. As of September 30, 1996, options with respect to 162,765 shares were exercisable. The purpose of the Plan is to give officers and executive personnel, and consultants or non-employee directors, of the Company and its subsidiaries an opportunity to acquire Common Stock, to provide an incentive for key employees and other participants to continue to promote the best interests of the Company and enhance its long-term performance, and to provide an incentive for key employees and other participants to join or remain with the Company and its subsidiaries. Incentive stock options ("ISOs") intended to qualify for special tax treatment in accordance with Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, ("Code") and non-statutory stock options ("NSOs"), which do not qualify for such special tax treatment, may be granted under the Plan. In addition, stock appreciation rights ("SARs") may be granted under the Plan in conjunction with ISOs. The Plan is administered by the Board of directors which, to the extent it shall determine, may delegate its administrative powers (other than its power to amend or terminate the Plan) to a committee (the "Committee") appointed by the Board of Directors and composed of not less than three members of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is authorized to determine (i) the persons to whom awards under the Plan shall be granted, (ii) the time or times at which such awards shall be granted, (iii) the form and amount of the awards, and (iv) the limitations, restrictions and conditions applicable to any such award. In general, the Board of Directors also may interpret the Plan, prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to it, and make all other determinations it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Board of Directors may from time to time alter, amend or suspend the Plan or any award granted thereunder, or may at any time terminate the Plan, except that it may not, without the approval of the Company's shareholders (except with respect to certain changes in corporate structure), (i) materially increase the total number of shares of Common Stock available for grant under the Plan, (ii) materially modify the class of eligible employees or participants under the Plan, (iii) materially increase benefits to any key employee who is subject to the restrictions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the "Exchange Act") or (iv) effect a change relating to ISOs granted thereunder which is inconsistent with Section 422 of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder. No action taken by the Board of Directors in connection with the Plan, either with or without shareholder approval, may materially and adversely affect any outstanding award without the consent of the holder thereof. No award under the Plan may be granted after September 19, 2005. A stock option granted under the Plan will be exercisable and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors or the Committee determines and which may be set forth in a written option agreement. In general, the option price for ISOs shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of the grant, and such ISO shall not be exercisable within one year of the date of grant. The option price for NSOs shall not be less than 10% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of the grant. For purposes of the Plan, "fair market value" means, in general, the average of the mean between the bid and asked price for the Common Stock at the close of trading for the ten consecutive trading days immediately preceding a given date. ISOs granted under the Plan may include a SAR, either at the time of the granting of the ISO or while the ISO is outstanding, which shall be exercisable only (i) to the extent that the underlying ISO is exercisable and (ii) for such period of time as determined by the Board of Directors. A SAR is exercisable only when the fair market value of a share of Common Stock exceeds the option price specified for the ISO under which the SAR was granted. A SAR shall entitle the participant to surrender to the Company unexercised the ISO, or portion thereof, to which such SAR is related, and to receive from the Company in exchange therefor that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair market value equal to the excess of the fair market value on the date of exercise of one share of Common Stock over the option price per share specified in such ISO, multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the ISO, or portion thereof, which is so surrendered, or, at the election of the Board, cash in such amount. ISOs, NSOs, and SARs shall not be exercisable more than ten years after the date of grant. Upon the termination of employment of an employee, or if the contractual relationship between a non-employee participant and the Company terminates, options and SARs granted to such participant shall expire no later than 30 days after such termination although the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may permit the exercise of such option or SAR to occur up to three months following such termination; provided, that if such termination occurs as a result of the participant's death or disability, outstanding options and SARs shall expire no later than one year thereafter; and provided further, that outstanding options and SARs held by a former employee participant shall earlier expire on the date that such participant violates the terms of any covenant not to compete, if any, in effect between the Company and such participant. Upon notice of an intent to exercise an option, the option price shall be paid in full in cash or by certified check or, in the Board of Directors' discretion, in shares of Common Stock already owned by the participant. In the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, adjustments will be made in the number of shares of Common Stock available under the Plan, and the number of shares of Common Stock and the option price of shares subject to outstanding grants of options and SARs to reflect increases or decreases in the number of shares of issued Common Stock resulting from a reorganization, recapitalization, stock split-up, stock distribution or combination of shares, or the payment of a stock dividend or other increase or decrease in the number of such shares outstanding effected without receipt of consideration by the Company. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS All non-employee directors will receive a fee in the amount of $3,000 per Board meeting attended and $500 for each committee meeting attended ($600 for the Chairman of the committee), including in each case reimburse- ment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such Board or committee. Payment of all fees will be made in Common Stock of the Company at the average of the last reported bid and ask prices as of the close of trading that day on the Nasdaq National Market. No director who is an employee of the Company will receive compensation for services rendered as a director. LIMITATION OF OFFICERS' AND DIRECTORS' LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws include provisions (i) to reduce the personal liability of the Company's directors for monetary damage resulting from breaches of their fiduciary duty and (ii) to permit the Company to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by New Jersey law. Prior to the consummation of this Offering, the Company intends to enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers and to obtain a policy of directors' and officers' liability insurance that insures such persons against the costs of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances. There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company as to which indemnification is being sought. The Company is not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that might result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer. CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS In May 1995, approximately 51% of the Company's outstanding shares of Common Stock were purchased by JLMP, a limited liability company whose five members are The AER 1997 Trust, Howard R. Curd, Howard F. Curd, Reuben F. Richards, Jr. and Gallium Enterprises, Inc. Gallium Enterprises Inc. is controlled by Robert Louis-Dreyfus, a nominee to become a director of the Company. Howard F. Curd and Reuben F. Richards, Jr. together control a minority of the membership interests in JLMP and are co-owners of Jesup & Lamont Group Holdings, Inc., which owns all the shares of Jesup & Lamont Securities Co., a registered broker-dealer and of Jesup & Lamont Capital Markets, Inc. ("Jesup & Lamont"), a financial services advisory concern. Since 1995, four of the Company's six directors have been members of JLMP. In May 1995, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Jesup & Lamont (herein, the "Agreement") pursuant to which Jesup & Lamont agreed to provide financial advisory services for the Company for one year. The Agreement provided for monthly retainers to be paid to Jesup & Lamont of $12,500 per month. In October 1995, Reuben F. Richards, Jr. joined the Company's management team as President and Chief Operating Officer. On that date, the retainer to Jesup & Lamont was increased to $25,000 per month to cover Mr. Richards' salary. At that time, Mr. Richards received no compensation directly from the Company. Jesup & Lamont covered all employee benefits and taxes for Mr. Richards until October 1, 1996 when Mr. Richards became a full-time employee of the Company, and the monthly retainer paid by the Company to Jesup & Lamont was decreased to $10,000. The Agreement will terminate upon completion of the Offering. In May 1996, the Company issued $9,500,000 Subordinated Notes (the "Subordinated Notes") and warrants to purchase 2,328,432 shares of Common Stock at $4.08 per share (the "$4.08 Warrants"). The $4.08 Warrants became exercisable on November 1, 1996. JLMP holds 78.5% of the Subordinated Notes and $4.08 Warrants. In addition, Thomas G. Werthan, Vice President - Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and a director, currently holds $96,233 of the Subordinated Notes and 23,587 of the $4.08 Warrants; Dr. Richard Stall, Vice President - Technology and a director currently holds $122,450 of the Subordinated Notes and 30,012 of the $4.08 Warrants; William Kroll, Executive Vice President - Business Development, currently holds $65,828 of the Subordinated Notes and 16,134 of the $4.08 Warrants; Paul Fabiano, Vice President - Engineering, currently holds $60,407 of the Subordinated Notes and 14,806 of the $4.08 Warrants; and David Hess, Controller, currently holds $4,753 of the Subordinated Notes and 1,165 of the $4.08 Warrants. In connection with the offering of the Subordinated Notes and $4.08 Warrants on May 1, 1996, the Company executed a registration rights agreement (the "Registration Rights Agreement") with the holders of the $4.08 Warrants (the "Warrant Holders"). Upon written notice given by a majority in interest of the Warrant Holders, the Company is obligated to use its best efforts to register all or part of each Warrant Holders' registrable securities, and to keep such registration open for period of not less than nine months. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company must give notice to, and include if requested within thirty days of such notice, the Warrant Holders in any registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions. See "Description of Capital Stock - Registration Rights." On September 1, 1996, the Company issued to JLMP $2,500,000 additional subordinated notes (the "Additional Notes") with terms identical to those of the Subordinated Notes, and warrants to purchase 245,098 shares of Common Stock at $10.20 per share (the "Additional Warrants"). The Additional Warrants become exercisable six months after issuance. In December 1996, the Company issued to JLMP warrants to purchase 980,392 shares on the same terms as the Additional Warrants in consideration for the grant by Thomas Russell, the Chairman of the Company's Board of Directors, of a security interest over certain assets he controls, in order to guarantee the Company's $10 million demand note facility from First Union National Bank. The Company expects to use a portion of the proceeds of the Offering to pay down this facility. In connection with the issuance of the warrants in September and December of 1996, the Company has entered into a registration rights agreement with JLMP similar to the Registration Rights Agreement. Upon completion of the Offering, three of the Company's eight directors will be members of JLMP. Mr. Russell, the Chairman of the Company's Board of Directors, will be a trustee with respect to certain membership interests of JLMP. Mr. Louis-Dreyfus, a director-nominee, controls a company which is a member of JLMP. JLMP will retain an ownership interest in the Company of approximately 48.9%. Within 90 days of the commencement of the Offering, the Company will elect two independent directors, neither of whom will have any affiliation with JLMP. From time to time, the Company has lent money to certain of its executive officers and directors. Between October and December, 1995, pursuant to the due authorization of the Company's Board of Directors the Company lent $85,000 to Thomas G. Werthan, Vice President - Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer and a director of the Company. The promissory note executed by Mr. Werthan provides for forgiveness of the loan via bonuses payable to Mr. Werthan over a period of 25 years. On December 4, 1996, Norman E. Schumaker, a founder of the Company and a beneficial holder of more than 5% of the Company's Common Stock, retired as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The Company and Dr. Schumaker have entered into a Consulting Agreement dated as of December 6, 1996, pursuant to which the Company agreed to retain Dr. Schumaker as a consultant for $250,000 per year. The Company has also agreed to pay Dr. Schumaker $103,055 in full satisfaction of accrued bonuses and vacation time. Dr. Schumaker has agreed to provide consulting services for eight, eight-hour work days per month (approximately two days a week less vacation time) for a term of two years commencing January 1, 1997 and ending December 31, 1998. The Agreement will automatically renew for one successive two-year term unless either party gives the other notice of his or its intention not to renew the Agreement. The Company has also agreed to forgive $115,300 of indebtedness of Dr. Schumaker to the Company and to provide him with a monthly automobile allowance of $750 during the term of the Agreement. The Company has agreed to provide Dr. Schumaker with participation, during the period ending on December 31, 2001, in the Company's plan of medical benefits and to assign to Dr. Schumaker a disability insurance policy and two life insurance policies in the aggregate face amount of $1,075,000. To the extent that these policies may not be so assigned, the Company has agreed to establish similar policies for Dr. Schumaker. The Company has also agreed to extend the exercise of Dr. Schumaker's vested stock options to March 4, 1997. Dr. Schumaker has agreed during the term of the Agreement not to become involved, directly or indirectly, in any business activity which the Company's Board of Directors determines to be competitive with the Company. Dr. Schumaker has also agreed, among others, to refrain from engaging in any business competing with the Company in the U.S. for an additional period of two years after the termination of the Agreement. PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS The following table sets forth certain information known to the Company with respect to beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of February 1, 1997 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares offered pursuant to this Prospectus by: (i) each person who is known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of five percent or more of the Company's Common Stock, (ii) each of the Company's directors, (iii) each Named Executive Officer, and (iv) all officers and directors of the Company as a group. PERCENTAGE OF SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED NUMBER OF SHARES PRIOR TO AFTER NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1)(2) OFFERING OFFERING Reuben F. Richards, Jr. (3) . . . . 3,724,034 73.1% 49.0% Richard A. Stall (4) . . . . . . . 129,870 4.3 2.3 Thomas G. Werthan (5) . . . . . . . 103,763 3.4 1.9 Paul T. Fabiano (6) . . . . . . . . 62,879 2.1 1.1 William T. Kroll (7) . . . . . . . 64,789 2.2 1.2 Howard R. Curd (8) . . . . . . . . 3,694,622 72.9 48.9 Howard F. Curd (8) . . . . . . . . 3,694,622 72.9 48.9 Gallium Enterprises Inc. (8) . . . 3,694,622 72.9 48.9 The AER 1997 Trust (9) . . . . . . 3,694,622 72.9 48.9 Jesup & Lamont Merchant Partners L.L.C. (10) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,694,622 72.9 48.9 All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons) (11) . . . 4,090,470 78.1 52.9 Norman E. Schumaker (12) . . . . . 533,347 16.9 9.4
___________________ (1) Unless otherwise indicated in these footnotes, the persons named in the table above have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned. (2) Based on 2,994,461 shares outstanding prior to the Offering and 5,869,461 shares to be outstanding after the Offering, except that shares underlying warrants and options exercisable within 60 days of February 1, 1997, are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of calculating shares beneficially owned and percentages owned by the holder of such warrants and options. (3) Consists of options to purchase 29,412 shares, and 1,621,557 shares and warrants to purchase 2,073,065 shares held by JLMP. See Note 10. (4) Includes options to purchase 20,294 shares and warrants to purchase 30,012 shares. (5) Includes options to purchase 17,647 shares and warrants to purchase 23,587 shares. (6) Includes options to purchase 8,824 shares and warrants to purchase 14,806 shares. (7) Includes options to purchase 5,882 shares and warrants to purchase 16,134 shares. (8) Consists of 1,621,557 shares and warrants to purchase 2,073,065 shares of Common Stock held by JLMP. Gallium Enterprises Inc. is controlled by Robert Louis-Dreyfus, a nominee to become a member of the Board of Directors of the Company. See Note 10. (9) Consists of 1,621,557 shares and warrants to purchase 1,827,967 shares of Common Stock held by JLMP. The AER 1997 Trust is one of the five members of JLMP. Its three trustees are John Timoney, Robert Louis-Dreyfus, and Thomas J. Russell, the Chairman of the Company. The trustees share authority over the assets of the trust. After January 13, 2002, Avery E. Russell, the daughter of Thomas J. Russell, will be the primary beneficiary of the trust. See Note 10. (10) Includes warrants to purchase 2,073,065 shares of Common Stock. Does not include warrants to purchase 980,392 shares of Common Stock which become exercisable after May 6, 1997. JLMP is a limited liability company whose five members are The AER 1997 Trust, Howard R. Curd, Howard F. Curd, Reuben F. Richards, Jr. and Gallium Enterprises Inc. The members share voting and investment power. JLMP's address and its members' addresses are c/o JLMP, 650 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10019. (11) Includes options to purchase 82,941 shares and warrants to purchase 1,913,671 shares. See Notes 3 through 8 above. (12) Includes options to purchase 26,471 shares and warrants to purchase 138,831 shares. Pursuant to Dr. Schumaker's consulting agreement with the Company dated December 6, 1996, the warrants to purchase 138,831 shares of Common Stock have been placed in escrow until January 6, 1998. See "Certain Transactions." Dr. Schumaker's business address is 20 Upper Warren Way, Warren, New Jersey 07059. DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 23,529,411 shares of Common Stock, no par value, of which 2,994,461 shares are outstanding prior to completion of this Offering, which shares are held by a total of 86 shareholders and 5,882,353 shares of Preferred Stock, none of which are outstanding. In addition, there are outstanding warrants to purchase 2,330,784 shares of Common Stock at $4.08 per share, warrants to purchase 9,103 shares of Common Stock at $17.00 a share, and warrants to purchase 1,225,490 shares of Common Stock at $10.20 per share. Moreover, options to purchase 437,546 shares have been granted under the Plan ranging from $3.03 per share to $10.20 a share. COMMON STOCK Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on matters to be voted upon by the shareholders of the Company. Subject to the preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. See "Dividend Policy." In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to the prior liquidation rights of any outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. The Common Stock has no preemptive, redemption, conversion or other subscription rights. The outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the shares offered by the Company in the Offering will be, when issued and paid for, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of Common Stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock currently or outstanding or which the Company may designate and issue in the future. The Company has applied for listing of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "EMKR." PREFERRED STOCK The Company is authorized to issue up to 5,882,352 shares of Preferred Stock that may be issued from time to time in one or more classes or series upon authorization of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors, without further approval of the shareholders, is authorized to designate in any such class or series resolution, such par value and such priorities, power, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions as it shall determine. The ability of the Company to issue Preferred Stock in this manner, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could adversely effect the voting power of the voters of the Common Stock and could have the effect of making it more difficult for a person to acquire, or of discouraging a person from seeking to acquire, control of the Company. The potential for issuance of this "blank check preferred stock" may have an adverse impact on the market price of the Common Stock outstanding after the Offering. The Company has no present plans to issue any of the Preferred Stock. WARRANTS The Company has outstanding the following warrants: warrants to purchase a total of 9,103 shares of Common Stock at a purchase price of $17.00 per share, which warrants expire in July 1997; warrants to purchase a total of 2,330,784 shares of Common Stock at a purchase price of $4.08 per share which expire in May 2001 and warrants to purchase 1,225,490 shares of Common Stock at $10.20 per share, which warrants expire in September 2001. The last two classes of warrants may be repurchased by the Company at $0.85 per share after May 1997 and September 1997, respectively. The Company will not call the warrants unless it can issue registered securities therefor and the average daily market price of the Company's Common Stock exceeds 150% of the warrant exercise price for each of thirty consecutive days. NEW JERSEY LAW AND OTHER LIMITATIONS UPON TRANSACTIONS WITH "INTERESTED SHAREHOLDERS" The New Jersey Business Corporation Act provides that in determining whether a proposal or offer to acquire a corporation is in the best interest of the corporation, the Board of Directors may, in addition to considering the effects of any action on shareholders, consider any of the following: (a) the effects of the proposed action on the corporation's employees, suppliers, creditors and customers, (b) the effects on the community in which the corporation operates and (c) the long-term as well as short-term interests of the corporation and its shareholders, including the possibility that these interests may best be served by the continued independence of the corporation. The statute further provides that if, based on these factors, the Board of Directors determines that any such offer is not in the best interest of the corporation, it may reject the offer. These provisions may make it more difficult for a shareholder to challenge the Board of Directors' rejection of, and may facilitate the Board of Directors' rejection of, an offer to acquire the Company. The Company is also subject to the Protection Act, which prohibits certain New Jersey corporations such as the Company from engaging in business combinations (including mergers, consolidations, significant asset dispositions and certain stock issuances) with any Interested Shareholder (defined to include, among others, any person that after the Offering becomes a beneficial owner of 10% or more of the affected corporation's voting power) for five years after such person becomes an Interested Shareholder, unless the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors prior to the date the shareholder became an Interested Shareholder. In addition, the Protection Act prohibits any business combination at any time with an Interested Shareholder other than a trans- action that (i) is approved by the Board of Directors prior to the date the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder, or (ii) is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the voting stock not beneficially owned by the Interested Shareholder, or (iii) satisfies certain "fair price" and related criteria. The New Jersey Act does not apply to certain business combinations, including those with persons who acquired 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation prior to the time the corporation was required to file periodic reports pursuant to the Exchange Act, or prior to the time the corporation's securities began to trade on a national securities exchange. REGISTRATION RIGHTS Following the closing of the Offering, persons who hold warrants to purchase 3,556,274 shares of Common Stock (herein, the "Holders") will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. Pursuant to terms of registration rights agreements between the Company and the Holders, the Holders have the right on written notice given by a majority of the Holders, to require the Company, on only one occasion, to file a registration statement under the Securities Act in order to register all or any part of their shares of Common Stock. The Company may in certain circumstances defer such registrations, and the underwriters have the right, subject to certain limitations, to limit the number of shares included in such registrations. In the event that the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act, either for its own account or the account of other security holders, the Holders are also entitled to include their shares of Common Stock in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. Generally, the Company is required to bear the expense of all such registrations. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company. SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have outstanding 5,494,461 shares of Common Stock assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of these shares, 2,500,000 shares sold in the Offering (plus any shares issued upon exercise of the Underwriters' over- allotment options) will be freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased by "affiliates" of the Company. As defined in Rule 144, an "affiliate" of an issuer is a person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with such issuer. The remaining 2,994,461 shares of Common Stock outstanding will be "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act ("Restricted Shares"). Restricted Shares may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemptions contained in Rule 144. Sales of the Restricted Shares in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale, could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated), including an "affiliate," who has paid for shares is entitled, beginning two years from the later of the date of acquisition of the shares from the Company or from an affiliate of the Company, to sell within any three-month period up to that number of shares that does not exceed the greater of (i) one percent of the shares outstanding, as shown by the most recent report or statement published by the Company, or (ii) the average weekly reported volume of trading in the shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of sale is filed with the Commission. A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed an affiliate of the Company, who has not been an affiliate within three months prior to the sale and who has paid for his shares is entitled, beginning three years from the later of the date of the acquisition from the Company or from an affiliate of the Company, to sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the volume limitations described above. Affiliates continue to be subject to such volume limitations after the three-year holding period. On May 1, 1996, the Company issued warrants to purchase 2,330,784 shares of Common Stock. The exercise price of the warrants sold in May 1996 is $4.08 per share. The Company has entered into a Registration Rights Agreement in connection with the issuance of such warrants. If such registration rights are exercised, the shares covered thereunder can be sold in the open market. On September 1, 1996, the Company issued warrants to purchase 245,098 shares of Common Stock to JLMP. The exercise price of the warrants sold in September is $10.20 per share. On December 20, 1996, the Company issued warrants to purchase 980,392 shares of Common Stock to JLMP. The exercise price of the warrants issued in December is $10.20 per share. These warrants are first exercisable on July 1, 1997. In connection with the issuance of the warrants in September and December, 1996, the Company has entered into a registration rights agreement similar to the Registration Rights Agreement. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Warrants" and "-- Registration Rights." The Company, executive officers and directors of the Company and certain shareholders of the Company have agreed that they will not sell any shares of Common Stock (other than by operation of law or pursuant to bona fide gifts or other transactions not involving a public distribution to a person or other entity who agrees in writing not to so sell) for a period of 180 days after the date of the final Prospectus (the "lock-up period") without the written consent of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation. Upon expiration of the lock-up period, or earlier upon the consent of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, 777,657 shares will become eligible for sale without restriction under Rule 144(k), and an additional 2,216,804 shares will become eligible for sale subject to the restrictions of Rule 144. Any employee or director of or consultant to the Company who has been granted options to purchase shares or who has purchased shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or written contract prior to the effective date of this Offering pursuant to Rule 701 will be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, which permits non-affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares without having to comply with the public information, holding-period, volume-limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144 and permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares without having to comply with the Rule 144 holding period restrictions, in each case commencing 90 days after the date of this Prospectus. Following the Offering, the Company intends to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted under the Plan. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options after the effective date of such registration statement generally will be available for sale in the open market. Immediately following the completion of the Offering, the Company estimates that there will be 437,546 shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under the Plan and 209,013 shares of Common Stock reserved for future grants of options. The Company is unable to estimate the number of shares that may be sold under Rule 144 or otherwise because this will depend on the market price for the Common Stock of the Company, the individual circumstances of the sellers and other factors. Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock. Future sales of shares of Common Stock, or the availability for sale of substantial amounts of Common Stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Common Stock and could impair the Company's future ability to raise capital through an offering of its equity securities. UNDERWRITING Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") the Underwriters named below, for whom Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and Needham & Company, Inc. are acting as representatives (the "Representatives") have severally agreed to purchase from the Company 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock that each underwriter has agreed to purchase is set forth opposite its name below: NAME NUMBER OF SHARES Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . _____________ Needham & Company, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . _____________ Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _____________ The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligation of the several Underwriters to purchase all of the shares of Common Stock is subject to the approval of certain legal matters by counsel and as to certain other conditions. If any of the shares of Common Stock are purchased pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, all such shares of Common Stock (other than the over-allotment option described below) must be so purchased. Prior to the Offering, there has been no established trading market for the Common Stock. The initial price to the public for the Common Stock offered hereby has been determined by negotiations between the Company and the Representatives. The factors considered in determining the initial price to the public include the history of and the prospects for the industry in which the Company competes, the ability of the Company's management, the past and present future earnings of the Company, the historical results of operations of the Company, the prospects for future earnings of the Company, the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this Offering and the recent market prices of generally comparable companies. The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof. The Company has been advised by the Representatives that the Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Common Stock to the public initially at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and to certain securities dealers (who may include the Underwriters) at such price less a concession not in excess of $____ per share. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may re-allow, discounts not in excess of $___ per share to any other Underwriter and certain other dealers. The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to an aggregate of 375,000 additional shares of Common Stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions solely to cover over-allotments. Such option may be exercised at anytime until 30 days after the date of this Prospectus. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise such options, each of the Underwriters will be committed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of option shares proportionate to such Underwriter's initial commitment as indicated in the preceding table. The Company, all directors and executive officers of the Company and certain shareholders, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, they will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of any share of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable for such Common Stock, or in any other manner transfer all or a portion of the economic consequence associated with ownership of such Common Stock, except to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus. LEGAL MATTERS The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company by White & Case, New York, New York, who may rely upon Dillon, Bitar & Luther, New Jersey counsel for the Company as to matters of New Jersey law. Certain legal matters in connection with the Offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, New York, New York. EXPERTS The balance sheets as of September 30, 1996 and 1995, and the statements of operations, shareholders' (deficit) equity and cash flow for the three years in the period ended September 30, 1996, included in this Registration Statement, have been included herein in reliance on the report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, given on the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The statements in this Prospectus set forth under the captions "Risk Factors - Risks From Reliance on Trade Secrets; No Assurance of Continued Intellectual Property Protections," " - Risks Arising From Reversal of Declaratory Judgment in Rockwell Patent Litigation" and "Business - Intellectual Property" have been reviewed and approved by Lerner David Littenberg Krumholz & Mentlik, Westfield, New Jersey, patent counsel for the Company, as experts on such matters, and are included herein in reliance upon such review and approval. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Company and such Common Stock, reference is made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part thereof. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are materially complete, and, in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. The Registration Statement, including exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected without charge at the Commission's principal office, the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission, Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at regional offices of the Commission at Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and Northwestern Atrium Center, Suite 1400, 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the Commission at its principal office in Washington, D.C. and its public reference facilities in Chicago, Illinois and New York, New York after payment of fees prescribed by the Commission. The Company intends to furnish to its shareholders annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by its independent public accountants, and quarterly reports containing unaudited consolidated financial statements for the first three quarters of each fiscal year. Upon completion of the Offering, the Company shall be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith will file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed by the Company can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission in Washington, D.C., and at its regional offices set forth above, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The Commission maintains a Web site that contains reports, proxy and information state- ments and other information regarding the Company and other registrants that file electronically with the Commission. The address of such site is: http://www.sec.gov. EMCORE CORPORATION INDEX OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., Independent Accountants . . F-2 Financial Statements: Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1996 and 1995 . . . . . . . . F-3 Statements of Operations for the Years Ended September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5 Statements of Shareholders' (Deficit) Equity as of September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-6 Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-8 Notes to Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-11 REPORT OF COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P., INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of EMCORE Corporation: We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of EMCORE Corporation (the "Company") as of September 30, 1996 and 1995, the related statements of operations, shareholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 1996. We have also audited the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b). These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of EMCORE Corporation as of September 30, 1996 and 1995, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information required to be included therein. COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P. Parsippany, New Jersey November 1, 1996, except for Notes 13 and 15 as to which the date is December 6, 1996 and Note 16 as to which the date is February 3, 1997 EMCORE CORPORATION BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31, AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, (unaudited) ASSETS 1995 1996 1996 Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . $ 2,322,896 $ 1,367,386 $ 1,901,453 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of approximately $164,000, $310,000 and $370,000 at September 30, 1995 and 1996 and December 31, 1996, respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,129,633 3,025,171 6,626,935 Inventories, net . . . . . . . . . . 3,339,474 7,645,040 9,306,869 Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts . . . . . . . 16,440 19,322 57,247 Prepaid expenses and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33,151 59,935 42,908 Total current assets . . . . . . 7,841,594 12,116,854 17,935,412 Property and equipment, net . . . . . . 2,120,784 7,796,832 7,940,354 Other assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . 180,365 520,735 3,407,609 Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10,142,743 $ 20,434,421 $ 29,283,375 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AS OF DECEMBER 31, AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, (UNAUDITED) Current liabilities: 1995 1996 1996 Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . $ 1,934,360 $ 5,660,438 $ 6,725,070 Accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . 1,208,747 1,986,646 2,255,952 Advance billings . . . . . . . . . . 2,183,795 3,306,462 4,915,879 Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts . . . . . . . 306,359 - - Unearned service revenue . . . . . . - 12,315 - Demand note . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 6,000,000 Total current liabilities . . . . . . . 5,633,261 10,965,861 19,896,901 Long-term debt: Subordinated notes, net . . . . . . - 8,946,971 9,062,957 Convertible notes payable . . . . . 3,000,000 - Commitments and contingencies . . . . . Shareholders' equity: Common stock, no par value; authorized shares - 23,529,411; issued and outstanding shares 2,994,461 at September 30, 1995 and 1996 and December 31, 1996 . . . . . 16,637,566 18,977,566 22,577,566 Accumulated deficit . . . . . . . . (14,981,977) (18,158,291) (21,956,363) 1,655,589 819,275 621,203 Notes receivable from warrant issuances and stock sales . . . . . . . . . . . . (146,107) (297,686) (297,686) Total shareholders' equity . . . . . . 1,509,482 521,589 323,517 Total liabilities and shareholders' equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10,142,743 $ 20,434,421 $ 29,283,375 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
EMCORE CORPORATION STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 1995 1996 Revenues: Systems and materials . . . . . . $ 7,352,813 $ 16,616,236 $ 24,066,506 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,685,388 1,520,431 3,712,379 Total revenues . . . . . . . . 9,038,201 18,136,667 27,778,885 Cost of Sales: Systems and materials . . . . . . 3,793,042 8,782,674 16,132,335 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,419,880 1,144,297 2,474,085 Total cost of sales . . . . . 5,212,922 9,926,971 18,606,420 Gross profit . . . . . . . 3,825,279 8,209,696 9,172,465 Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . 2,697,172 4,451,534 6,524,482 Research and development . . . . . 1,064,149 1,851,798 5,401,413 Amortization of deferred gain on sale/leaseback transactions . . . . . . . . . . . (51,846) - - Operating income (loss) . 115,804 1,906,364 (2,753,430) The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. Other expense: Interest expense Stated interest, net of interest income of $12,468, $84,101 and $71,460 for the years ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and $21,555 and $657 for the periods ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively . . . . . . . . . . . 285,613 255,384 297,093 Imputed warrant interest, non-cash . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 125,791 Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 10,000 - (Loss) income before income taxes . . . (169,809) 1,640,980 (3,176,314) Provision for income taxes . . . . . . - 125,000 - Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . . $ (169,809) $ 1,515,980 $ (3,176,314) Per share data: Shares used in computation of net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . $ 4,402,907 $ 4,649,648 $ 4,438,403 Net income (loss) per share . . . $ (.04) $ .33 $ (.72) The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, (UNAUDITED) 1995 1996 Revenues: Systems and materials . . . . . $ 3,690,403 $ 8,539,477 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . 565,039 51,879 Total revenues . . . . . . . 4,255,442 8,591,356 Cost of Sales: Systems and materials . . . . . 2,379,620 6,716,547 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . 402,669 7,271 Total cost of sales . . . . 2,782,289 6,723,818 Gross profit . . . . . . 1,473,153 1,867,538 Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . 1,511,124 2,202,742 Research and development . . . . 792,727 2,250,221 Amortization of deferred gain on sale/leaseback transactions . . . . . . . . . . - - Operating income (loss) (830,698) (2,585,425) Other expense: Interest expense Stated interest, net of interest income of $12,468, $84,101 and $71,460 for the years ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and $21,555 and $657 for the periods ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively . . . . . 39,345 196,660 Imputed warrant interest, non- cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 1,015,987 Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - (Loss) income before income taxes . (870,043) (3,798,072) Provision for income taxes . . . . . 15,000 - Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . (885,043) (3,798,072) Per share data: Shares used in computation of net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . 4,438,403 4,438,403 Net income (loss) per share . . . . . $ (.20) $ (.86) The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
EMCORE CORPORATION STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY As of September 30, 1994, 1995, 1996 and December 31, 1996 (unaudited) Common Stock Class I Preferred Stock Shares Amount Shares Amount Discount BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1993 . . . . . . . . 58,364 $ 301,924 693,900 $ 1,235,142 $ (934,454) Current year accretion to redemption value of Class III redeemable, convertible preferred stock, redeemable at $2.50 per share . . . . Notes receivable due from shareholders in connection with issuance of 146,107 shares of Class IV redeemable, convertible preferred stock . . . . . . Net loss . . . . . . . . . BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 . . . . . . . . 58,364 301,924 693,900 1,235,142 (934,454) Warrants exercised and conversions . . . . . . . 30,586 92,554 528,450 Repurchase of Class I Preferred Stock . . . . . . November 1994 preferred stock conversions into common stock and retirement of preferred treasury shares . . . . . . . . . . 149,572 15,350,689 1,222,350 (1,235,142) 934,454 August 1995 conversion of Class A preferred stock into common stock . . . . . . . 2,755,939 892,399 Net income . . . . . . . . BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 . . . . . . . . 2,994,461 16,637,566 Issuance of common stock purchase warrants . . . . . 2,340,000 Notes receivable due from shareholders in connection with issuance of detachable warrants . . . . . . . . . Net loss . . . . . . . . . BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 . . . . . . . . 2,994,461 $18,977,566 $ $ Issuance of common stock purchase warrants . . . . . 3,600,000 Net loss . . . . . . . . . BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 . . . . . . . . 10,181,168 $22,577,566 $ $ The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
Total Shareholders' Shareholders' Accumulated Treasury Notes Equity Deficit Stock Receivable (Deficit) BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1993 . . . . . . . . $(15,087,291) $ (28,104) -- $(14,512,783) Current year accretion to redemption value of Class III redeemable, convertible preferred stock, redeemable at $2.50 per share . . . . (1,240,857) (1,240,857) Notes receivable due from shareholders in connection with issuance of 146,107 shares of Class IV redeemable, convertible preferred stock . . . . . . $(146,107) (146,107) Net loss . . . . . . . . . (169,809) (169,809) BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 . . . . . . . . (16,497,957) (28,104) (146,107) (16,069,556) Warrants exercised and conversions . . . . . . . 92,554 Repurchase of Class I Preferred Stock . . . . . . (12,645) (12,645) November 1994 preferred stock conversions into common stock and retirement of preferred treasury shares . . . . . . . . . . 40,749 15,090,750 August 1995 conversion of Class A preferred stock into common stock . . . . . . . 892,399 Net income . . . . . . . . 1,515,980 1,515,980 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 . . . . . . . . (14,981,977) - (146,107) 1,509,482 Issuance of common stock purchase warrants . . . . . 2,340,000 Notes receivable due from shareholders in connection with issuance of detachable warrants . . . . . . . . . (151,579) (151,579) Net loss . . . . . . . . . (3,176,314) (3,176,314) BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 . . . . . . . . $(18,158,291) $ $(297,686) $ 521,589 Issuance of common stock purchase warrants . . . . . 3,600,000 Net loss . . . . . . . . . (3,798,072) $(3,798,072) BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 . . . . . . . . $(21,956,363) $ $(297,686) $(323,517) The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
EMCORE CORPORATION STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 1995 1996 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . . $ (169,809) $ 1,515,980 $ (3,176,314) Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities: Depreciation and amortization . . 599,114 887,132 1,871,016 Provision for doubtful accounts . 22,101 95,430 146,418 Provision for inventory valuation 24,849 15,379 105,000 Detachable warrant accretion . . . - - 125,792 Amortization of deferred gain on sale/leaseback transactions . . . (51,846) - - CHANGE IN ASSETS AND LIABILITIES: Accounts receivable . . . . . . . (1,041,443) (353,895) (1,041,956) Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . (256,427) (2,209,540) (4,410,566) Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts . . . . . . 25,876 17,282 (2,882) Prepaid expenses and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . (2,319) (18,858) (26,784) Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . (74,333) (8,988) (468,565) Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . 408,039 1,100,338 3,398,078 Accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . 82,617 538,719 777,899 Advanced billings . . . . . . . . 1,006,984 1,176,831 1,122,667 Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts . . . . . - 306,359 (306,359) Unearned service revenue . . . . . - - 12,315 Total adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . 743,212 1,546,189 1,302,073 Net cash and cash equivalents provided by (used for) operating activities . . 573,403 3,062,169 (1,874,241) The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Purchase of property and equipment . . (1,153,722) (1,316,968) (7,090,869) Net cash and cash equivalents used for investing activities . . . . . . . . . (1,153,722) (1,316,968) (7,090,869) Proceeds from demand note facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - Proceeds from subordinated note issuance . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 11,009,600 Proceeds from the exercise of stock purchase warrants . . . . . . . . . . . - 102,554 - Repurchase of Class I preferred stock . - (12,645) - Proceeds from the issuance of Class IV Preferred Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . 61,583 - Payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . (94,287) - (3,000,000) Proceeds from 7.5% convertible notes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,000,000 - - Net cash and cash equivalents provided by financing activities . . . . . . . . 967,296 89,909 8,009,600 Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386,977 1,835,110 (955,510) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100,809 487,786 2,322,896 Cash and cash equivalents at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 487,786 $ 2,322,896 $ 1,367,386 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Cash paid for interest . . . . . . . . $ 170,174 $ 285,413 $ 276,012 Cash paid for income taxes . . . . . . $ - - 55,000 Non-cash expenditures for purchases of property and equipment included in $ accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . - - $ 328,000 Reference is made to Note 11 - Preferred Stock - for disclosure relating to certain non-cash equity transactions . Reference is made to Note 8 - Long-term debt for disclosure relating to certain non-cash warrant issuances . . . . . . The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
(UNAUDITED) PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 1996 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ (885,043) $(3,798,072) Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities: Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . 314,927 1,017,060 Provision for doubtful accounts . . . . . 18,000 60,000 Provision for inventory valuation . . . . 9,000 60,000 Detachable warrant accretion . . . . . . . - 1,015,987 Amortization of deferred gain on sale/leaseback transactions . . . . . . . - - CHANGE IN ASSETS AND LIABILITIES: Accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . (1,204,874) (3,661,764) Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1,533,787) (1,721,829) Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (29,013) (37,925) Prepaid expenses and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,220 17,027 Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (80) (191,584) Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,659,614 1,054,632 Accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201,311 269,306 Advanced billings . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,667,185 1,609,417 Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts . . . . . . . . . - - Unearned service revenue . . . . . . . . . - (12,315) Total adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,109,503 (521,988) Net cash and cash equivalents provided by (used for) operating activities . . . . . . . . . . 1,224,460 (4,320,060) The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Purchase of property and equipment . . . . . . . . (2,044,216) (1,145,873) Net cash and cash equivalents used for investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2,044,216) (1,145,873) Proceeds from demand note facility . . . . . . . . - 6,000,000 Proceeds from subordinated note issuance . . . . . - - Proceeds from the exercise of stock purchase warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - Repurchase of Class I preferred stock . . . . . . . - - Proceeds from the issuance of Class IV Preferred Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - Proceeds from 7.5% convertible notes payable . . . - - Net cash and cash equivalents provided by financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 6,000,000 Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (819,756) 534,067 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period . 2,322,896 1,367,386 Cash and cash equivalents at end of period . . . . $ 1,503,140 $ 1,901,453 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Cash paid for interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 14,499 $ 280,000 Cash paid for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . - - Non-cash expenditures for purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable . . . . . . - 338,000 Reference is made to Note 11 - Preferred Stock - for disclosure relating to certain non-cash equity transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reference is made to Note 8 - Long-term debt for disclosure relating to certain non-cash warrant issuances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
EMCORE CORPORATION NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS EMCORE is a designer and developer of compound semiconductor materials and process technology and a manufacturer of production systems used to fabricate compound semiconductor wafers. Compound semiconductors are used in a broad range of applications in wireless communications, telecommunications, computers, and consumer and automotive electronics. The Company has recently capitalized on its technology base by expanding into the design and production of compound semiconductor wafers and package-ready devices. The Company offers its customers a complete, vertically-integrated solution for the design, development and production of compound semiconductor wafers and devices. For the year ended September 30, 1996, the Company generated an operating loss and a negative cash flow from operations. The Company's operations are subject to a number of risks, including but not limited to a history of losses, future capital needs, dependence on key personnel, competition and risk of technological obsolescence, governmental regulations and approvals and limited compound semiconductor manufacturing and marketing capabilities. The Company's operations for the year ended September 30, 1996, were primarily funded through two subordinated debt issuances completed in May and September of 1996, amounting to $8.5 million and $2.5 million, respectively, of cash proceeds (see Note 8). A portion of the proceeds was used to extinguish $3 million of debt due under a convertible debt agreement. The Company's operating and financing plans include, among other things, (i) attempting to improve operating cash flow through increased sales of compound semiconductor systems, wafers and package-ready devices, (ii) managing its cost structure to its anticipated level of revenues and (iii) seeking equity and debt financing sufficient to meet its obligations on a long-term basis in order to fund its business expansion plans. On October 25, 1996, the Company entered into a $10.0 million demand note facility to finance its operating and capital requirements. NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Interim Financial Information. The financial information as of December 31, 1996 and for the three-month periods ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 is unaudited but includes all adhustments (consisting only of normal recurring accruals) that the Company considers necessary for a fair presentation of the the financial position at such date and the operating results and cash flows for those periods. Operating results for the three months ended December 31, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year. Cash and Cash Equivalents. The Company considers all highly liquid short-term investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company had approximately $1,205,000 and $106,000 in cash equivalents at September 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of FIFO (first-in, first-out) cost or market. Reserves are established for slow moving or obsolete inventory based upon historical and anticipated usage. Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are stated at cost. Significant renewals and betterments are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs which do not extend the useful lives of the respective assets are expensed. Depreciation is recorded using the straight line method over the estimated useful lives of the applicable assets, which range from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the term of the related leases or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is less. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the assets and related accumulated depreciation accounts are adjusted accordingly, and any resulting gain or loss is recorded in current operations. In the event that facts and circumstance indicate that the value of assets may be impaired an evaluation of recoverability is performed. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset would be compared to the assets carrying amount to determine if an adjustment to the carrying amount is required. Deferred Costs. Included in other assets are deferred costs related to obtaining product patents and long-term debt refinancing. Such costs are being amortized over a three to five year period, respectively. Amortization expense amounted to approximately $56,000, $58,000 and $128,000 for the years ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. As of December 31, 1996 deferred cost also included $2,700,000 associated with the warrants issued in connection with the guarantee of the October demand note facility (See Note 8). It is the Company's intention to pay down its outstanding notes and to terminate the demand note facility upon the closing of the initial public offering. Therefore, the Company is amortizing such debt issuance costs over the estimated period that the facility will be in place (approximately four months) from December 6, 1996, the date the Company's Board of Directors approved the issuance of the warrants and instructed management that the facility could be utilized. Amortization expense for the quarter ending December 31, 1996 was $900,000, which was reflected as interest expense. Income Taxes. During fiscal 1994, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." SFAS No. 109 required a change from the deferred method to the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of "temporary differences" by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. Under SFAS No. 109, the effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Under the deferred method, deferred taxes were recognized at the tax rate applicable to the year in which the difference between financial statement carrying amounts and the corresponding tax bases arose. Revenue and Cost Recognition. Systems, Components and Service Revenues Revenue from systems sales is recorded by shipment, when title passes to the customer. Subsequent to product shipment, the Company incurs certain installation costs at the customer's facility and warranty costs which are estimated and accrued at the time the sale is recorded. Component sales and service revenues are recognized when goods are shipped or services are rendered to the customer. Service revenue under contracts with specified service terms is recognized as earned over the service period in accordance with the terms of the applicable contract. Costs in connection with the procurement of the contracts are charged to expense as incurred. Contract Revenue The Company's research contracts require the development or evaluation of new material applications and have a duration of six to thirty-six months. For research contracts with the U.S. Government and commercial enterprises, with durations greater than six months, the Company recognizes revenue to the extent of costs incurred plus the estimated gross profit as stipulated in such contracts, based upon contract performance. Contracts with a duration of six months or less are accounted for on the completed contract method. A contract is considered complete when all costs, except insignificant items, have been incurred, and the research reporting requirements to the customer have been met. Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, repairs and depreciation costs, as well as coverage of certain general and administrative costs. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined. Revenues from contracts amounted to approximately $1,295,000, $1,321,000, $3,295,000 for the years ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Research and Development. Research and development costs related to the development of both present and future products and Company sponsored materials application research are charged to expense as incurred. Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The Company has estimated fair value based upon discounted cash flow analyses using the Company's incremental borrowing rate on similar instruments as the discount rate. As of September 30, 1996, the carrying values of the Company's cash and cash equivalents, receivables and accounts payable recorded on the accompanying balance sheets approximate fair value. As of September 30, 1996, the fair value of the Company's subordinated debt exceeded the carrying value by approximately $387,000. Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Estimates also affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates. The Company's most significant estimates relate to accounts receivable and inventory valuation reserves, warranty and installation reserves, estimates of cost and related gross profits on certain research contracts and the valuation of long-lived assets. NET (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE Net (loss) income per share data included in accompanying statement of operations was calculated pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 64 ("SAB No. 64"). Under the provisions of SAB No. 64, common stock and common equivalent shares issued by the Company at prices below the initial public offering price within one year or in contemplation of the Company's offering are treated as if they were outstanding for all periods presented (using the treasury stock method). Accordingly, the weighted average number of shares outstanding has been increased by 1,443,936 equivalent shares, reflecting the common stock purchase warrants and stock options issued during the twelve months preceding the filing date of the registration statement relating to the Company's initial public offering. The preferred stock restructuring activities described in Note 11 have been treated as a recapitalization for purposes of calculating earnings per share. The historic per share data, in the following table, has been computed based on the income or loss for the period divided by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. The weighted average number of shares outstanding excludes the number of common shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options and warrants since such inclusion would be anti-dilutive. (UNAUDITED) YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, PERIOD ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1994 1995 1996 1995 1996 Weighted average number of 2,958,970 3,205,711 2,994,461 2,944,461 2,944,461 common shares outstanding . . Net income (loss) per share . . $ (.06) $ .47 $ (1.06) $ (.30) $ (1.27)
Reclassifications. Prior period balances have been reclassified to conform with the current period financial statement presentations. New Accounting Standards. In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of" ("SFAS No. 121"). This pronouncement establishes accounting standards for when impairment losses relating to long-lived assets, identifiable intangibles and goodwill related to those assets should be recognized and how the losses should be measured. The Company plans to implement SFAS No. 121 in fiscal 1997. The adoption of SFAS No. 121 is not expected to have an impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations since Emcore's current policy is to monitor assets for impairment and record any necessary write-downs. In October 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation" ("SFAS No. 123"). The provision of SFAS No. 123 sets forth the method of accounting for stock based compensation based on the fair value of stock options and similar instruments, but does not require the adoption of this preferred method. SFAS No. 123 also requires the disclosure of additional information about stock compensation plans, even if the preferred method of accounting is not adopted. The Company plans to implement SFAS No. 123 in fiscal 1997. The Company does not intend to change its method of accounting for stock based compensation to the preferred method under SFAS No. 123, but instead will continue to apply the provisions of No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." However, the Company will disclose the pro forma effect of SFAS No. 123 on net income and earnings per share. NOTE 3. CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK The Company sells its compound semiconductor systems domestically and internationally. The Company also sells wafers and package-ready devices in the U.S. The Company's international sales are generally made under letter of credit arrangements. For the years ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, the Company sold 59%, 36%, and 43% of its products to foreign customers, respectively. The Company's sales to major customers were as follows: AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 1995 1996 Customer A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ - $ 5,238,620 $6,558,930 Customer B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,870,871 887,390 2,075,722 Customer C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 1,036,000 1,530,000 Customer D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749,000 2,092,986 - Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 2,619,871 $ 9,254,996 $ 10,164,652
The Company's performs material application research under contract with the U.S. Government or as a subcontractor of U.S. Government funded projects. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and collateral is not requested. The Company maintains reserves for potential credit losses based upon the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends and other information. To reduce credit risk, and to fund manufacturing costs, the Company requires periodic prepayments on equipment orders. Credit losses have generally not exceeded the Company's expectations. The Company has temporary cash investments with financial institutions in excess of the $100,000 insured limit of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. NOTE 4. INVENTORIES The components of inventories consisted of the following: AS OF DECEMBER AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 31, (UNAUDITED) 1995 1996 1996 Raw materials . . . . . . . . . . . $ 2,330,991 $ 4,964,917 $ 4,978,786 Work-in-progress . . . . . . . . . 646,696 2,680,123 4,328,083 Finished goods . . . . . . . . . . 361,787 -- -- $ 3,339,474 $ 7,645,040 $ 9,306,869
NOTE 5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT Major classes of property and equipment are summarized below: AS OF DECEMBER AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 31, (UNAUDITED) 1995 1996 1996 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 6,617,014 $ 11,748,577 $ 12,661,667 Furniture and fixtures . . . . . . . . 904,326 1,650,488 1,859,317 Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . 605,890 2,147,034 2,180,987 8,127,230 15,546,099 16,701,971 Less: accumulated depreciation and (6,006,446) (7,749,267) (8,761,617) amortization $ 2,120,784 $ 7,796,832 $ 7,940,354
The provisions for depreciation and amortization amounted to approximately $543,000, $829,000 and $1,743,000 for the years ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively and $300,270 and $1,012,350 for the three-month periods ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Included in equipment above are twelve systems, ten systems and eight systems with a combined net book value of approximately $1,220,000, $2,124,000 and $2,792,000 at September 30, 1995 and 1996 and December 31, 1996, respectively. Such systems are utilized for systems demonstration purposes, in-house materials applications research, contract research funded by third parties, system sales support and the production of compound semiconductor wafers and package-ready devices for sale to third parties. NOTE 6. COSTS AND BILLINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS Costs incurred and billings on uncompleted contracts are summarized below: AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 1996 Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 178,081 $ 19,322 Billings applicable to uncompleted contracts . . . . . . . . . . (468,000) - $ (289,919) $ 19,322 The uncompleted contract costs and billings are classified in the accompanying balance sheets under the following captions: Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 16,440 $ 19,322 Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (306,359) - $ (289,919) $ 19,322
NOTE 7. ACCRUED EXPENSES Accrued expenses consisted of the following: (UNAUDITED) AS OF AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, DECEMBER 31, 1995 1996 1996 Accrued payroll, vacation and other employee expenses . . . $ 476,505 $ 990,538 $ 1,192,898 Installation and warranty costs . . . . 389,676 562,231 747,472 Interest . . . . . . . 177,048 269,315 156,835 Other . . . . . . . . . 165,518 164,562 158,747 $ 1,208,747 $ 1,986,646 $ 2,255,952
NOTE 8. LONG-TERM DEBT On May 1, 1996, the Company issued subordinated notes (the "Subordinated Notes") in the amount of $9,500,000 to its existing shareholders, $1,000,000 of which were exchanged for notes receivable from officers and certain employees with identical payment and interest provisions. The Subordinated Notes are scheduled to mature on May 1, 2001, have a stated interest rate of 6.0% which is payable semi-annually on May 1 and November 1. In addition, the noteholders were issued 2,328,432 common stock purchase warrants with an exercise price of $4.08 per share which expire on May 1, 2001. The warrants are exercisable after November 1, 1996 and are callable at the Company's option, after May 1, 1997, at $0.85 per warrant. The Company has the legal right of offset with respect to the note receivable from officers and certain key employees, and it is their full intention to offset the corresponding notes receivable and payable upon maturity. As such, the Company reflected $848,000 of the officers' and employees' notes receivable as a contra liability, reducing the Company's Subordinated Notes balance. The remaining $152,000 note receivable has been reflected in the contra equity note receivable account, representing the portion of the employee note receivable associated with common stock purchase warrants issued to them. The Company received cash proceeds of $8,500,000 in connection with this Subordinated Notes issuance. On September 1, 1996, the Company issued a subordinated note in the amount of $2,500,000 to the Company's majority shareholder with terms identical to the Subordinated Notes issued on May 1, 1996. In addition, under the terms of this offering, 245,098 common stock purchase warrants were issued to purchase common stock at $10.20 per share which expire September 1, 2001. These warrants are exercisable after March 1, 1997 and are callable at the Company's option after September 1, 1997 at $0.85 per warrant. The Company assigned a value of $1,440,000 to the May 1, 1996 detachable warrants and $900,000 to the September 1, 1996 detachable warrants. These valuations were based upon the Company's application of the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model, incorporating such factors including the terms of the warrants, the underlying asset price, volatility and marketability. In addition, the Company compared the resulting effective interest rate to those which could be obtained from third-party creditors. The carrying value of the Subordinated Notes will be subject to periodic accretions, using the interest method, in order for the carrying amount to equal the Company's obligation upon maturity. As a result, the May 1, 1996 and September 1, 1996 Subordinated Notes have an effective interest rate of approximately 9.3% and 15.0%, respectively. A portion of the proceeds from the May 1, 1996 Subordinated Notes issuance was used to extinguish $3,000,000 of debt due to Hakuto & Co. Ltd. ("Hakuto"), the Company's Asian distributor, under a convertible debt agreement (the "Agreement") scheduled to expire on June 2, 1998. Under the June 2, 1993 Agreement, the Company was permitted to borrow up to $3,000,000 at an interest rate of 7.5%. As of September 30, 1995, the entire $3,000,000 was outstanding. In connection with the Agreement, the Company issued 10,000 warrants to Hakuto to purchase shares of the Company's Class IV Preferred Stock at $1.00 per share (See Note 11). The warrants were exercised on January 1, 1995. Under the Agreement, the $3,000,000 of debt was convertible into preferred stock subject to the Company authorizing a new Class V series of preferred stock prior to March 31, 1998. The debt was convertible in $1,000,000 increments at a conversion rate of $2.50 per share of Class V Preferred Stock. In addition, Hakuto had certain rights of first refusal, with respect to the purchase of the Company through June 2, 1998, and the distribution of the Company's products in Asia, excluding Taiwan and Korea. The Agreement was collateralized by all the Company's assets. The New Jersey Economic Development Authority ("NJEDA") had guaranteed 90% of the Company's obligation pertaining to $1,000,000 of its outstanding debt. Under the terms of the Agreement, the Company was required to repay $1,000,000 of the debt upon expiration of the NJEDA guarantee. The NJEDA guarantee expired on August 31, 1995, however, the lender permanently waived the $1,000,000 repayment requirement through the expiration date of the Agreement. The Agreement contained certain covenants which included an employment agreement with the Company's Chief Executive Officer for a period of five years, and a personal guarantee from the Chief Executive Officer in the amount of $100,000. The Company had a $250,000 revolving loan agreement (the "Revolving Loan") with the NJEDA which expired on February 14, 1996. The Revolving Loan provided for the advancement of funds upon the Company's receipt of an export sales contract and required repayment upon receipt of payment from such customer or one hundred twenty days from the date of the advance. The loan bore interest at a rate of the Federal Discount Rate (5.25% at September 30, 1995). The Revolving Loan was collateralized by applicable outstanding letters of credit. As of September 30, 1995, there were no amounts outstanding under this facility. The Revolving Loan Agreement contained restrictive covenants which included among other restrictions, the Company could not issue any additional stock, declare dividends, purchase its own stock, transfer excess funds to an affiliated entity, borrow any funds or grant a collateral position without the expressed written consent of the NJEDA. The Company did not obtain the required written consent of the NJEDA for the fiscal year 1995 capital restructuring activities as described in Note 11. On October 25, 1996, the Company entered into a $10.0 million demand note facility (the "Facility"). The Facility bears interest at the rate of LIBOR plus 75 basis points, has a term of one year and is due and payable on demand. The Facility has been guaranteed by the Company's majority shareholder who has provided collateral for the Facility. In return for guaranteeing the facility, in December 1996 the Company granted the majority shareholder 980,392 common stock purchase warrants at $10.20 per share which expire September 1, 2001. These warrants are exercisable after July 1, 1997 and are callable at the Company's option after December 1, 1997 at $0.85 per warrant. As of December 31, 1996, the Company has utilized $6.0 million of the Facility. The Company assigned a value of $3,600,000 to the warrants issued to the guarantor. This valuation was based upon the Company's application of the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model. This value has been accounted for as debt issuance cost and is reflected as a deferred cost in the accompanying December 31, 1996 balance sheet. NOTE 9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES On November 16, 1992, the Company entered into a three-year lease agreement with a bank for 34,000 square feet of space in the building the Company presently occupies. On March 31, 1995, the agreement was renewed for 5 years for 49,000 square feet. The Company leases certain equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. Facility and equipment rent expense amounted to approximately $298,000, $292,000 and $350,000 for the years ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Future minimum rental payments under the Company's non-cancelable operating leases with an initial or remaining term of one year or more as of September 30, 1996 are as follows: PERIOD ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, OPERATING 1997 $ 322,749 1998 301,120 1999 296,794 2000 126,250 Total minimum lease payments $ 1,046,913
In November 1996, the Company signed an agreement to occupy the remaining 26,000 square feet that they previously had not occupied, which will increase the total future minimum lease payments over the remaining 4 years of the lease by approximately $ 863,000. The Company is from time to time involved in litigation incidental to the conduct of its business. Management and its counsel believe that such pending litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations, cash flows or financial condition. NOTE 10. INCOME TAXES As described in Note 2, effective October 1, 1993, the Company adopted SFAS No. 109. The adoption of SFAS No. 109 did not have an impact on the financial position of the Company, as a full valuation allowance was provided against the net deferred tax asset position, as of the date of adoption, due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of such assets. Income tax expense consists of the following: YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, Current: 1994 1995 1996 Federal . . . . . . . . . . . $ - $ 70,000 $ - State . . . . . . . . . . . . - 55,000 - Deferred: Federal . . . . . . . . . . . - - - State . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ - $ 125,000 $ -
The principal differences between the U.S. statutory and effective income tax rates were as follows: YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 1995 1996 U.S. statutory income tax (benefit) expense rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (34.0)% 34.0% (34.0)% Net operating loss carryforward . . . . . . . (45.4) Net operating loss not utilized . . . . . . . 34.0 27.7 Expenses not yet deductible for tax purposes 11.4 6.3 AMT and state taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6 Effective tax rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0% 7.6% 0.0%
The components of the Company's net deferred taxes were as follows: SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 1996 Deferred tax assets: Federal net operating loss carryforwards . . . . . . . . . $ 2,489,641 $ 3,283,003 Research credit carryforwards . . . 237,177 264,966 Inventory reserves . . . . . . . . . 77,313 142,593 Accounts receivable reserves . . . . 55,601 105,383 Interest payable . . . . . . . . . . 84,022 Accrued installation reserve . . . . 68,000 109,684 Accrued warranty reserve . . . . . . 57,721 81,475 State net operating loss carryforwards . . . . . . . . . 576,095 801,555 Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85,597 68,858 Valuation reserve - federal . . . . (3,057,926) (4,048,583) Valuation reserve - state . . . . . (576,095) (801,555) Total deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . 13,124 91,401 Deferred tax liabilities: Fixed assets and intangibles . . . . . . . . (13,124) (91,401) Total deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . (13,124) (91,401) Net deferred taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ - $ -
The Company has established a valuation reserve as it has not determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset is realizable, based upon the Company's past earnings history. As of September 30, 1996, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for regular tax purposes of approximately $9,600,000 which expire in the years 2003 through 2011. The Company believes that the consummation of certain equity transactions and a significant change in the ownership, during fiscal year 1995, has constituted a change in control under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code ("IRC"). Due to the change in control, the Company's ability to use its net operating loss carryovers and research credit carryovers to offset future income and income taxes, respectively, are subject to substantial annual limitations under IRC Section 382 and 383. NOTE 11. PREFERRED STOCK Preferred Stock Restructuring Activities. In October 1994, the Company offered the holders of 1,399,333 Class III preferred stock purchase warrants the right to convert such warrants into 528,450 shares (representing a reduced ratio of 1 to .38) of the Company's Class I preferred stock. All the warrant holders exercised such rights. This transaction increased the outstanding number of Class I preferred stock to 1,222,350 shares. In November 1994, in an effort to simplify its capital structure, the Company's Board of Directors and shareholders approved a capital restructuring plan (the "Plan"). Pursuant to this Plan, a newly formed and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company was formed and merged with and into the Company. Under the Plan, shares of the Company's Class IV preferred stock were exchanged for shares of Class A senior convertible preferred stock at an exchange rate of 1.5 to 1.0. The shares of all other classes of preferred stock were exchanged into common stock at the following ratios; Class I preferred stock at 100 to 1.18 and Class III preferred stock at 100 to 2.94. In addition, the Company effected a reverse stock split of .29 for one hundred and retired its preferred treasury stock. Prior to this exchange, the Class I preferred stockholders were given the right to have their stock repurchased for $.09 per share. The holders of approximately 140,000 shares exercised this right, resulting in a stock repurchase amounting to $12,645. In August 1995, the outstanding shares of Class A senior convertible preferred stock were exchanged for shares of common stock on the basis of seven shares of common stock for each Class A security. This transaction reduced the classes of stock outstanding to common stock. As part of the August 1995 restructuring activities, holders of warrants to purchase common stock were allowed to exercise their warrants at $3.03 per share, resulting in the exercise of 30,588 warrants for aggregate cash consideration of $92,554. In January 1995, the holder of 15,000 warrants to purchase Class A senior convertible preferred stock exercised their rights by paying $0.67 per share, or $10,000. In August 1995, these 15,000 shares of Class A preferred stock were converted into 30,882 shares of common stock. The basis of all exchanges were approved by the Company's Board of Directors and its shareholders and reflected the priorities of the Class A securities upon liquidation and other factors. The following table summarizes the Company's preferred stock activities from October 1, 1993 through September 30, 1995. Class I Class III Preferred Stock Preferred Stock Shares Amount Discount Shares Amount Balance at September 30, 1993 696,900 $ 1,235,142 $ (934,454) 6,617,227 $13,849,893 Current year accretion to redemption value of Class III redeemable, convertible preferred stock, redeemable at $2.50 per share 1,240,857 Issuance of 207,690 shares of Class IV redeemable, convertible preferred stock, redeemable at $2.50 per share Balance at September 30, 1994 696,900 1,235,142 (934,454) 6,617,227 15,090,750 Warrants exercised and conversions 528,450 November 1994 preferred stock conversions into common stock and Class A preferred stock (1,222,350) (1,235,142) 934,454 (6,617,227) (15,090,750) August 1995 conversion of Class A preferred stock into common stock Balance at September - $ - $ - - $ - 30, 1995
Class IV Class A Preferred Stock Preferred Stock Shares Amount Shares Amount Balance at September 30, 1993 674,709 $ 674,709 Current year accretion to redemption value of Class III redeemable, convertible preferred stock, redeemable at $2.50 per share Issuance of 207,690 shares of Class IV redeemable, convertible preferred stock, redeemable at $2.50 per share 207,690 207,690 Balance at September 30, 1994 882,399 882,399 Warrants exercised and conversions 15,000 15,000 November 1994 preferred stock conversions into common stock and Class A preferred stock (882,399) (882,399) 1,323,599 882,399 August 1995 conversion of Class A preferred stock into common stock (1,338,599) (882,399) Balance at September 30, - $ - - $ - 1995
Class I Preferred Stock. In connection with the restructuring described above, as of September 30, 1995 and 1996, there were no issued or outstanding shares of Class I preferred stock. Each share of 9% cumulative convertible $1.78 par value preferred stock was entitled to one vote, a cumulative of 9% annual dividend and certain preference rights in the event of liquidation. Each preferred share was convertible into .36 shares of the common stock and could be redeemed for .36 shares of common stock upon an initial public offering of the Company's common stock. Class III Preferred Stock. In connection with the restructuring described above, as of September 30, 1995 and 1996, there were no issued or outstanding shares of Class III preferred stock. Each share of the no par, Class III preferred stock was entitled to one vote, an annual dividend, when and as declared by the Company's Board of Directors, of $0.225 per share and had a liquidation preference senior to the Company's Class I preferred stock. This liquidation preference entitled each shareholder of the Class III preferred stock to $2.50 per share, $16,543,068, and an amount equal to such amount received by the Company's common stock shareholders upon liquidation. The Class III preferred stock had a mandatory redemption feature which required one-third of the outstanding stock to be redeemed on December 31, 1994, one-third on December 31, 1995 and one-third on December 31, 1996, for $2.50 per share and 0.29 share of the Company's common stock. Further, in the event the Company was acquired, the Class III preferred stock was required to be redeemed at $2.50 per share plus one share of the acquiring Company's common stock. The Class III preferred stock mandatory redemption amount of $16,543,068 was in excess of the $10,210,678 carrying amount of such stock as of the Company's March 28, 1990 recapitalization. Accordingly, the carrying amount was subject to periodic accretions, using the interest rate method, in order for the carrying amount to equal the mandatory redemption amount upon redemption. Each Class III preferred share was convertible into 1 share of common stock. Class IV Preferred Stock. In connection with the restructuring described above, as of September 30, 1995 and 1996, there were no issued or outstanding shares of Class IV preferred stock. During fiscal year 1993, the Company issued 674,709 shares of Class IV preferred stock in connection with the conversion of $674,709 of then outstanding 90-day notes. Each share of the Class IV Stock was entitled to five (5) votes, an annual dividend, when and as declared by the Company's Board of Directors, of $0.09 per share, which dividend was cumulative, and had a liquidation preference senior to all other existing classes of stock. This liquidation preference entitled each shareholder of Class IV Preferred Stock to an amount equal to the sum of (i) $1.00 per share, (ii) all accrued and unpaid dividends, and (iii) 95% of the proceeds up to $14.00 per share. The Class IV preferred stock had a mandatory redemption feature which required one-third of the outstanding stock to be redeemed on November 30, 1994, one-third on November 30, 1995 and one-third on November 30, 1996, for $1.00 per 0.29 share plus 0.29 share of common stock. Each share of Class IV Preferred Stock was convertible into one share of common stock. During fiscal year 1994, the Company issued 207,690 shares of Class IV preferred stock for $1 per share. In connection with such issuance, the Company entered into notes receivable agreements with certain employees amounting to $146,107. Such notes have been recorded as a reduction to equity. The notes bear interest at a rate of 6.0%. Class A Preferred Stock. In connection with the restructuring described above, as of September 30, 1995 and 1996, there were no issued or outstanding shares of Class A preferred stock. In August 1995, all 1,338,599 shares of Class A preferred stock were converted into 2,755,939 shares of common stock. The Class A stock was issued in connection with the Company's plan to exchange the Class IV preferred stock at a ratio of 1.5 shares of Class A for each share of Class IV. The rights and preferences attached to the Class A preferred stock were similar to the Class IV preferred stock. NOTE 12. STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS Stock Option Plan. In November 1994, the Company's Incentive Stock Option Plan, initiated in 1987, was eliminated. On June 5, 1995, the Board of Directors approved the 1995 Incentive and Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan (the "Option Plan") and such plan was subsequently approved at the annual meeting of shareholders held on June 23, 1995. Under the terms of the Option Plan, options to acquire 323,529 shares of common stock may be granted to eligible employees, as defined, at no less than 100 percent of the fair market value on the date of grant. In March 1996, options to acquire an additional 323,528 shares of common stock was approved. Certain options under the Option Plan are intended to qualify as incentive stock options pursuant to Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code. Options with respect to 281,470 and 339,412 shares were outstanding at September 30, 1995 and 1996 at an exercise prices ranging from $3.03 to $10.20 per share. At September 30, 1994, options with respect to 32,794 shares were outstanding under previous plan at exercise prices ranging from $1.70 to $8.50 per share. Stock options granted generally vest over three to five years and are exercisable over a six year period. As of September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, options with respect to 28,618, 100,382 and 162,764 shares were exercisable, respectively. The following table summarizes the activity under the plan: Outstanding as of September 30, 1994 Granted 32,794 Exercised 281,470 Cancelled (32,794) Outstanding as of September 30, 1995 Granted 281,470 Exercised 57,942 Cancelled Outstanding as of September 30, 1996 339,412 Warrants. In connection with the capital restructuring plan described in Note 11 above, certain of the Company's outstanding preferred stock purchase warrants were exchanged for common stock purchase warrants. Set forth below is a summary of the Company's outstanding warrants at September 30, 1996: EXERCISE SECURITY PREVIOUS SECURITY PRICE WARRANTS EXPIRATION DATE Common Stock Class III preferred $17.00 9,102 July 24, 1997 stock Common Stock - $4.08 2,330,784 May 1, 2001 Common Stock - $10.20 245,097 September 1, 2001
The above table excludes: (i) Class III preferred stock purchase warrants which were exchanged for Class I preferred stock in October 1994, (ii) warrants exercised in August 1995, as described in Note 11 and (iii) warrants to purchase 15,000 shares of Class A senior convertible preferred stock which were exercised in January 1995, as described in Note 8 and 11. As described in Note 8 in December 1996, the Company issued an additional 980,392 common stock purchase warrants with a $10.20 exercise price and September 1, 2001 expiration date. NOTE 13. RELATED PARTIES In May 1995, 52% of the Company's outstanding shares of Common Stock were purchased by Jesup & Lamont, L.L.C. ("JLMP"). Since that date four of the Company's six directors have been members of JLMP. As of September 30, 1996, JLMP has an ownership interest in the Company of approximately 59.8%. In May 1995, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Jesup & Lamont Capital Markets, Inc. ("Jesup & Lamont") (the "Agreement") pursuant to which Jesup & Lamont agreed to provide financial advisory and employee services for the Company for one year. Total fees paid to Jesup & Lamont amounted to approximately $241,697 and $288,385 for the years ended September 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively. In December 1996, the Company's chairman and chief executive officer retired. The Company has entered into a consulting agreement with him for a term of two years and will provide compensation of $250,000 per annum. In addition, the Company has also forgiven $115,300 of his indebtedness to the Company and has agreed to extend the period for the exercise of his vested stock options to March 4, 1997. NOTE 13. EXPORT SALES The information below summarizes the Company's export sales by geographic area. The Company's export sales are as follows: FAR EAST EUROPE TOTAL Year ended September 30, 1994 $ 4,974,957 $ 319,788 $ 5,294,745 Year ended September 30, 1995 $ 3,978,118 $2,546,301 $ 6,524,419 Year ended September 30, 1996 $ 8,209,309 $3,588,066 $ 11,797,375
NOTE 15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS On December 6, 1996, the Board of Directors authorized management of the Company to file a Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission permitting the Company to sell shares of its common stock to the public. On February 3, 1997, the Board of Directors approved a 3.4:1 reverse stock split of its Common Stock and approved a decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock authorized. All references in the accompanying financial statements to the number of Common Stock and per-share amounts have been restated to reflect the reverse split. No dealer, salesperson, or other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company or any of the Underwriters. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the securities to which it relates or any offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy such securities in any jurisdiction where such an offer or solicitation would be unlawful. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that the information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof. Table of Contents Page Prospectus Summary . . . . . . . . . . 2 Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Dividend Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Capitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Dilution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . 19 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation . . . . . . . 20 Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Certain Transactions . . . . . . . . . 46 Principal Shareholders . . . . . . . . 49 Description of Capital Stock . . . . . 51 Shares Eligible for Future Sale . . . . 54 Underwriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Legal Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Experts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Additional Information . . . . . . . . 58 Index to Financial Statements . . . . . F-1 Until _______ __, 1997 (25 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the registered securities, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a Prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a Prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions. 2,500,000 SHARES [LOGO] EMCORE CORPORATION COMMON STOCK PROSPECTUS DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE SECURITIES CORPORATION NEEDHAM & COMPANY, INC. FEBRUARY __, 1997 PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION The following table sets forth the various expenses in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts shown are estimates except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq National Market application fee. To Be Paid By The Registrant* Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 9,090.91 NASD filing fee . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,500.00 Nasdaq National Market application fee . 19,375.00 Accounting fees and expenses . . . . . . 180,000.00 Printing expenses . . . . . . . . . . . 35,000.00 Transfer agent and registrar fees . . . 2,000.00 Blue Sky fees and expenses . . . . . . . 5,000.00 Legal fees and expenses . . . . . . . . 450,000.00 Other expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,034.09 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $710,000.00 ______________ *Estimated ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company shall indemnify its directors and officers to the full extent permitted by New Jersey law, including in circumstances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary under New Jersey law. Section 14A:2-7 of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act provides that a New Jersey corporation's: "certificate of incorporation may provide that a director or officer shall not be personally liable, or shall be liable only to the extent therein provided, to the corporation or its shareholders for damages for breach of any duty owed to the corporation or its shareholders, except that such provision shall not relieve a director or officer from liability for any breach of duty based upon an act or omission (a) in breach of such person's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders, (b) not in good faith or involving a knowing violation of law or (c) resulting in receipt by such person of an improper personal benefit. As used in this subsection, an act or omission in breach of a person's duty of loyalty means an act or omission which that person knows or believes to be contrary to the best interests of the corporation or its shareholders in connection with a matter in which he has a material conflict of interest." In addition, Section 14A:3-5 (1995) of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act (1995) provides as follows: INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES (1) As used in this section, (a) "Corporate agent" means any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the indemnifying corporation or of any constituent corporation absorbed by the indemnifying corporation in a consolidation or merger and any person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of any other enterprise, serving as such at the request of the indemnifying corporation, or of any such constituent corporation, or the legal representative of any such director, officer, trustee, employee or agent; (b) "Other enterprise" means any domestic or foreign corporation, other than the indemnifying corporation, and any partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust or other enterprise, whether or not for profit, served by a corporate agent; (c) "Expenses" means reasonable costs, disbursements and counsel fees; (d) "Liabilities" means amounts paid or incurred in satisfaction of settlements, judgments, fines and penalties; (e) "Proceeding" means any pending, threatened or completed civil, criminal, administrative or arbitrative action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therein and any inquiry or investigation which could lead to such action, suit or proceeding; and (f) References to "other enterprises" include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the indemnifying corporation" include any service as a corporate agent which imposes duties on, or involves services by, the corporate agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the corporation" as referred to in this section. (2) Any corporation organized for any purpose under any general or special law of this State shall have the power to indemnify a corporate agent against his expenses and liabilities in connection with any proceeding involving the corporate agent by reason of his being or having been such a corporate agent, other than a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation, if (a) such corporate agent acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; and (b) with respect to any criminal proceeding, such corporate agent had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not of itself create a presumption that such corporate agent did not meet the applicable standards of conduct set forth in paragraphs 14A:3-5(2)(a) and 14A:3-5(2)(b). (3) Any corporation organized for any purpose under any general or special law of this State shall have the power to indemnify a corporate agent against his expenses in connection with any proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor which involves the corporate agent by reason of his being or having been such corporate agent, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation. However, in such proceeding no indemnification shall be provided in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such corporate agent shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the Superior Court or the court in which such proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all circumstances of the case, such corporate agent is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the Superior Court or such other court shall deem proper. (4) Any corporation organized for any purpose under any general or special law of this State shall indemnify a corporate agent against expenses to the extent that such corporate agent has been successful on the merits or otherwise in any proceeding referred to in subsections 14A:3-5(2) and 14A:3-5(3) or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein. (5) Any indemnification under subsection 14A:3-5(2) and, unless ordered by a court, under subsection 14A:3-5(3) may be made by the corporation only as authorized in a specific case upon a determination that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the corporate agent met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsection 14A:3-5(2) or subsection 14A:3-5(3). Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, such determination shall be made (a) by the board of directors or a committee thereof, acting by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to or otherwise involved in the proceeding; or (b) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable and such quorum of the board of directors or committee by a majority vote of the disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel, in a written opinion, such counsel to be designated by the board of directors; or (c) by the shareholders if the certificate of incorporation or bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors or of the shareholders so directs. (6) Expenses incurred by a corporate agent in connection with a proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final dis- position of the proceeding as authorized by the board of directors upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the corporate agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified as provided in this section. (7) (a) If a corporation upon application of a corporate agent has failed or refused to provide indemnification as required under subsection 14A:3-5(4) or permitted under subsections 14A:3-5(2), 14A:3-5(3) and 14A:3-5(6), a corporate agent may apply to a court for an award of indemnification by the corporation, and such court (i) may award indemnification to the extent authorized under subsections 14A:3-5(2) and 14A:3-5(3) and shall award indemnification to the extent required under subsection 14A:3-5(4), notwithstanding any contrary deter- mination which may have been made under subsection 14A:3-5(5); and (ii) may allow reasonable expenses to the extent authorized by, and subject to the provisions of, subsection 14A:3-5(6), if the court shall find that the corporate agent has by his pleadings or during the course of the proceeding raised genuine issues of fact or law. (b) Application for such indemnification may be made: (i) in the civil action in which the expenses were or are to be incurred or other amounts were or are to be paid; or (ii) to the Superior Court in a separate proceeding. If the application is for indemnification arising out of a civil action, it shall set forth reasonable cause for the failure to make application for such relief in the action or proceeding in which the expenses were or are to be incurred or other amounts were or are to be paid. The application shall set forth the disposition of any previous application for indemnification and shall be made in such manner and form as may be required by the applicable rules of court or, in the absence thereof, by direction of the court to which it is made. Such application shall be upon notice to the corporation. The court may also direct that notice shall be given at the expense of the corporation to the shareholders and such other persons as it may designate in such manner as it may require. (8) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to the other subsections of this section shall not exclude any other rights, including the right to be indemnified against liabilities and expenses incurred in proceedings by or in the right of the corporation, to which a corporate agent may be entitled under a certificate of incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders, or otherwise; provided that no indemnification shall be made to or on behalf of a corporate agent if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the corporate agent establishes that his acts or omissions (a) were in breach of his duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders, as defined in subsection (3) of N.J.S.14A:2-7, (b) were not in good faith or involved a knowing violation of law or (c) resulted in receipt by the corporate agent of an improper personal benefit. (9) Any corporation organized for any purpose under any general or special law of this State shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any corporate agent against any expenses incurred in any proceeding and any liabilities asserted against him by reason of his being or having been a corporate agent, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such expenses and liabilities under the provisions of this section. The corporation may purchase such insurance from, or such insurance may be reinsured in whole or in part by, an insurer owned by or otherwise affiliated with the corporation, whether or not such insurer does business with other insureds. (10) The powers granted by this section may be exercised by the corporation, notwithstanding the absence of any provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws authorizing the exercise of such powers. (11) Except as required by subsection 14A:3-5(4), no indemnification shall be made or expenses advanced by a corporation under this section, and none shall be ordered by a court, if such action would be inconsistent with a provision of the certificate of incorporation, a bylaw, a resolution of the board of directors or of the shareholders, an agreement or other proper corporate action, in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of action asserted in the proceeding, which prohibits, limits or otherwise conditions the exercise of indemnification powers by the corporation or the rights of indemnification to which a corporate agent may be entitled. (12) This section does not limit a corporation's power to pay or reimburse expenses incurred by a corporate agent in connection with the corporate agent's appearance as a witness in a proceeding at a time when the corporate agent has not been made a party to the proceeding. The Underwriting Agreement provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES Since December 1, 1993, the Company has sold and issued the following unregistered securities: 1. November 30, 1994. Exchange of 198,439 shares of common stock, 1,081,850 shares of Class I Stock, 6,617,227 shares of Class III Stock, and 882,399 shares of Class IV Stock pursuant to a merger by EMCORE Merger Subsidiary Corporation with and into EMCORE Corporation. All purchasers of these shares were existing shareholders of the Company. The exchange ratio was as follows: 100 shares of Class IV Stock for 150 shares of Class A Stock; 100 shares of Class III Stock for 10 shares of Common Stock; 100 shares of Class I Stock for 4 shares of Common Stock; and, 100 shares of old Common Stock for 1 share of new Common Stock. No cash was involved in this transaction. The transaction was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act. 2. October 25, 1995. The issuance of 9,370,200 shares of Common Stock in exchange for 1,338,600 shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to a merger of EMCORE Merger Subsidiary Two Corporation with and into EMCORE Corporation. All purchasers of these shares were existing shareholders of the Company. No cash was involved in this transaction. This exchange was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act. 3. October 25, 1995. Sale of 103,993 shares at $0.89 a share to five holders of the Company's warrants to purchase the Company's Common Stock at $5.00 a share until 1997. The consideration received included the surrender of warrants plus a total cash consideration of $92,554. The purchasers were knowledgeable and able to bear the risk and had access to the information relevant to their investment. No general selling efforts were made. Transfer restrictions were imposed. This transaction was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The following description of share exchanges or issuances indicate share numbers and warrant exercise prices that reflect the 3.4:1 reverse stock split effective February 3, 1997. 4. December 1, 1995. Issuance of 30,882 shares of Common Stock to Hakuto, a Japanese corporation, upon exercise of warrants. The warrants had been issued in connection with a Distributorship Agreement with Hakuto. The total amount of cash consideration was $10,000. The offer was made in Japan; the buyer was in Japan and is not a U.S. person, and no directed selling efforts were made. This transaction was exempt from registration pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. 5. May 1, 1996. Issuance to nineteen persons of $9,500,000 of 6% Subordinated Notes due 2001 in a unit paired with warrants to purchase 2,328,432 shares of Common Stock at $4.08 a share. Purchasers of the Notes were all current shareholders of the Company. Holders have the right to use the principal amount of the Note to exercise the warrants until the expiration date. The warrants expire on the maturity date of the Notes. In this Offering, $9,500,000 was raised, of which $1,000,000 was in the form of notes from officers of the Company. The purchasers were knowledgeable and able to bear the risk and had access to the information relevant to their investment. No general selling efforts were made. Transfer restrictions were imposed. This transaction was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. 6. July 12, 1996. Sale to Dane C. Scott. $9,600 6% Subordinated Notes due 2001 in a unit paired with warrants to purchase 2,353 shares of Common Stock at $4.08 a share in the aggregate amount of $9,600. Mr. Scott is a Senior Design Engineer of the Company. This transaction was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. 7. Employee stock options were granted at various times after the adoption of the Plan in 1995 at prices ranging from $3.03 a share to $10.20. These transactions were exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. 8. September 1996. Sale to JLMP of $2.5 million 6% Subordinated Note and warrants to purchase 2,450,098 shares at $10.20 a share. This transaction was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. 9. December 1996. Issuance to JLMP of warrants to purchase 980,392 shares at $10.20 a share in consideration for guaranteeing and securing the guarantee of a $10 million demand note facility. This transaction was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. JLMP was a shareholder of the Company; no general selling efforts were made. ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a) The following exhibits are filed with this Registration Statement: Exhibit No. Description 1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement* 3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation as amended February 3, 1997 3.2 Amended By-Laws, as amended January 11, 1989 4.1 Specimen certificate for shares of Common Stock* 5.1 Opinion of White & Case 10.1 1995 Incentive and Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan 10.2 1996 Amendment to Option Plan 10.3 Specimen Incentive Stock Option Agreement 10.4 Hakuto Distributorship Agreement 10.5 Amendment to Lease for premises at 394 Elizabeth Avenue, Somerset, New Jersey 08873 10.6 Registration Rights Agreement relating to September 1996 warrant issuance 10.7 Registration Rights Agreement relating to December 1996 warrant issuance 10.8 Form of 6% Subordinated Note Due May 1, 2001 10.9 Form of 6% Subordinated Note Due September 1, 2001 10.10 Form of $4.08 Warrant 10.11 Form of $17.00 Warrant 10.12 Form of $10.20 Warrant 10.13 Demand note facility with First Union National Bank 10.14 Consulting Agreement dated December 6, 1996 between the Company and Norman E. Schumaker 10.15 Purchase Order issued to the Company by General Motors Corporation on November 17, 1996. Confidential treatment has been requested by the Company with respect to portions of this document. Such portions are indicated by "[*]". 11.1 Statement of Computation of Per Share Amounts 23.1 Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. 23.2 Consent of White & Case (included in Exhibit 5.1) 23.3 Consent of Lerner David Littenberg Krumholz & Mentlik 23.4 Consent of Robert Louis-Dreyfus 24.1 Power of Attorney** 27.1 Financial Data Schedule** 99.1 Schedule II: Valuation and Qualified Accounts & Reserves** * To be filed by amendment ** Previously filed (b) Financial Statement Schedule The following Financial Statement Schedule is filed pursuant to Item 11(e) of Regulation S-X: Schedule II: Valuation and Qualified Accounts & Reserves** All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the Financial Statements or Notes thereto. ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denomination and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser. The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that: (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Township of Somerset, State of New Jersey, on February 5, 1997. EMCORE CORPORATION By /s/ Reuben F. Richards, Jr. Name: Reuben F. Richards, Jr. Title: President and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated, on February 5, 1997. Signature Title * President, Chief Executive Reuben F. Richards, Jr. Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) * Vice President, Chief Thomas G. Werthan Financial Officer, Secretary and Director (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer) Richard A. Stall Director * Chairman of the Board Thomas J. Russell and Director * Director Howard R. Curd * Director Howard F. Curd *By /s/ Reuben F. Richards, Jr. Reuben F. Richards, Jr. EXHIBIT INDEX Exhibit No. Description 1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement* 3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended February 3, 1997 3.2 Amended By-Laws, as amended January 11, 1989 4.1 Specimen certificate for shares of Common Stock* 5.1 Opinion of White & Case 10.1 1995 Incentive and Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan 10.2 1996 Amendment to Option Plan 10.3 Specimen Incentive Stock Option Agreement 10.4 Hakuto Distributorship Agreement 10.5 Amendment to Lease for premises at 394 Elizabeth Avenue, Somerset, New Jersey 08873 10.6 Registration Rights Agreement relating to September 1996 warrant issuance 10.7 Registration Rights Agreement relating to December 1996 warrant issuance 10.8 Form of 6% Subordinated Note Due May 1, 2001 10.9 Form of 6% Subordinated Note Due September 1, 2001 10.10 Form of $4.08 Warrant 10.11 Form of $17.00 Warrant 10.12 Form of $10.20 Warrant 10.13 Demand note facility with First Union National Bank 10.14 Consulting Agreement dated December 6, 1996 between the Company and Norman E. Schumaker 10.15 Purchase Order issued to the Company by General Motors Corporation on November 17, 1996. Confidential treatment has been requested by the Company for portions of this document. Such portions are indicated by "[*]". 11 Statement of Computation of Per Share Amounts 23.1 Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. 23.2 Consent of White & Case (included in Exhibit 5.1) 23.3 Consent of Lerner David Littenberg Krumholz & Mentlik 23.4 Consent of Robert Louis-Dreyfus 24.1 Power of Attorney** 27.1 Financial Data Schedule** 99.1 Schedule II: Valuation and Qualified Accounts & Reserves** * To be filed by amendment ** Previously filed


                                                                   Exhibit 3.1

                                   RESTATED
                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                             OF EMCORE CORPORATION

          Reuben F. Richards, Jr., being over the age of eighteen and acting
as a duly authorized officer of Emcore Corporation and by virtue of the
provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act, Title 14A of the
Revised Statutes of the State of New Jersey, hereby certifies that the
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Emcore Corporation is as follows:

          FIRST:    The name of the Corporation is:
                    EMCORE Corporation

          SECOND:   The purpose for which this Corporation is organized is to
engage in any activity within the purposes for which corporations may be
organized under the New Jersey Business Corporation Act.

          THIRD:    The registered office of the Corporation is:

                    394 Elizabeth Avenue
                    Somerset, NJ 08873

and the name of the corporation's registered agent at such address is:

                    Thomas G. Werthan

          FOURTH:   The total number of shares of Capital Stock of the
Corporation shall be 29,411,763 shares of which:

          A.   Of the Capital Stock, 23,529,411 shares shall consist of Common
Stock which shall be entitled to one vote per share of all matters which
holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote on.

          B.   Of the Capital Stock, 5,882,352 shares shall consist of
Preferred Stock which may be divided into such classes and such series as
shall be established from time to time by resolutions of the Board of
Directors and filed as an amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation,
without any requirement of vote or class vote of shareholders.  The Board of
Directors shall have the right and power to establish and designate in any
such Class or Series Resolution such priorities, powers, preferences and rela-
tive, participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications,
limitations and restrictions as it shall determine. 

          FIFTH: The Board of Directors presently consists of six (6) persons
and the names and addresses of the persons who are to serve on the Board of
Directors are as follows:


             Name                        Address
 Reuben F. Richards, Jr.      394 Elizabeth Avenue
                              Somerset, NJ 08873

 Thomas G. Werthan            394 Elizabeth Avenue
                              Somerset, NJ 08873
 Richard A. Stall             394 Elizabeth Avenue
                              Somerset, NJ 08873




 Thomas J. Russell            Jesup & Lamont Capital
                                Markets, Inc.
                              650 Fifth Avenue
                              New York, NY 10019

 Howard R. Curd               Jesup & Lamont Capital
                                Markets, Inc.
                              650 Fifth Avenue
                              New York, NY 10019
 Howard F. Curd               Jesup & Lamont Capital
                                Markets, Inc.
                              650 Fifth Avenue
                              New York, NY 10019


          SIXTH: Neither a Director nor an Officer shall be liable to the
Corporation or its shareholders for damages for breach of any duty owed to the
Corporation or its shareholders, except that this provision shall not relieve
a Director or an Officer from liability for any breach of duty based upon an
act or omission (a) in breach of such person's duty of loyalty to the
corporation or its shareholders; (b) not in good faith or involving a knowing
violation of law; or (c) resulting in the receipt of such person of an
improper personal benefit.

          SEVENTH: Any director of the Corporation may be removed with or
without cause by vote of the shareholders except that a director elected by a
class may be removed only by a vote of the class that elected the director.
          EIGHTH: The Board of Directors by a vote of a majority of the entire
Board may lend money to, guarantee any obligation of or otherwise assist any
officer or employee of the Corporation who is also a director provided that
such loan shall be adequately secured and no such loan, guarantee or other
assistance shall be made unless there shall be an appropriate business
purpose.

          NINTH: The Corporation shall indemnify every officer and director of
the corporation to the full extent permitted by law.

          TENTH: The number of directors shall be as determined by any
resolution of the Board of Directors unless a Class or Series Resolution
adopted pursuant to Article FOURTH shall otherwise provide. In the event of an
increase in the number of directors, the Board itself is authorized to fill
any such directorship unless such a Class or Series Resolution shall otherwise
provide.

          ELEVENTH: This Corporation shall have perpetual existence.


          IN WITNESS, the undersigned has set his hand this 3d day of February
1997.

                              /s/ Reuben F. Richards, Jr.
                              Reuben F. Richards, Jr.
                              President





                                                                   Exhibit 3.2
 
                                    BY-LAWS

                                      OF

                              EMCORE CORPORATION

                                                            

                       Adopted As of September 27, 1986

                       Amended Through January 11, 1989


                                   ARTICLE I

                                    OFFICES


          1.   Principal Place of Business.  The principal place of business
of the Corporation is 35 Elizabeth Avenue, Somerset, New Jersey 08873.

          2.   Other Places of Business.  Branch or subordinate places of
business or offices may be established at any time by the Board at any place
or places where the Corporation is qualified to do business.


                                  ARTICLE II

                                 SHAREHOLDERS


          1.   Annual Meeting.  The annual meeting of shareholders shall be
held upon not less than ten or more than sixty days written notice of the
time, place, and purpose of the meeting at 10 o'clock a.m. on the fourth
Thursday of the month of October of each year at the corporate offices, or at
such other time and place as shall be specified in the notice of meeting, in
order to elect directors and transact such other business as shall come before
the meeting.  If that date is a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held at
the same hour on the next succeeding business day.

          2.   Special Meetings.  A special meeting of shareholders may be
called for any purpose by the president or the Board.  A special meeting shall
be held upon not less than ten nor more than sixty days written notice of the
time, place and purpose of the meeting.

          3.   Action Without Meeting.  The shareholders may act without a
meeting if, prior or subsequent to such action, each shareholder who would
have been entitled to vote upon such action shall consent in writing to such
action.  Such written consent or consents shall be filed in the minute book.




          4.   Quorum.  The presence at a meeting in person or by proxy of the
holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of the votes shall constitute a
quorum.


                                  ARTICLE III
                              BOARD OF DIRECTORS


          1.   Number and Term of Office.  The Board shall consist of such
number of members as may be determined from time to time by resolution of the
Board.  Each director shall be elected by the shareholders at each annual
meeting and shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders
and until that director's successor shall have been elected and qualified.

          2.   Regular Meetings.  A regular meeting of the Board shall be held
without notice immediately following and at the same place as the annual
shareholders' meeting for the purposes of electing officers and conducting
such other business as may come before the meeting.  The Board, by resolution,
may provide for additional regular meetings which may be held without notice,
except to members not present at the time of the adoption of the resolution.

          3.   Special Meetings.  A special meeting of the Board may be called
at any time by the president or a majority of the members of the Board for any
purpose.  Such meeting shall be held upon one days notice if given orally
(either by telephone or in person) or by telegraph, or by three days notice if
given by depositing the notice in the United States mails, postage prepaid. 
Such notice shall specify the time and place of the meeting.

          4.   Action Without Meeting.  The Board may act without a meeting
if, prior or subsequent to such action, each member of the Board shall consent
in writing to such action.  Such written consent or consents shall be filed in
the minute book.

          5.   Quorum.  One-half of the entire Board shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business.

          6.   Vacancies in Board of Directors.  Any vacancy in the Board,
including a vacancy caused by an increase in the number of directors, may be
filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even
though less than a quorum of the Board, or by a sole remaining director.


                                  ARTICLE IV

                               WAIVERS OF NOTICE

          Any notice required by these By-Laws, by the Certificate of
Incorporation, or by the New Jersey Business  Corporation Act may be waived in
writing by any person entitled to notice.  The waiver or waivers may be
executed either before or after the event with respect to which notice is
waived.  Each director or shareholder attending a meeting without protesting,
prior to its conclusion, the lack of proper notice shall be deemed conclu-
sively to have waived notice of the meeting.

                                   ARTICLE V




                                   OFFICERS

          1.   Election.  At its regular meeting following the annual meeting
of shareholders, the Board shall elect a president, a treasurer, a secretary,
and it may elect such other officers, including one or more vice presidents,
as it shall deem necessary.  One person may hold two or more offices.
          2.   Duties and Authority of President.  The president shall be
chief executive officer of the Corporation.  Subject only to the authority of
the Board, he shall have general charge and supervision over, and
responsibility for, the business and affairs of the Corporation.  Unless
otherwise directed by the Board, all other officers shall be subject to the
authority and supervision of the president.  The president may enter into and
execute in the name of the Corporation contracts or other instruments in the
regular course of business or contracts or other instruments not in the
regular course of business which are authorized, either generally or
specifically, by the Board.  He shall have the general powers and duties of
management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation.

          3.   Duties and Authority of Vice President.  The vice president
shall perform such duties and have such authority as from time to time may be
delegated to him by the president or by the Board.  In the absence of the
president or in the event of his death, inability, or refusal to act, the vice
president shall perform the duties and be vested with the authority of the
president.

          4.   Duties and Authority of Treasurer.  The treasurer shall have
the custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation and shall keep or
cause to be kept regular books of account for the Corporation.  The treasurer
shall perform such other duties and possess such other powers as are incident
to that office or as shall be assigned by the president or the Board.
          5.   Duties and Authority of Secretary.  The secretary shall cause
notices of all meetings to be served as prescribed in these By-Laws and shall
keep or cause to be kept the minutes of all meetings of the shareholders and
the Board.  The secretary shall have charge of the seal of the Corporation. 
The Secretary shall perform such other duties and possess such other powers as
are incident to that office or as are assigned by the president or the Board.

                                  ARTICLE VI

                         AMENDMENTS TO AND EFFECT OF 

                              BY-LAWS FISCAL YEAR


          1.   Force and Effect of By-Laws.  These By-Laws are subject to the
provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act and the Corporation's
Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time.  If any
provision in these By-Laws is inconsistent with a provision in that Act or the
Certificate of Incorporation, the provision of that Act or the Certificate of
Incorporation shall govern.

          2.   Amendments to By-Laws.  These By-Laws may be altered, amended
or repealed by the shareholders or the Board.  Any By-Law adopted, amended or
repealed by the shareholders may be amended or repealed by the Board, unless
the resolution of the shareholders adopting such By-Law expressly reserves to
the shareholders the right to amend or repeal it.




          3.   Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on
the first day of October of each year, commencing October 1, 1986.





                              MINUTES AND BY-LAWS

                                      OF

                              EMCORE CORPORATION
                        COMMENCING:  September 27, 1986






                              EMCORE CORPORATION

                               OATH OF SECRETARY

STATE OF NEW JERSEY )
                    )  SS.:
COUNTY OF MORRIS    )


                      I, Wilfried R. Wagner, Secretary of
                              EMCORE CORPORATION,
being of full age, depose and say that I will faithfully discharge the duties
of secretary of the Corporation to the best of my skill and ability.


                              _____________________________
                              Wilfried R. Wagner, Secretary


Sworn and Subscribed to
before me this 27th day
of September, 1986.


________________________________
An Attorney at Law of New Jersey





                                                                   Exhibit 4.1

Certificate No. _________ For ______ Shares Issued to _________________ 
Transferred from _______________     /   /19
Dated_____________________________, 19_______ 
Receipt acknowledged_______________________________________
No. Original Certificate _____________ 
No. Original Shares _______________ 
No. Of Shares Transferred ____________



                NUMBER                               SHARES

               _________                           _________


                        INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF

                            THE STATE OF NEW JERSEY
                              EMCORE CORPORATION
                          COMMON STOCK, NO PAR VALUE

                              [ S P E C I M E N ]


This Certifies that ____________________________________ is the owner of
___________________________________ fully paid and non-assessable Shares of
the Capital Stock of the above named Corporation transferable only on the
books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized
Attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

In Witness Whereof, the said Corporation has caused this Certificate to be
signed by its duly authorized officers and its Corporate Seal to be hereunto
affixed this ______________ day of ____________________ A.D. 19______

__________________________________              ___________________________
SECRETARY/TREASURER                             PRESIDENT




                         EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS

          The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription of
ownership on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as if they were
written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations. 
Abbreviations, in addition to those appearing below, may be used.
                                                                                     
JT TEN          As joint tenants with right of survivorship and     TEN ENT                   As tenants by the entireties
                not as tenants in common                            UNIF GIFT MIN ACT         Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
TEN COM         As tenants in common                                CUST                      Custodian for

For Value Received _____________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto _________________________________________ (please insert social security or other identifying number of assignee) _________________________ Shares represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint __________________________ Attorney to transfer the said Shares on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated ____________ 19__ in presence of _____________________ ___________________

                                                              Exhibit 5.1

                                 White & Case
                          1155 Avenue of the Americas
                           New York, New York 10036
                                (212) 819-8200

                                                           February 4, 1997   

EMCORE Corporation
394 Elizabeth Avenue
Somerset, New Jersey  08873

Dear Sirs:

          We refer to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-18565,
the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act"), filed by EMCORE Corporation, a New Jersey Corporation
(the "Company"), with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission"), relating to the initial public offering of shares of the
Company's common stock (the "Common Stock").  The Common Stock is to be sold
to underwriters, including the underwriters listed on the cover page of the
Prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.  The terms of the sale
to the underwriters are to be approved in additional proceedings to be taken
by the Company.

          We have examined the originals, or photostatic or certified copies,
of such records of the Company, certificates of officers of the Company and of
public officials and such other documents as we have deemed relevant and
necessary as the basis for the opinion set forth below.  We have relied upon
such certificates of officers of the Company and of public officials and
statements and information furnished by officers of the Company with respect
to the accuracy of material factual matters contained therein which were not
independently established by us.  In such examination we have assumed the
genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to
us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents
submitted to us as photostatic or certified copies, and the authenticity of
the originals of such copies.

          Based upon our examination described above, subject to the
assumptions stated, and subject to such proposed additional proceedings being
taken prior to the issuance of the Common Stock, to the authorization,
execution and delivery of an underwriting agreement with respect thereto, it
is our opinion that the Common Stock, upon issuance and sale by the Company as
contemplated in the Registration Statement and any amendments and prospectus
supplements thereto, will have been duly authorized by the Company and upon
delivery thereof against payment therefor, validly issued, fully paid and non-
assessable.
          We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm appearing under the
caption "Legal Matters" in the Prospectus forming part of the Registration




Statement.  In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within
the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the
Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

                              Very truly yours,
                              White & Case





                                                                  Exhibit 10.1




                              EMCORE CORPORATION

              1995 INCENTIVE AND NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION PLAN


1.   Purpose.

     The purpose of this 1995 Incentive and Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan
(the "Plan") is to give officers and executive personnel ("key employees") and
consultants or non-employee directors ("other participants") of Emcore
Corporation, a New Jersey corporation (the "Company"), and corporations with
respect to which the Company directly or indirectly controls 50% or more of
the combined voting power ("subsidiaries") an opportunity to acquire shares of
the common stock of the Company, without par value ("Common Stock"), to
provide an incentive for key employees and other participants to continue to
promote the best interests of the Company and enhance its long-term
performance, and to provide an incentive for key employees and other
participants to join or remain with the Company and its subsidiaries.
2.   Administration.

     (a)  Board of Directors.  The Plan shall be administered by the Board of
Directors of the Company (the "Board"), which, to the extent it shall
determine, may delegate its powers with respect to the administration of the
Plan (except its powers under Section 12(c)) to a committee (the "Committee")
appointed by the Board and composed of not less than three members of the
Board.  If the Board chooses to appoint a Committee, references hereinafter to
the Board (except in Section 12(c)) shall be deemed to refer to the Committee.

     (b)  Powers.  Within the limits of the express provisions of the Plan,
the Board shall determine;

          (i)   the persons to whom awards hereunder shall be granted,

          (ii)  the time or times at which such awards shall be granted,

          (iii) the form and amount of the awards, and

          (iv)  the limitations, restrictions and conditions applicable to any
                such award.

In making such determinations, the Board may take into account the nature of
the services rendered by such key employees and other participants, or classes
of employees, their present and potential contributions to the Company's
success and such other factors as the Board in its discretion shall deem
relevant.  




     (c)  Interpretations.  Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the
Board may interpret the Plan, prescribe, amend and rescind rules and
regulations relating to it, determine the terms and provisions of the
respective awards and make all other determinations it deems necessary or
advisable for the administration of the Plan.
     (d)  Determinations.  The determinations of the Board on all matters
regarding the Plan shall be conclusive.  A member of the Board shall only be
liable for any action taken or determination made in bad faith.

     (e)  Nonuniform Determinations.  The Board's determinations under the
Plan, including without limitation, determinations as to the persons to
receive awards, the terms and provisions of such awards and the agreements
evidencing the same, need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively
among persons who receive or are eligible to receive awards under the Plan,
whether or not such persons are similarly situated.

3.   Awards Under the Plan.

     (a)  Form.  Awards under the Plan may be granted in any of the following
forms:

          (i)   Incentive Stock Options, as described in Section 4,

          (ii)  Non-Statutory Stock Options, as described in Section 5, and

          (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights, as described in Section 6.

     (b)  Maximum Limitations.  The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock
available for grant under the Plan is 1,100,000 subject to adjustment pursuant
to Section 8.  Shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan may be
either authorized but unissued shares or shares now or hereafter held in the
treasury of the Company.  In the event that, prior to the end of the period
during which Stock Options may be granted under the Plan, any Stock Option
under the Plan expires unexercised or is terminated, surrendered or canceled
(other than in connection with the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right with
respect to which Common Stock is delivered to the key employee or other
participants under Section 6(b)(ii)), without being exercised, in whole or in
part, for any reason, the number of shares theretofore subject to such Stock
Option, or the unexercised, terminated, forfeited or unearned portion thereof,
shall be added to the remaining number of shares of Common Stock available for
grant as a Stock Option under the Plan, including a grant to a former holder
of such Stock Option, upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall
determine, which terms may be more or less favorable than those applicable to
such former Stock Option.  

     (c)  Ten Percent Shareholder.  Notwithstanding any other provision herein
contained, no key employee may receive an Incentive Stock Option under the
Plan if such employee, at the time the award is granted, owns (as defined in
Section 424(d) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the "Code")) stock
possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of
stock of the Company, its parent or any subsidiary, unless the option price
for such Incentive Stock Option is at least 110% of the fair market value of
the Common Stock subject to such Incentive Stock Option on the date of grant
and such Option is not exercisable after the date five years from the date
such Option is granted.
4.   Incentive Stock Options.




     It is intended that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan shall
constitute Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of Section 422 of the
Code.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted under the Plan for the purchase
of shares of Common Stock.  Incentive Stock Options shall be in such form and
upon such conditions as the Board shall from time to time determine, subject
to the following:
     (a)  Option Prices.  The option price of each Incentive Stock Option
shall be at least 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock subject to
such Incentive Stock Option on the date of grant,

     (b)  Terms of Options.  No Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable
prior to the date one year, or after the date ten years, from the date such
Incentive Stock Option is granted.

     (c)  Limitation on Amounts.  The aggregate fair market value (determined
with respect to each Incentive Stock Option as of the time such Incentive
Stock Option is granted) of the capital stock with respect to which Incentive
Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a key employee during any
calendar year (under this Plan or any other plan of the Company or the parent
or any subsidiary of the Company) shall not exceed $100,000.

     (d)  Exercise.  Incentive Stock Options shall be subject to such terms
and conditions, shall be exercisable at such time or times, and shall be
evidenced by such form of written option agreement between the optionee and
the Company, as the Board shall determine; provided, that such determinations
are not inconsistent with the other provisions of the Plan, and with Section
422 of the Code or regulations thereunder.

     (e)  Manner of Exercise of Options and Payment for Common Stock. 
Incentive Stock Options may be exercised by an optionee by giving written
notice to the Secretary of the Company stating the number of shares of Common
Stock with respect to which the Incentive Stock Option is being exercised and
tendering payment therefor. At the time that an Incentive Stock Option granted
under the Plan, or any part thereof, is exercised, payment for the Common
Stock issuable thereupon shall be made in full in cash or by certified check
or, if the Board in its discretion agrees to accept, in shares of Common Stock
of the Company (the number of such shares paid for each share subject to the
Incentive Stock Option, or part thereof, being exercised shall be determined
by dividing the option price by the fair market value per share of the Common
Stock on the date of exercise). As soon as reasonably possible following such
exercise, a certificate representing shares of Common Stock purchased,
registered in the name of the optionee shall be delivered to the optionee.

     (f)  Cancellation of Stock Appreciation Rights.  The exercise of any
Incentive Stock Option shall cancel that number, if any, of Stock Appreciation
Rights (as defined in Section 6) included in such Incentive Stock Option,
which is equal to the excess of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock
subject to Stock Appreciation Rights included in such Incentive Stock Option,
over (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock which remain subject to such
Incentive Stock Option after such exercise.

5.   Non-Statutory Stock Options.

     Non-Statutory Stock Options (i.e., options which do not constitute
Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) may be
granted under the Plan for the purchase of Common Stock.  Non-Statutory Stock
Options shall be in such form and upon such conditions as the Board shall from
time to time determine and further shall be subject to the provisions of




Section 4 of this Plan except:

     (a)  Option Price.  The option price shall be no less than 10% of the
fair market value of the Common Stock subject to the Non-Statutory Stock
Option on the date of grant.
     (b)  Limitation on Amount.  There shall be no limit on amount (subject
only to the overall limit of the shares available under the Plan for option
grant).

6.   Stock Appreciation Rights.

     (a)  Award.  If deemed by the Board to be in the best interest of the
Company, any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan may include a stock
appreciation right ("Stock Appreciation Right"), either at the time of grant
or thereafter while the Incentive Stock Option is outstanding.

     (b)  Terms of Rights.  Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such
terms and conditions not inconsistent with the other provisions of the Plan as
the Board shall determine, provided that:

     (i) Limitations.  Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable to the
extent, and only to the extent, the Incentive Stock Option in which it is
included is exercisable and shall be exercisable only for such period as the
Board may determine (which period may expire prior to, but not later than, the
expiration date of such Incentive Stock Option). Notwithstanding the preceding
sentence, a Stock Appreciation Right is exercisable only when the fair market
value of a share of Common Stock exceeds the option price specified in such
Incentive Stock Option.

     (ii) Surrender or Exchange.  A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the
optionee to surrender to the Company unexercised the Incentive Stock Option,
or portion thereof, to which it is related, or any portion thereof and to
receive from the Company in exchange therefor that number of shares of Common
Stock having an aggregate fair market value equal to the excess of the fair
market value on the date of exercise of one share of Common Stock over the
option price per share specified in such Incentive Stock Option multiplied by
the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Incentive Stock Option, or
portion thereof, which is so surrendered.  The Board shall be entitled to
elect to settle any part or all of the Company's obligation arising out of the
exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right by the payment of cash or by check
equal to the aggregate fair market value on the date on which the Stock
Appreciation Right is exercised of that part or all of the shares of Common
Stock the Company would otherwise be obligated to deliver.

     (c)  Cash Settlement Restriction. (i) Notwithstanding Section B(b), so
long as the grantee of a Stock Appreciation Right is an officer or director of
the Company, the Company's right to elect to settle any part or all of its
obligation arising out of the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right by the
payment of cash or by check shall not apply unless such exercise occurs no
less than six months after the date of grant of the Right and either: (1)
pursuant to the provisions of subsection (ii) below, or (2) during the period
beginning on the third business day following the date of release by the
Company for publication of its quarterly or annual summary statements of sales
and earnings and ending on the twelfth business day following such date.
     (ii)  In the event that, pursuant to Section 9, the Company shall cancel
all unexercised Incentive Stock Options as of the effective date of a merger
or other transaction provided therein, or in the case of dissolution of the




Company, then each Stock Appreciation Right held by an executive officer or
director of the Company shall be automatically exercised for cash on such date
within 30 days prior to the effective date of such transaction or dissolution
as the Board shall determine and, in the absence of such determination, on the
last business day immediately prior to such effective date.
7.   Transferability.

     No Incentive Stock Option, Non-Statutory Stock Option, or Stock
Appreciation Right may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated
(whether by operation of law or otherwise), except as provided by will or the
applicable laws of descent or distribution, and no Incentive Stock Option,
Non-Statutory Stock Option, or Stock Appreciation Right shall be subject to
execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted assignment, transfer,
pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of an Incentive Stock Option, Non-
Statutory Stock Option, or Stock Appreciation Right, or levy of attachment or
similar process upon the Incentive Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right
not specifically permitted herein shall be null and void and without effect.
An Incentive Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised only by
a key employee during his or her lifetime, or pursuant to Section 11(c), by
his or her estate or the person who acquires the right to exercise such
Incentive Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right upon his or her death by
bequest or inheritance.

8.   Adjustment Provisions.

     The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which
Incentive Stock Options, Non-Statutory Stock Options and Stock Appreciation
Rights may be granted, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock subject
to each outstanding Incentive Stock Option, Non-Statutory Stock Option and
Stock Appreciation Right, and the option price per share of each may all be
appropriately adjusted as the Board may determine for any increase or decrease
in the number of shares of issued Common Stock resulting from a subdivision or
consolidation of shares, whether through reorganization, recapitalization,
stock split-up, stock distribution or combination of shares, or the payment of
a share dividend or other increase or decrease in the number of such shares
outstanding effected without receipt of consideration by the Company. 
Adjustments under this Section 8 shall be made according to the sole
discretion of the Board, and its decisions shall be binding and conclusive.

9.   Dissolution, Merger and Consolidation.

     Except as otherwise provided in Section 6(c)(ii), upon the dissolution or
liquidation of the Company, or upon a merger or consolidation of the Company
in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, each Incentive Stock
Option and Stock Appreciation Right granted hereunder shall expire as of the
effective date of such transaction; provided, however, that the Board shall
give at least 30 days' prior written notice of such event to each optionee
during which time he or she shall have a right to exercise his or her wholly
or partially unexercised Incentive Stock Option (without regard to installment
exercise limitations, if any) or Stock Appreciation Right and, subject to
prior expiration pursuant to Section 11(b) or (c), each Incentive Stock Option
and Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable after receipt of such
written notice and prior to the effective date of such transaction.

10.  Effective Date and Period For Grants.
     The Plan shall become effective on the date of the approval of the Plan
by the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock of the Company




which shall be June 20, 1995. No grant or award shall be made under the Plan
more than 10 years from the earlier of the date of adoption of the Plan,
provided, however, that the Plan and all Stock Options and Stock Appreciation
Rights granted under the Plan prior to such date shall remain in effect and
subject to adjustment and amendment as herein provided until they have been
satisfied or terminated in accordance with the terms of the respective grants
or awards and the related agreements.

11.  Termination of Employment or Participation.

     (a)  Each Incentive Stock Option, Non-Statutory Stock Option and Stock
Appreciation Right shall, unless sooner expired pursuant to Section 11(b) or
(c) below, expire on the first to occur of the tenth anniversary of the date
of grant thereof and the expiration date set forth in the applicable option
agreement.

     (b)  An Incentive Stock Option, a Non-Statutory Stock Option or a Stock
Appreciation Right shall expire on the first to occur of the applicable date
set forth in paragraph (a) next above and the date thirty (30) days following
the date that the employment or participation of the person with the Company
terminates for any reason other than death or disability. Notwithstanding the
preceding provisions of this paragraph, the Board, in its sole discretion,
may, by written notice given, permit the ex-employee to exercise Stock Options
or Stock Appreciation Rights during a period following his or her termination
of employment, which period shall not exceed three months. In no event,
however, may the Board permit an ex-employee to exercise a Stock Option or
Stock Appreciation Right after the expiration date contained in the agreement
evidencing such Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right. Notwithstanding the
preceding provisions of this paragraph, if the Board permits an ex-employee to
exercise Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights during a period following
his or her termination of employment pursuant to such preceding provisions,
such Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights shall, to the extent
unexercised, expire on the date that such ex-employee violates (as determined
by the Board) any covenant not to compete in effect between the Company and
the ex-employee.

     (c)  If the employment of an employee or participation of another
participant with the Company terminates by reason of disability (as defined in
Section 422(o)(9) of the Code as determined by the Board) or by reason of
death, his or her Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, if any, shall
expire no later than the first to occur of the date set forth in paragraph (a)
of this Section 11 and the first anniversary of such termination of
employment.

12.  Miscellaneous.

     (a)  Legal and Other Requirements. The obligation of the Company to sell
and deliver Common Stock under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable
laws, regulations, rules and approvals, including, but not by way of
limitation, the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities
Act of 1933 if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company. Certificates
for shares of Common Stock issued hereunder may be legended as the Board shall
deem appropriate.

     (b)  No Obligation To Exercise Options.  The granting of a Stock Option
shall impose no obligation upon an optionee to exercise such Stock Option.
     (c)  Termination and Amendment of Plan.  The Board, without further
action on the part of the shareholders of the Company, may from time to time




alter, amend or suspend the Plan or any Stock Option or Stock Appreciation
Right granted hereunder or may at any time terminate the Plan, except that it
may not, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company (except to
the extent provided in Section 8 hereof):

          (i)   Materially increase the total number of shares of Common Stock
                available for grant under the Plan except as provided in
                Section 8;

          (ii)  Materially modify the class of eligible employees or
                participants under the Plan;

          (iii) Materially increase benefits to any key employee who is
                subject to the restrictions of Section 16 of the Securities
                Exchange Act of 1934; or

          (iv)  Effect a change relating to Incentive Stock Options granted
                hereunder which is inconsistent with Section 422 of the Code
                or regulations issued thereunder.

     No action taken by the Board under this Section, either with or without
     the approval of the shareholders of the Company, may materially and
     adversely affect any outstanding Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right
     without the consent of the holder thereof.

     (d)  Application of Funds.  The proceeds received by the Company from the
sale of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Options will be used for general
Corporate purposes.

     (e)  Withholding Taxes. (i) Upon the exercise of any Stock Option or
Stock Appreciation Right, the Company shall have the right to require the
optionee to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy all federal,
state and local withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any
certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock.

          (ii)  Upon the disposition of any Common Stock acquired by the
exercise of a Stock Option, the Company shall have the right to require the
optionee to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy all federal,
state and local withholding tax requirements as a condition to the
registration of the transfer of such Common Stock on its books.  Whenever
under the Plan payments are to be made by the Company in cash or by check,
such payments shall be net of any amounts sufficient to satisfy all federal,
state and local withholding tax requirements.

     (f)  Right To Terminate Employment.  Nothing in the Plan or any agreement
entered into pursuant to the Plan shall confer upon any key employee or other
optionee the right to continue in the employment of the Company or any
subsidiary or affect any right which the Company or any subsidiary may have to
terminate the employment of such key employee or other optionee.

     (g)  Rights as a Shareholder.  No optionee shall have any right as a
shareholder unless and until certificates for shares of Common Stock are
issued to him or her.

     (h)  Leaves of Absence and Disability.  The Board shall be entitled to
make such rules, regulations and determinations as it deems appropriate under
the Plan in respect of any leave of absence taken by or disability of any key
employee or other participant. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the Board shall be entitled to determine (i) whether or not any




such leave of absence shall constitute a termination of employment within the
meaning of the Plan, and (ii) the impact, if any, of any such leave of absence
on awards under the Plan theretofore made to any key employee who takes such
leave of absence.

     (i)  Fair Market Value.  Whenever the fair market value of Common Stock
is to be determined under the Plan as of a given date, such fair market value
shall be:

          (i)   If the Common Stock is traded on the over-the-counter market,
                the average of the mean between the bid and the asked price
                for the Common Stock at the close of trading for the 10
                consecutive trading days immediately preceding such given
                date;

          (ii)  If the Common Stock is listed on a national securities
                exchange, the average of the closing prices of the Common
                Stock on the Composite Tape for the 10 consecutive trading
                days immediately preceding such given date; and

          (iii) If the Common Stock is neither traded on the over-the-counter
                market nor listed on a national securities exchange, such
                value as the Board, in good faith, shall determine.

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no determination
made with respect to the fair market value of Common Stock subject to an
Incentive Stock Option shall be inconsistent with Section 422 of the Code or
regulations thereunder.

     (j)  Notices.  Every direction, revocation or notice authorized or
required by the Plan shall be deemed delivered to the Company (1) on the date
it is personally delivered to the Secretary of the Company at its principal
executive offices or (2) three business days after it is sent by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Secretary at such offices,
and shall be deemed delivered to an optionee (1) on the date it is personally
delivered to him or her or (2) three business days after it is sent by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to him or her at the
last address shown for him or her on the records of the Company.

     (k)  Applicable Law.  All questions pertaining to the validity,
construction and administration of the Plan and Stock Options and Stock
Appreciation Rights granted hereunder shall be determined in conformity with
the laws of the state of New Jersey, to the extent not inconsistent with
Section 422 of the Code and regulations thereunder.

     (l)  Elimination of Fractional Shares.  If under any provision of the
Plan which requires a computation of the number of shares of Common Stock
subject to an Incentive Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right, the number
so computed is not a whole number of shares of Common Stock, such number of
shares of Common Stack shall be rounded down to the next whole number.


                                 [End of Plan]





                                                                  Exhibit 10.2

                          [Amendment to Option Plan]


                                    NOTICE
                                      OF
                        ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                                      OF
                              EMCORE CORPORATION

TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF EMCORE CORPORATION:

An Annual Meeting of the Shareholders of EMCORE Corporation (the "Company")
will be held at the offices of EMCORE Corporation, 394 Elizabeth Avenue,
Somerset, NJ 08873-1214 at 10:00 a.m. on Tuesday, April 30, 1996, to consider
and act upon the following matters:

A)   To elect six (6) directors.  It is anticipated that the following
     individuals will be
     nominated:
                                         
         1) Thomas Russell, Ph.D.                    4) Norman E. Schumaker, Ph.D. 
         2) Howard R. Curd                           5) Reuben F. Richards, Jr. 
         3) Howard Curd, Jr.                         6) Thomas G. Werthan 

     Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
     President & Chief Operating Officer
     Vice President - Finance
B) To increase the pool of Incentive Stock options to 2.2 million shares from 1. 1 million. At the time of the meeting the Company shall consider and act upon any other business as may properly come before the meeting. Only shareholders of record on the close of business on April 29, 1996, are entitled to Notice of and to vote at this meeting. Shareholders may vote in person or by this attached proxy; however, all proxies must be in writing and signed by a shareholder of record. By Order of the Board of Directors Thomas G. Werthan, Secretary PROXY FOR ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS TO BE HELD ON APRIL 30, 1996 -- 10:00 AM AT EMCORE THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS The undersigned hereby appoints NORMAN E. SCHUMAKER AND THOMAS G. WERTHAN and each of them, as proxies of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and revocation to represent and vote in the manner specified herein, at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held on the above date and any adjournments thereof, all shares of EMCORE Corporation that the undersigned would be entitled to above if personally present. The shares represented by this proxy, when properly signed, will be voted in the manner specified by the shareholder. If no specification is made, the shares will be voted FOR each item. The proxy holders are authorized to vote in their discretion on any other matters which may properly be brought before the meeting. The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR each nominee, and approval of the 1995 Stock Plan Amendment. Election of Directors: FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN Thomas J. Russell, Ph.D. _____ _____ _____ Howard R. Curd _____ _____ _____ Howard F. Curd _____ _____ _____ Reuben F. Richards, Jr. _____ _____ _____ Norman E. Schumaker, Ph.D. _____ _____ _____ Thomas G. Werthan _____ _____ _____ 1995 EMCORE Incentive Stock Option Amendment _____ _____ _____
Date:__________________ Signature:_________________________ Name:______________________________

                                                                  Exhibit 10.3


                        SPECIMEN STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

          This STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of <>,
between EMCORE CORPORATION, a New Jersey Corporation (the "Corporation"), and
<> <>, an employee of the Corporation or its subsidiary (herein
"Employee")


                             W I T N E S S E T H :


          The Corporation desires, by affording the employee an opportunity to
purchase shares of its Common Stock, $1.20 par value, to provide the Employee
with an added incentive to join or to continue in the employment of the
Corporation and to continue and increase his or her efforts in that
connection.  This Stock Option Agreement (this "Agreement") is being entered
into pursuant to the Stock Corporation 1995 Incentive and Non-Statutory Stock
Option Plan and is subject to the provisions thereof, including the
determinations to be made by the Stock Option Committee (the "Committee") of
the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board").

          In consideration or the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and
for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto hereby agree as
follows:

          1.  Grant.  The Corporation with the approval and direction of the
Committee irrevocably grants the employee the right and option (the "Option")
to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of <> shares
of Common Stock on the terms and conditions herein set forth.  This Option
shall be an Incentive Stock Option.

          2.  Price.  The purchase price of the shares of Common Stock covered
by the Option shall be $1.20 per share, being in excess of the fair market
value of the Common Stock on the date hereof.

          3.  Time of Exercise.  The term of the Option shall be for a period
of ten (10) years from the date hereof, subject to earlier termination as
provided in this Agreement.  Except as provided in Paragraphs 5 and 6 hereof,
the Option may not be exercised unless the Employee shall at the time of
exercise be an employee of the Corporation.  Neither the Option nor any rights
related to the Option shall be exercisable for a period of one year from the
date hereof when twenty percent (20%) of the Option shall become exercisable,
except that:  (i) if the Employee shall die, rehire or become disabled then
the Option shall be fully exercisable commencing upon such event, (ii) if all
of the capital stock of the Corporation or substantially all of its assets
shall be transferred in exchange for cash only, then the Employee shall be
entitled to receive from the Corporation an amount equal to (a) the price or
distributable amount per share calculated as if all options containing this
provision had been exercised less the exercise price, (b) multiplied by the
number of options unexercised and (iii) if all of the capital stock of the
Corporation is transferred in whole or in part in exchange for stock of




another Corporation then the Option shall be fully exercisable commencing upon
such event.  An additional twenty percent (20%) of the Option shall become
exercisable each of the four successive anniversaries of the date hereof until
the Option shall be fully exercisable, except that:  (1) if the Employee has
been employed for one year as of September 12, 1995, twenty percent (20%)
shall be immediately vested with the remaining on each of the four (4)
successive anniversaries of the date hereof, or, (2) if the employee has been
employed for two years as of September 12, 1995, forty percent (40%) shall be
immediately invested with the remainder vesting on each of the three (3)
successive anniversaries of the date hereof.

          4.  No Transfer.  The Option shall not be Transferable by the
Employee otherwise than by Will or the laws of descent and distribution, and
the Option may be exercised during his lifetime only by the Employee.  The
Option may not be assigned, transferred (except as aforesaid), pledged or
hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall
not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process.  Any attempted
assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of the Option
contrary to the provisions hereof and the levy of any attachment or similar
process upon the Option shall be null and void and without effect.

          5.  Termination.  In the event the employment of the Employee shall
be terminated for any reason, (i) the Option may be exercised by the Employee
at any time within thirty (30) days after such date (or one year after such
date if the Employee is disabled within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code
Section 22(e)(3), but in no event after the expiration of ten years from the
date hereof, and only if and to the extent that he was entitled to exercise
the Option at the date of termination, and (ii) so long as the stock of the
Corporation is not listed on a national securities exchange or traded on the
over-the-counter market, the Corporation may elect in its sole discretion to
repurchase the stock at a price equal to the fair market value of the stock at
the date of termination.  The Option shall not be affected (i) by any change
of duties or position so long as the Employee continues to be an employee of
the Corporation or a subsidiary or (ii) by any temporary leave of absence that
does not sever the employment relationship, which leave of absence is
approved, if for a period of not more than three months, by an officer of the
Corporation, or if for a period of more than three months, by the Board.

          6.  Death of Employee.  If the Employee shall die while entitled to
exercise the Option, the Option may be exercised by the legatee or legatees of
the Option under the Employee's Will, the personal representative or
distributees of the Employee to the extent that the Option would otherwise
have been exercisable by the Employee at any time within a period of one year
after the date of the Employee's death, but this provision shall not otherwise
extend the ten (10) year duration of the Option.

          7.  Anti-Dilution Adjustments.  In the event of any change in the
outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation by reason of stock dividends,
stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, combinations or
exchanges of shares, split-ups, split-offs, liquidations or other similar
changes in capitalization, or any distributions to common stockholders other
than cash dividends, the numbers, class and prices of shares covered by this
Option shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, whose determination
shall be conclusive; provided, however, that no such adjustment shall give the
Employee any additional benefits under the option.
          8.  Corporate Transaction.  Notwithstanding the provisions of
Paragraph 7, if any "corporate transaction" as defined in Section 1.425-1 of
the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986




occurs after the date of this Agreement, and in connection with such corporate
transaction, the Corporation and another corporation enter into an agreement
providing for the issuance of substitute stock options in exchange for the
Option or the assumption of the Option, in either case giving the employee the
right to purchase the largest whole number of shares of Common Stock of the
Corporation or of any other corporation at the lowest option price permitted
by said Section 1.425-1, the Option shall be deemed to provide for the
purchase of such number of shares of Common Stock at such option price as
shall be agreed upon by the Corporation and such other corporation, and the
term "Corporation" herein shall mean the issuer of the stock then covered by
the Option and the term "Common Stock" shall mean such stock.

          9.  No Employment Agreement.  This Agreement does not confer upon
the Employee any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation nor does
it interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or the right of the
Employee to terminate the employment of the Employee at any time.

          10.  Restrictions.  The obligation of the Corporation to sell and
deliver shares of Common Stock with respect to the Option shall be subject to
(i) all applicable laws, rules, regulations and such approvals by any
governmental agencies as may be required, including the effectiveness of a
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and (ii)
the condition that the shares of Common Stock to be received upon exercise of
the Option shall have been duly listed, upon official notice of issuance, on a
stock exchange (to the extent that the Common Stock of the Corporation is then
listed on any such stock exchange).  In the event that the shares shall be
delivered otherwise than in accordance with an applicable registration
statement, the Corporation's obligation to deliver the shares is subject to
the further condition that the Employee will execute and deliver to the
Corporation an undertaking in form and substance satisfactory to the
Corporation that (i) it is the Employee's intention to acquire and hold such
shares for investment and not for resale or distribution, (ii) the shares will
not be sold without registration or exemption from the requirement of
registration under the Securities Act and (iii) the employee will indemnify
the Corporation for any costs, liabilities and expenses which it may sustain
by reason of any violation of the Securities Act or any other law regulating
the sale or purchase of securities occasioned by any act on his part with
respect to such shares.  The Corporation may require that any certificate or
certificates evidencing shares issued pursuant to the Plan bear a restrictive
legend intended to effect compliance with the Securities Act or any other
applicable regulatory measures, and stop transfer instructions with respect to
the certificates representing the shares may be given to the transfer agent.

          11.  Exercise.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, the Option may be exercised only by written notice delivered to the
Corporation at 394 Elizabeth Avenue, Somerset, New Jersey 08873-1214,
attention of the Chief Financial Officer, of intention to exercise such option
and by making payment of the purchase price of such shares against delivery of
a certificate or certificates therefor as hereinafter provided.  Such written
notice shall:

          (a)  state the election to exercise the Option and the number of
     shares in respect of which it is being exercised;

          (b)  fix a date not less than seven (7) business days from the date
     such notice is received by the Corporation for delivery of the
     certificate or certificates for said shares and the payment of the
     purchase price therefor, and




          (c)  be signed by the person or persons so exercising the Option and
     in the event the Option is being exercised by any person or persons other
     than the Employee, be accompanied by appropriate proof of the right of
     such person or persons to exercise the Option.

          On the date fixed in said written notice, a certificate or
certificates for the shares as to which the Option shall have been so
exercised, registered in the name of the person or persons so exercising the
Option shall be issued by the Corporation and delivered to or upon the order
of such person or persons against payment in full at the above-mentioned
address or the purchase price of said shares in cash, by check or by surrender
or delivery to the Corporation of shares of the Corporation's Common Stock
with a fair market value equal to or less than the Option price, plus cash
equal to any difference.  All shares issued as provided herein will be fully
paid and nonassessable.  The Employee shall not have any of the rights of the
stockholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to the option
until the certificate evidencing such shares shall be issued to him upon the
due exercise of the Option.

          12.  Availability of Shares.  The Corporation shall at all times
during the term of the Option reserve and keep available such number of shares
of Common Stock as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this
Agreement, shall pay all original issue taxes with respect to the issue of
shares pursuant hereto and all other fees and expenses necessarily incurred by
the Corporation in connection therewith and will from time to time use its
best efforts to comply with all laws and regulations which in the opinion of
counsel for the Corporation shall be applicable thereto.

          13.  Fair Market Value.  As used herein, the "fair market value" of
a share of Common Stock shall be:
          (a)  if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities
     exchange, the closing price of the Common Stock on the Composite Tape on
     the trading day immediately preceding such given date;

          (b)  if the Common Stock is traded on the over-the-counter market,
     the average of the bid and the asked price for the Common Stock as
     reported by the Wall Street Journal at the close of trading on the
     trading day immediately preceding such given date, and

          (c)  if the Common Stock is neither listed on a national securities
     exchange or traded on the over-the-counter market, such value as the
     Board in good faith shall determine.

          14.  The Plan.  The Option is granted pursuant to the terms of the
Plan, which terms are incorporated herein by reference, and the Option shall
in all respects be interpreted in accordance with the Plan.  The Committee
shall interpret and construe the Plan and this Agreement, and the Committee's
interpretations and determination shall be conclusive and binding on the
parties hereto and any other person claiming an interest hereunder with
respect to any issue arising thereunder or thereunder.

          15.  Governing Law.  This Agreement has been entered into and shall
be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Agreement to be
duly executed and sealed by its duly authorized officers and the Employee has
hereunder set his hand, all as of the day and year first above written.




ATTEST:                       EMCORE CORPORATION



________________________      By:  Thomas G. Werthan
                                   Chief Financial Officer

________________________      By:  <> <>
                                   Employee





                                                                  Exhibit 10.4


                           DISTRIBUTORSHIP AGREEMENT

          This Agreement, made and entered into this 12th day of July, 1995,
by and between EMCORE CORPORATION, a corporation duly organized and existing
under the laws of New Jersey having its principal place of business at 35
Elizabeth Avenue, Somerset, New Jersey 08873 (hereinafter referred to as
"EMCORE") and HAKUTO CO., LTD., a corporation duly organized and existing
under the laws of Japan, having its principal place of business at 1-13,
Shinjuku, I-Chome, Shinjuku-Ku, Tokyo 160, Japan (hereinafter referred to as
"Hakuto"),


                              W I T N E S S E T H


          WHEREAS, EMCORE is engaged in the business of manufacturing
technical equipment including the Products hereinafter defined, and
          WHEREAS, Hakuto is engaged in the business of selling and marketing
merchandise throughout the world, including technical equipment, and
          WHEREAS, the parties heretofore entered into an agreement dated
August 1, 1989 in accordance with which Hakuto distributed the Products in
defined markets, and the parties desire to revise the terms of said agreement
in accordance with which revised terms Hakuto will continue to serve as
Emcore's distributor;


          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and
agreements herein contained, EMCORE and Hakuto do hereby agree to the terms
and conditions set forth below.
          1.   Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:
          "Product" or "Products" shall mean any or all products listed on
Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.  EMCORE shall have the right
to modify, improve, or discontinue any or all of the Products in its sole
discretion, provided that EMCORE shall give Hakuto not less than ninety (90)
days' notice prior to the discontinuance or major modification of any Product. 
In the event EMCORE manufactures any new MOCVD deposition systems or MOCVD
deposition equipment similar or related to the Products, EMCORE shall give
Hakuto notice of such new products and the same shall be deemed added to
Exhibit A hereto by reference.
          "Territory" shall mean specifically Japan, Taiwan, Hong Kong, the
Republic of China, Singapore, Malaysia, and Thailand but expressly excluding
Korea.
          2.   Appointment and Acceptance.  (a)  EMCORE hereby appoints Hakuto
as the sole and exclusive distributor of the Products in the Territory and
Hakuto accepts such appointment, all in accordance with the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement.  All inquiries and/or orders received
by EMCORE from customers or potential customers within the Territory or for
delivery of Products in the Territory shall be referred to Hakuto for




disposition.
          (b)  Hakuto shall exert its best efforts to attain and sustain
maximum sales of Products in the Territory.  Specifically and not in
limitation hereof, if Emcore, based on its independent market research,
believes that certain of the Products should be targeted to specific customers
in the Territory, Emcore shall convey its findings to Hakuto forthwith,
whereupon Hakuto shall promptly exert its full and best efforts to address
these markets and will confer with EMCORE on best marketing strategies to
promote sales of the Product, and otherwise fully coordinate its sales efforts
with Emcore.  Hakuto shall not market, distribute, sell or advertise for sale
within the Territory any product that is competitive with the Products.
          (c)  The relationship between EMCORE and Hakuto shall not be that of
a principal and agent, but shall be that of a seller and purchaser, each
acting as an independent contractor.  Hakuto shall have no right or authority
to incur, assume or create, in writing or otherwise, any warranty, liability
or obligation of any kind, express or implied, in the name of or on behalf of
EMCORE.
          (d)  Hakuto shall not appoint any sub-distributor or sub-agent to
perform any of its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written
consent of EMCORE.  Nothing herein, however, shall prohibit Hakuto from
assigning certain parts of the Territory to its subsidiaries and affiliates,
including specifically S&T Enterprises Ltd.
          (e)  Notwithstanding the exclusive sales rights granted to Hakuto,
Emcore may at its own expense and from time to time dispatch to the Territory
its personnel to engage in market research, Product promotion, and other
marketing activities, provided that all such activities shall at all times be
coordinated with Hakuto, conducted with full disclosure to and knowledge of
Hakuto, and provided further that any potential sale of any Product resulting
from such activities of Emcore shall be referred to and channeled through
Hakuto.
          3.   Orders.  (a)  Systems.  Hakuto may submit to EMCORE from time
to time requests for quotations with respect to any system included as
Products under this Agreement ("Systems").  Each such request for quotation
shall identify Hakuto's prospective customer and shall set forth detailed
specifications for the System required, including all optional features. 
EMCORE may respond to any such request by submitting a quotation on EMCORE's
standard form setting forth the sales price to Hakuto for such System.  All
prices quoted by EMCORE shall be F.O.B. EMCORE's plant in Somerset, New
Jersey.  At Hakuto's specific request, EMCORE will include in its quotation:
(i) a firm price for EMCORE's installation or assistance in installing the
System, and/or (ii) a firm price for EMCORE's assistance in the start-up of
the System and a demonstration of basic material specifications, provided
that, in each case, such request contains sufficiently detailed information
regarding the nature of the installation or assistance required or the
material specifications to be demonstrated.  The terms and conditions on
quotations issued by EMCORE shall be binding upon the parties hereto, provided
that, in the event any terms contained in a quotation are inconsistent with
the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern unless
the parties shall have agreed in writing that such inconsistent terms shall
supersede the provisions of this Agreement.
          (b)  Spare Parts.  Hakuto may submit to EMCORE from time to time
purchase orders with respect to spare parts or components included as Products
under this Agreement ("Spare Parts"), setting forth the quantity and desired
delivery date of such Spare Parts.  To be effective, any such purchase order
must be accepted in writing by EMCORE at its plant in Somerset, New Jersey.
          (c)  Other Terms.  The terms and conditions on purchase orders
issued by Hakuto shall be deemed to be a part of this Agreement as a
supplement hereto, provided that any provision in such purchase order which is
inconsistent with or contrary to the provisions of this Agreement shall be




deemed to be deleted from the purchase order and of no force or effect unless
the parties shall have specifically agreed in writing that said provision in
the purchase order is intended to supersede the inconsistent provision of this
Agreement, in which case the provisions of the purchase order shall prevail.
          4.   Prices and Terms of Payment.  (a)  The price for any Product
sold by EMCORE to Hakuto shall be the price set forth in EMCORE's quotation,
which price shall be valid for not less than ninety (90) days (unless
otherwise specified in writing by EMCORE).  The price for any Spare Part sold
by EMCORE to Hakuto shall be the price for such Spare Part set forth on
EMCORE's standard price list in effect on the date of shipment, less twenty
percent (20%).  EMCORE reserves the right to change its Spare Parts price list
from time to time upon not less than ninety (90) days prior written notice to
Hakuto.  All prices will be F.O.B. EMCORE's plant in Somerset, New Jersey.
          (b)  Hakuto shall pay for each Product or System purchased under
this Agreement as follows:
          (i)  thirty percent (30%) of the approved purchase order price (or
     the price set forth in a letter of intent to purchase a Product issued by
     Hakuto preliminary to the issuance of its purchase order in customary
     form)
               (A)  not later than 180 days prior to the scheduled delivery
          date of the Product or 
               (B)  within 30 days after issuance of Hakuto's purchase order
          or Hakuto's letter of intent if delivery of the Product is scheduled
          therein sooner than 180 days after the date of the purchase order or
          letter of intent.
     Any payment accompanying a letter of intent shall be refundable to Hakuto
     in the event that the anticipated purchase order is not issued by reason
     of the customer's change of plans or other business decision; and
         (ii)  seventy percent (70%) of the approved purchase order price
     within 30 days after shipment of the Product by Emcore and delivery of a
     bill of a lading evidencing such shipment.
          (c)  Hakuto shall pay for all Spare Parts purchased under this
Agreement, by making payment in full to EMCORE within thirty (30) days after
shipment.
          (d)  All payments for Products shall be in U.S. dollars, and shall
be made without adjustment for any currency exchange or conversion rate
changes, and without deduction for any taxes at any time levied by any govern-
mental authority.
          5.   Shipment.  (a)  All Products shall be shipped via carrier
designated in the purchase order, F.O.B. EMCORE's plant in Somerset, New
Jersey.  Hakuto shall bear and pay for all taxes of any nature imposed by any
taxing authority after delivery to the carrier at the F.O.B. point.  Hakuto
shall also bear and pay for all charges for freight, shipping, consular fees,
customs duties, and all costs and expenses incurred after delivery of the
Products to the carrier at the F.O.B. point.  Hakuto shall bear all risk of
loss or damage to the Products after delivery to the carrier at the F.O.B.
point. 
          (b)  Shipping dates, even when accepted by EMCORE, shall be
understood only as best estimates.  EMCORE shall attempt to respect all
shipping dates, but shall not be liable to Hakuto for damages ensuing from any
delay in shipment or delivery, however caused, except as otherwise expressly
agreed by EMCORE in writing on a case-by-case basis.
          (c)  EMCORE shall not be liable for any shortage or for any defect
in the Products discoverable by visual inspection with respect to any shipment
unless Hakuto notifies EMCORE in writing of the shortage or defect, prior to
the earlier to occur of:  (i) the expiration of sixty (60) days after receipt
of such shipment by Hakuto, or (ii) the expiration of twenty (20) days after
receipt of such shipment by Hakuto's customer.  Upon receipt of such notice,
together with evidence that such shortage or defect exists, EMCORE reserves




the right, at its election, to replace Products found to be defective or short
in quantity, to issue a credit to Hakuto for the prorated invoice amount
relating to such shortage or defect, or to repair Products found to be
defective, all such remedial action to be taken by Emcore promptly without
material adverse effect upon Hakuto's customer.
          6.   Installation and Service.  (a)  Except as set forth below with
respect to warranty service, and except as otherwise expressly provided in
quotations issued by EMCORE, Hakuto shall be responsible at its own expense
for the installation and service of all Products purchased under this
Agreement.  Hakuto shall maintain trained personnel and shall purchase and
maintain an inventory of Spare Parts sufficient in volume and assortment to
promptly and efficiently perform necessary installation and service functions
for all Products in the Territory.  Hakuto shall give due consideration to
EMCORE's suggested minimum inventories for various Spare Parts.
          (b)  EMCORE shall make certain personnel available to assist Hakuto
in initial installation of the Products at the customer's facility as well as
in servicing the Products after installation until such time as Hakuto
personnel are fully trained and are capable, in EMCORE's reasonable judgment,
to perform such functions.  The costs of initial installation shall be borne
by Emcore (i.e., included in the sale price of the Product) unless other fee
arrangements are agreed between Emcore and Hakuto on a specific matter. 
Hakuto shall pay Emcore for post-installation servicing at the rate of $1,000
per person per day for field service engineers and $1,500 per person per day
for material process engineers, plus travel and living expenses.  Said
reimbursement rates are based on the U.S. Consumer Price Index in effect on
the effective date of the Agreement and shall be subject to adjustment on an
annual basis to conform to any increase or decrease in said U.S. Consumer
Price Index as of each anniversary date of the Agreement.
          7.   Warranty and Insurance.  (a)  Material and Workmanship. 
Subject to the disclaimers, limitations and exclusions set forth below, EMCORE
warrants to Hakuto and to the end user customer of Products that the Products
shall be free from defects in material and workmanship.  This warranty shall
become effective upon completion of installation of the Product at the end
user's facility and acceptance of the Product by the customer but in no event
later than ninety (90) days after title passes from EMCORE to Hakuto, and
shall extend for a period of one year thereafter Hakuto shall notify EMCORE
from time to time of the installation completion and customer acceptance date
of the Products.  With respect to any non-conforming Products as to which
EMCORE shall have received notification of such non-conformance within twenty
(20) days after discovery of same, EMCORE shall at its election repair the
same or provide a replacement Product at no cost to Hakuto or the end user. 
In no event shall EMCORE be liable for the cost of any labor or transportation
charges incurred in the repair or replacement of any non-conforming Product,
other than (i) labor costs incurred by EMCORE for Product repairs performed in
the United States, (ii) cost of transportation incurred by EMCORE in the
United States, and (iii) upon EMCORE's express written instructions only,
costs of transportation by Hakuto to EMCORE of Products to be repaired by
EMCORE, in the United States.
          (b)  Warranty as to Specifications.  EMCORE warrants that the
Products shall conform to the published specifications of EMCORE or the
specifications of an end user customer approved and accepted by EMCORE.  With
respect to any non-conforming Product under this warranty, EMCORE shall
perform all necessary re-engineering, rework or other procedures necessary to
conform the Product to the agreed specifications.  Specifically, EMCORE shall
be responsible for labor, travel and living costs of EMCORE personnel whether
incurred in the United States or in Japan.
          (c)  Exclusions and Disclaimer.  EMCORE's warranties set forth in
paragraphs 7(a) and (b) above do not apply to expendable items, including
those items listed in Exhibit B attached hereto.  Also excluded from EMCORE's




foregoing warranties are any components identified by EMCORE to Hakuto as
being the subject of manufacturers' or licensors' warranties, which warranties
shall be deemed assigned to Hakuto at the time title to the goods passes to
Hakuto.  With respect to all such components, Hakuto's remedy shall be limited
to the warranty and remedy provided by the manufacturer or the licensor of
said components, and EMCORE's liability obligation shall be limited to the
exercise of its best efforts to assist Hakuto in obtaining the benefit of such
manufacturer's or licensor's warranties.
          THE FOREGOING IS IN LIEU OF AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND SHALL CONSTITUTE THE SOLE REMEDY OF
HAKUTO AND LIABILITY OF EMCORE WITH RESPECT TO ANY PRODUCTS DELIVERED PURSUANT
TO THIS AGREEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL EMCORE BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND
OR NATURE RESULTING FROM IMPROPER OR NEGLIGENT USE OR OPERATION OF PRODUCTS,
IMPROPER PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE, MODIFICATIONS FROM THE ORIGINAL SYSTEM
CONFIGURATION OR REPAIR BY PERSONNEL OTHER THAN THOSE IN THE EMPLOY OF EMCORE,
OR THOSE IN THE EMPLOY OF HAKUTO WHO HAVE BEEN TRAINED AND APPROVED BY EMCORE. 
IN NO EVENT SHALL EMCORE BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, ANTICIPATED OR
LOST PROFITS, INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR LOSS OF TIME OR OTHER LOSSES OR EXPENSES
INCURRED BY HAKUTO OR ANY END USER CUSTOMER, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SALE, HANDLING OR USE OF THE PRODUCTS COVERED BY EMCORE'S
WARRANTY.
          (d)  EMCORE shall be responsible for supplying all Spare Parts
necessary to satisfy EMCORE's obligations under the foregoing warranties, and
Hakuto shall be responsible for supplying all installation or service relating
to the warranty program except as otherwise provided in paragraph 7(b) with
respect to specification non-conformance.  In order to facilitate this
program, EMCORE agrees to maintain with Hakuto, at such location in the
Territory as Hakuto may designate, a consignment inventory of Spare Parts (the
"Consignment Inventory") determined by EMCORE to be reasonably necessary for
the prompt and efficient delivery of warranty service.  Hakuto agrees to
provide to EMCORE periodic reports setting forth (i) with respect to all
warranty claims made during such month, the identity of the end user, the
nature of the claim, the service provided and the Spare Parts used, if any, in
providing such service and (ii) the current levels of all Spare Parts
comprising the Consignment Inventory.
          (e)  Each party shall maintain in force policies of products
liability insurance with respect to the Products in an amount not less than $2
million, each of which shall name the other party as an additional insured. 
Each party shall furnish the other satisfactory evidence of such insurance
coverage.
          8.   Obligations of Hakuto.  (a)  In addition to and not in
limitation of any other obligations of Hakuto under this Agreement, Hakuto
shall, at its own expense unless otherwise expressly provided herein:
          (i)   Exert its best efforts to vigorously promote the sale of the
     Products in the Territory and to develop a market demand for the Products
     in the Territory.
         (ii)   Advertise the Products throughout the Territory in appropriate
     advertising media and in a manner insuring proper and adequate publicity
     for the Products.  EMCORE shall review and approve all advertising prior
     to release by Hakuto.
        (iii)   Prepare for EMCORE's review and approval, and update not less
     than quarterly, a detailed marketing plan for the sale of the Products in
     the Territory.
         (iv)   Establish and maintain within the Territory adequate business
     locations, including suitable facilities for the display, care and
     storage of the Products and shall provide adequate insurance against
     loss.
          (v)   Maintain within the Territory an inventory of Spare Parts (in




     addition to the Consignment Inventory) sufficient to meet expected
     demands for service and upgrading of the Products in the Territory.
         (vi)   Maintain a trained technical sales force and sufficient other
     personnel qualified to promote, install and service the Products in the
     Territory and send appropriate personnel to Emcore for one week training
     on an annual basis.
        (vii)   Offer the Products for sale (including all advertising and
     promotional activities) under the EMCORE trademark as manufacturer and
     Hakuto's trademark as distributor.
       (viii)   Assume full responsibility for the installation of the
     Products, and the warranty and post-warranty service and maintenance of
     the Products, in the Territory.
         (ix)   Translate and prepare promotional and technical literature for
     use in the Territory.
          (x)   Obtain all import and regulatory approvals necessary for the
     promotion and sale of the Products in the Territory, supply EMCORE with
     necessary customer import certificates, and otherwise advise and assist
     EMCORE in complying with U.S. regulations and with regulations and
     customs applicable in the Territory.
         (xi)   Provide EMCORE with periodic reports (but not less often than
     quarterly) in form and substance satisfactory to EMCORE, setting forth
     detailed information for such period regarding sales, quotations,
     promotional efforts made, advertising, resale prices, competitors,
     activities in the Territory, installation and service activities
     performed, customer complaints, business trends and any other information
     likely to assist EMCORE in evaluating the performance of Hakuto in the
     Territory.
        (xii)   Establish and maintain complete and accurate records of all
     sales and service of the Products in the Territory.
       (xiii)   Refrain, without EMCORE's prior written consent, from seeking
     customers outside the Territory or from promoting the sale of the
     Products outside the Territory.
        (xiv)   Refrain from purchasing or soliciting orders for goods which
     compete in any way with the Product.
          (b)  Hakuto will purchase during each of the first two Contract
Years not less than $3,100,000 of Products (said sum being based upon average
annual purchases made by Hakuto during the five year period from October 1990
through September 1995).  For each succeeding Contract Year of the Agreement,
Hakuto and Emcore shall mutually agree on a minimum purchase amount for each
such year prior to commencement of such Contract Year.
          In computing the value of the minimum purchase amount for each
Contract Year, there shall be included the value of all Products shipped
during said Contract Year, the value of orders issued by Hakuto though not
shipped by Emcore during the Contract Year, and the value of orders procured
by Hakuto but cancelled by Hakuto's customer by reason of Emcore's inability
to perfect delivery of the Product within six months from date of the order. 
The value of all of the foregoing orders which exceeds the minimum purchase
commitment for any Contract Year shall be credited to Hakuto's minimum
purchase commitment for the subsequent Contract Year.  "Contract year" shall
mean the twelve month period commencing on the date of this Agreement and each
twelve month period thereafter during the term of this Agreement or any
renewal term thereafter.
          9.   Trademark and Patent Rights.   (a)  Exhibit C attached hereto
and made a part hereof identifies all trademarks and patents which have
already been registered by EMCORE in the Territory or in which EMCORE
otherwise claims a proprietary interest (the "Intellectual Property").  Hakuto
is hereby granted the license and privilege to use the Intellectual Property
during the term of this Agreement in furtherance of the objectives of this
Agreement.  Hakuto shall not have the right to sublicense the Intellectual




Property or otherwise permit its use by third parties.
          (b)  Hakuto shall advise EMCORE from time to time of any additional
filings, registrations or other actions that may be necessary or desirable for
the protection of EMCORE's patent or trademark rights in the Territory.  Upon
EMCORE's request, Hakuto will assist EMCORE in connection with the issuance or
registration of any new EMCORE patents or trademarks in the Territory.
          (c)  Hakuto shall at all times respect and protect EMCORE's rights
of total ownership of the Intellectual Property in the Territory.  Hakuto
shall promptly notify EMCORE of any infringements of such rights of which it
has notice and shall assist EMCORE in taking such action against such
infringement as EMCORE may elect.
          (d)  Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, Hakuto shall
promptly relinquish to EMCORE any rights to the use of the Intellectual
Property and shall thereafter refrain from using same.
          10.  Confidentiality.  Hakuto agrees to use its best efforts to hold
in strict confidence and not to disclose to others or use, either before or
after termination of this Agreement, any technical or business information,
manufacturing technique, process, experimental work, trade secret or other
confidential matter relating to the Products or EMCORE's business, except to
the extent necessary to further the objectives of this Agreement.  Hakuto
shall, upon request (and upon termination of this Agreement without request),
deliver to EMCORE any and all drawings, notes, documents and materials
received from EMCORE.
          11.  Assignment.  Neither party shall assign, transfer or otherwise
dispose of this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder in
whole or in part to any individual, firm or corporation without the prior
written consent of the other party, and any attempted assignment in violation
of this provision shall be null and void.
          12.  Term and Termination.  (a)  This Agreement shall take effect on
the date set forth on the first page hereof and shall remain in effect for a
period of seven (7) years thereafter unless earlier terminated in accordance
with the terms hereof.  This Agreement may be terminated by either Party upon
the expiration of the seven-year period by giving six (6) months prior written
notice to the other party of its intent not to extend the Agreement for
further periods.  Unless such notice of intent to terminate is given, this
Agreement shall continue to remain in effect after the initial seven-year
period for further consecutive periods of one year each, subject, however, to
the right of either party to terminate the Agreement at any time by giving six
(6) months prior written notice to the other party of its intent to terminate.
          (b)  In addition to the provisions of Section 12(a) above, either
party may terminate this Agreement as follows:
          (i)   Immediately and without prior written notice to the other
     party in the event that proceedings in bankruptcy or insolvency are
     instituted by or against the other party, or a receiver is appointed or
     any substantial part of the assets of the other party is the subject of
     attachment, sequestration or other similar proceeding, and such
     proceeding is not vacated, terminated or stayed within 60 days after its
     commencement or institution; or
         (ii)   Immediately upon the occurrence of a default by the other
     party in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, which
     default is not cured within 30 days after receipt by such party of
     written notice of the default; or
        (iii)   Immediately if either party is unable to obtain or renew any
     permit, license, or other governmental approval necessary to such party's
     performance under this Agreement; or
         (iv)   Upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other party
     of intent to terminate if the parties are unable to agree upon the terms
     and conditions of conversion or modification of that certain Senior
     Secured Note Purchase and Security Agreement dated as of June 2, 1993,




     now in effect between the parties.
          (c)  EMCORE reserves the right to terminate this Agreement by giving
Hakuto six (6) months prior written notice of intent to terminate in the event
Hakuto fails to purchase for delivery not less than $3,100,000 of Products
during each of the first two (2) years of this Agreement.
          13.  Consequences Upon Termination.  Upon expiration or termination
of this Agreement for any reason:
          (a)  EMCORE shall repurchase Hakuto's inventory of new and unused
Spare Parts at EMCORE's then effective list price for such Spare Parts or
Hakuto's cost therefor, whichever is lower.  Hakuto shall deliver such Spare
Parts, together with the Consignment Inventory, at EMCORE's expense, to EMCORE
at such location, in such manner and at such time as EMCORE may direct.
          (b)  Hakuto shall return to EMCORE all proprietary information and
all sales and technical literature relating to the Product, and Hakuto shall
deliver to EMCORE Hakuto's list of all customers and prospective customers for
the Products in the Territory, including names, addresses, telephone numbers
and contact persons.
          (c)  Hakuto shall cease marketing the Products and using EMCORE's
name and trademarks in the Territory, provided that all orders for Products
accepted by EMCORE prior to expiration or termination of this Agreement shall
be completed in accordance with their terms.  Hakuto shall thereafter refer to
EMCORE any and all inquiries, orders, correspondence and the like, whether in
written or oral form pertaining to Products in the Territory.
          (d)  EMCORE shall assume, commencing immediately upon termination of
this Agreement, full responsibility for providing warranty service and post-
warranty servicing of the Products to all customers theretofore serviced by
Hakuto, and EMCORE shall hold Hakuto free and harmless from all such
obligations.
          (e)  EMCORE shall pay to Hakuto a commission equal to five percent
(5%) of the purchase price of any System for which EMCORE issued a formal
quotation prior to the expiration or termination of this Agreement, if and to
the extent such System is sold in the Territory on substantially the same
terms contained in such quotation and payment in full for such System is
received by EMCORE within twelve (12) months after such expiration or
termination.
          (f)  Provided that termination of this Agreement did not result by
reason of the breach of or default under this Agreement by either party,
neither party to this Agreement shall claim from the other party any
indemnity, reimbursement, compensation or damages for alleged loss of
clientele, good will, profits or anticipated sales or on account of
expenditures, investments, leases or other commitments arising from the
expiration or termination of this Agreement, each party acknowledging that it
has made all decisions and investments in full awareness of the possibility of
losses or damages arising from the expiration or termination of this
Agreement.
          14.  Miscellaneous.  (a)  Notices.  All notices and other
communications in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing, shall be
sent to the respective parties at the following addresses, or to such other
addresses as may be designated by the parties in writing from time to time, by
registered or certified mail, telegram, telecopy or recognized overnight
delivery service, and shall be effective upon receipt:
     TO EMCORE:     EMCORE Corporation
                    35 Elizabeth Avenue
                    Somerset, New Jersey  08873
                    Attention:  Tom Werthan
                    Telephone:  908-271-9090
                    Fax:        908-271-9686

     TO HAKUTO:     Hakuto Co., Ltd.




                    1-13 Shinjuku
                    I-Chome, Shinjuki-Ku
                    Tokyo 160, Japan
                    Attention:  T. Yamawaki
                    Telephone:  3-3225-8910
                    Fax:        3-3225-9007
     WITH COPY TO:  Masuda, Funai, Eifert & Mitchell, Ltd.  One East Wacker
Drive, Suite 3200 
                    Chicago, Illinois  60601-1802
                    Attention:  Thomas P. McMenamin
                    Telephone:  312-245-7500
                    Fax:        312-245-7467

          (b)  No Waiver.  Any failure by any party hereto to enforce at any
time any term or condition under this Agreement shall not be considered a
waiver of that party's right thereafter to enforce each and every term and
condition of this Agreement.
          (c)  Governing Law; Arbitration.  This Agreement is made and shall
be construed according to the laws of the State of New Jersey, USA.  All
disputes, controversies, or differences which may arise between the parties,
out of or in relation to or in connection with this contract, or the breach
thereof, shall be finally settled by arbitration pursuant to the Japan-
American Trade Arbitration Agreement, of September 16, 1952, by which each
party hereto is bound.  The arbitration proceeding shall be held in Somerset
County, New Jersey, if Hakuto seeks arbitration and in Tokyo, Japan, if Emcore
institutes such proceeding.  Each party shall bear its own costs incurred in
such arbitration proceeding.
          (d)  Modification.  This Agreement may be modified, amended or
revised only by a written instrument duly executed by the parties hereto.
          (e)  Compliance with Laws.  Hakuto in the conduct of its business
under this Agreement shall comply with the applicable laws, regulations,
orders and the like prevailing in the Territory and shall hold EMCORE harmless
from any claim, liability, cost or expense arising out of a violation thereof.
          (f)  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, the exhibits and duly
executed addenda thereto, and all approved purchase orders issued pursuant
hereto shall contain the entire and only agreement between the parties
relating to the subject matter hereof, and any representations, terms or
conditions relating thereto but not incorporated herein shall not be binding
upon either party.  This Agreement wholly cancels, voids, and supersedes any
agreement heretofore entered into between the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.
          (g)  Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement which is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions or affecting
the validity or enforceability of any provision in any other jurisdiction.
          (h)  Successors and Assigns.  Subject to Section 11 hereof, all
terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties and their respective transferees, successors and
assigns.
          (i)  Execution.  This Agreement may be executed by duly authorized
officers of the respective parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed the original.  This Agreement may be translated into
any other language and such translation may be initialed, but only this
Agreement in the English language shall be deemed the original.  If any
conflict exists between the English language and the translation, the English
language version shall control.




          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement
on the day and year first above written.

                              EMCORE CORPORATION


                              By /s/ Norman E. Schumaker   

                              Title: Chief Executive Officer


                              HAKUTO CO., LTD.



                              By                            

                              Title: President 






                                   Exhibit A


                                   PRODUCTS
                               [Paragraph 1(a)]


Explorer  GS/3100 with glove box (no load lock) and limited options

Discovery 75        GS/3100
Discovery 125       GS/3200
Discovery 180       GS/3300

Enterprise 200      GS/3300 with new Enterprise engineering (not yet
                    available)
Enterprise 300      Enterprise (GS/4400)
Enterprise 400      GS/9400





                                   Exhibit B

                               Consumable Items

                          Not Covered Under Warranty
                               [Paragraph 7(c)]

                        (Subject to revision by Emcore)

1.   Pump Fluids - (krytox, mechanical pump fluid)
2.   Oil Coalescing Filter Element
3.   Oil Backstreaming Filter Element
4.   Oil Recirculation Filter Element
5.   Graphite Heater Filament
6.   Loadlock Heater Bulbs
7.   Copper Gaskets
8.   Nickel Gaskets
9.   Viton-rings VCR Filter Gaskets
10.  PD Cell Membrane
11.  Reactor Parts:
     a.   Moly Electrodes
     b.   Moly Standoff Nuts
     c.   Moly Screws
     d.   Vented Screws
     e.   Laser Drilled Quartz Plate
12.  TGA (Activated Carbon)
13.  MDA Tape
14.  MDA Thermal Print Paper
15.  Motor Drive Belt
16.  Needle Valve Belt
17.  Computer Disks
18.  Fuses
19.  Loadlock Operation Fluid
20.  Stainless Steel Filter Medium
21.  Fluorescent Light Bulbs
22.  Clean Air Filters 
23.  Miscellaneous Hardware





                                   Exhibit C


Patents:
               Modular Gas Handling Apparatus
               Gas Treatment Apparatus and Method
               Gas Dispersion Device


Trade Mark:

                                    EMCORE





                                                             Exhibit 10.5


   [Lease for premises at 394 Elizabeth Avenue, Somerset, New Jersey  08873]

 
                      SKW REAL ESTATE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                       1650 Tysons Boulevard, 4th Floor
                            McLean, Virginia 22102

                              December 1, 1996




Emcore Corporation
394 Elizabeth Avenue
Somerset, New Jersey 08873

                    Re:  The Drew Building
                           394 Elizabeth Avenue
                           a/k/a 720 Elizabeth Avenue
                           a/k/a 394 Elizabeth Avenue
                           Somerset, New Jersey
                           Franklin Township, Somerset County
                           Block 528.05, Lot 19.25            

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          Reference is hereby made to that lease of the Premises commencing
November 1, 1992 between our predecessor-in-interest, New Jersey National
Bank, and you, as the Tenant, amended by those certain letter agreements dated
March 31, 1995 and January 29, 1996 (collectively the "Lease").  The Landlord
and Tenant have agreed to modify the terms of the Lease as set forth herein. 
All capitalized terms used herein not defined herein shall have the meanings
ascribed to them in the Lease.

          a)   Paragraph 1(c) is hereby modified to provide that the Premises
is 74,850 square feet (37,010 square feet as per letter agreement dated March
31, 1995, plus 11,842 square feet of initial expansion space as per a letter
agreement dated January 29, 1996 plus 25,998 square feet as per this letter
agreement).  The Premises now constitute the entire building -- 100% thereof. 
This percentage shall be used in all applicable prorations referenced in the
Lease.  Accordingly, as of the possession date (defined below) of the
Expansion Space (as defined below), Tenant shall be liable for all of the real
estate taxes and all Expense Rent (without reference to any Expense Base Year)
relating to the Property.  Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever for any
repairs or maintenance of any portion of the Property or the Premises except
for roof repair or replacement and the structural aspects of the Property,
provided that the damage thereto shall not have been or caused by the
negligence or deliberate acts of Tenant, or its agents, servants, employees,
guest or invitees, in which event, the same shall be repaired by Tenant at




Tenant's sole cost and expense.  The new space being added to the Premises
(the "Expansion Space") is the cross-hatched area shown on EXHIBIT I annexed
hereto.

          b)   Paragraphs 1 (e) and 49 of the Lease are modified to provide
that the Fixed Rental is $533,762.70 per year, $44,480.23 per month).
          c)   With respect to the Expansion Space:

               1)   The possession date thereof shall be the date Tenant or
                    its counsel receives a copy of this letter agreement
                    signed by all parties hereto.

               2)   The Expansion Space shall be delivered totally "as-is" to
                    the Tenant.  The Landlord shall not be required to make
                    any improvements thereto except as expressly set forth
                    herein, nor shall Landlord be required to demolish any
                    existing walls or other structures therein.

               3)   Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Fixed Rental
                    relating to the Expansion Space ($13,540.63) for a period
                    of one (1) month from its possession date (i.e., for this
                    one (1) month abatement period, the Fixed Rental shall
                    remain in the same amount as it was immediately prior to
                    Tenant's possession of the Expansion Space -- $30,939.60),
                    provided, however, that the abatement of Fixed Rental
                    provided for in this Lease is conditioned upon Tenant's
                    full and timely performance of all of its obligations
                    under the Lease during the abatement period.

               4)   As soon as practicable, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord
                    detailed plans and specifications for the construction of
                    the improvements the Tenant proposes to construct in the
                    Expansion Space.  Landlord's approval of such plans and
                    specifications shall not be unreasonably withheld or
                    delayed provided that such plans and specifications comply
                    with all laws, rules and regulations and are sufficiently
                    detailed to allow construction of the improvements in a
                    good and workmanlike manner.  As used herein, "Working
                    Drawings" shall mean the final drawings approved by the
                    Landlord and the "Work" shall mean all improvements to be
                    constructed in accordance with the Working Drawings. 
                    Landlord's approval of the Working Drawings shall not be a
                    representation or warranty of Landlord that such drawings
                    are adequate for any use or comply with any law and shall
                    merely be the consent of the Landlord thereto.  Any and
                    all changes in the Work must receive the prior written
                    consent of the Landlord which will not be unreasonably
                    withheld.  All contractors and subcontractors performing
                    the Work shall be required to procure and maintain
                    insurance against such risks, and in such amounts, and
                    with such companies as Landlord may reasonably require. 
                    Certificates of such insurance, with paid receipts
                    therefor, must be received by Landlord before any Work is
                    to be commenced.  The Work shall be performed in a good
                    and workmanlike manner, free of defects and shall strictly
                    conform with the Working Drawings.  The entire cost of
                    performing the Work (the "Total Construction Cost") shall
                    be paid by Tenant.




          d)   With respect to a New HVAC units to be installed for the
Expansion Space, Landlord shall be responsible for the first $108,000 of the
cost of such units and installation thereof and Tenant shall be liable for any
such costs in the excess of said sum.  The HVAC units and the installation
thereof shall be subject to the Landlord's prior approval which approval will
not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
          e)   Upon execution hereof by both parties, the Tenant shall have
the right to expand the existing elevated concrete storage pad and to
construct a concrete pad for the storage of liquid nitrogen tanks (in
accordance with EXHIBIT 2 annexed hereto) in strict accordance with all
applicable governmental laws, rules, regulation and ordinances.

          f)   Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, simultaneously herewith, and
within ninety (90) days after the end of each of its fiscal years during the
term hereof, copies of its then current annual financial statements prepared
by its regularly engaged independent certified public accountants.

          g)   Tenant hereby confirms that it has no option to purchase, right
of first refusal or any other agreement whatsoever with respect to the
Property.

          h)   The term "Lease" shall mean the Lease as amended and
supplemented by this letter agreement.  In all other respects, the Lease
remains in full force and effect.

          If this letter agreement accurately and completely sets forth our
understanding, please execute the extra copy hereof where indicated below and
return same to the undersigned.

                         Very truly yours,
                         SKW REAL ESTATE
                         LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                         By:  WSK GEN-PAR, INC.,
                              its General Partner

                              By:  /s/  Richard Schreiber
                                   RICHARD SCHREIBER
                                   Assistant Vice President

Agreed and accepted this
15th day of November, 1996.

EMCORE CORPORATION

By: /s/ Thomas G. Werthan     
  THOMAS WERTHAN
  Vice President

cc:  Mr. Richard Madison, Newmark Partners, Inc.




                                                             Exhibit 10.6

                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                 [relating to September 1996 warrant issuance]

     REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of this 20th day of December
1996, between EMCORE CORPORATION, a New Jersey corporation (the
"Corporation"), and the persons set forth on Schedule A hereto (the
"Investors').

                                   WITNESSETH

     WHEREAS, the Corporation agreed to provide the Investors with
registration rights as set forth herein as further consideration for the
purchase by the Investors of 4,133,333 warrants to purchase shares of common
stock of the Corporation (the "Common Stock"), 833,333 having been issued as
of September 1, 1996 and 3,333,333 being issued as of the date of this
Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the terms and
conditions hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          1.   Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following
terms shall have the following meanings:
     Affiliate and Associate: Such terms shall have the respective meanings
assigned to them pursuant to Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.

     Commission: The United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any
successor federal agency having similar powers.

     Common Stock:   The Company's common stock, no par value.

     Exchange Act:  The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any
similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as at
the time in effect.

     Person: An individual, partnership, joint venture, corporation, trust,
unincorporated organization or the government or any department or agency
thereof.

     Registrable Securities: All of the Corporation's Common Stock acquired or
acquirable by the investors upon exercise of warrants acquired as of the date
of this Agreement.

     Registration Expenses: Except as otherwise specifically provided herein,
all of the Corporation's out-of-pocket expenses, without limitation as to
amount, incident to the Corporation's performance of or compliance with
Section 2 herein, including, without limitation, all fees and expenses,
outside messenger and delivery expenses, the fees and disbursements of counsel
for the Corporation and of its independent public accountant, and any fees and
disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of
securities and the expenses of one firm of attorneys who shall represent the




Investors. Registration Expenses shall not include any underwriter's
discounts, commissions or transfer taxes paid by the Investors.

     Securities Act:  The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar
federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as at the time
in effect.
     Warrants:  The Company's warrants, dated as of the date of this
Agreement, to purchase one share of the Common Stock exercisable at $3.00 per
share and expiring September 1, 2001, and as otherwise set forth therein.

     2.   Registration

     2.1  Registration on Request (Demand Registration). (a) Request. At any
one time more than six (6) months after the date hereof, upon the written
request of a majority in interest of Investors that the Corporation effect the
registration under the Act of all or part of each Investor's Registrable
Securities specifying the intended method or methods of disposition thereof,
the Corporation will use its best efforts to effect the registration under the
Securities Act of such securities to permit their disposition (in accordance
with the intended methods thereof as aforesaid) and keep such registration
open for a period of not less than nine (9) months, provided that if such
registration may then be effected by the Corporation on Form S-3 or Form S-3B
or any successor form of registration, then the Corporation shall keep such
registration effective until the Registerable Securities may be sold publicly
pursuant to Rule 144 by the Investors.

     (b)  Registration Statement Form. Registrations under this Section 2.1
shall be on an appropriate registration form of the Commission as determined
by the Corporation and shall permit the disposition of the Registrable
Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition
specified in the Investors' request for such registration.

     (c)   Expenses. The Corporation will pay all Registration Expenses in
connection with any registration of the Registrable Securities.

     2.2  Incidental Registration (Piggyback Registration).  (a) Notice and
Request. If the Corporation at any time proposes to register any of its
securities under the Securities Act (except registrations solely for
registration of shares in connection with an employee benefit plan or a merger
or consolidation), whether or not for sale for its own account, it will each
such time give prompt written notice to the investors of its intention to do
so. Upon the written request of any Investor within 30 days after the receipt
of any such notice (which request shall specify the Registrable Securities
intended to be disposed of by the Investor, the Corporation will use its best
efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable
Securities which the Corporation has been so requested to register by the
Investor as part of the incidental registration, provided that if the
Corporation shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay
registration of such securities the Corporation may, at its election, give
written notice of such determination to the Investors, and, thereupon, (i) in
the case of a determination not to register, shall be relieved of its
obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such
registration, without prejudice, however, to the rights of the Investors to
request that such registration be effected as a registration under Section
2.1, and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay registering, shall be
permitted to delay registering any Registrable Securities, for the same period
as the delay in registering such other securities. No registration effected
under this Section 2.2 shall relieve the Company of its obligation to effect




any registration upon request under Section .2.1.  The Registration Expenses
of the Investors shall be paid by the Corporation.

     (b)  Underwriters Cutback. If, in any incidental registration referred to
in Section 2.2(a) above, the managing underwriter or underwriters thereof
shall advise the Corporation in writing that in its or their reasonable
opinion the number of securities proposed to be sold in such registration
exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without having a material
effect on the success of the offering (including, without limitation, an
impact on the selling price or the number of shares that any participant may
sell), the Corporation will include in such registration only the number of
securities that, in the reasonable opinion of such underwriter or
underwriters, can be sold without having a material adverse effect on the
success of the offering as follows: (i) first, all of the shares to be issued
and sold by the Corporation and (ii) second, the Registrable Securities
requested to be included in such registration by the Investors and any other
Person pro rata on the basis of the aggregate number of shares requested to be
included.

     (c) Sales during Registration. The Investors participating in the
incidental registration agree, if requested by the managing underwriter in an
underwritten public offering, not to effect any public sale or distribution of
securities of the Corporation of the same class as the Registrable Securities
so registered, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act
(except as part of such underwritten offering), during the ten-day period
prior to, and during the 80-day period beginning on, the closing date of the
underwritten offering. Each Investor agrees that it shall undertake, in its
request to participate in any such underwritten offering, not to effect any
public sale or distribution of any applicable class of Registrable Securities
during the 90-day period commencing on the date of sale of such applicable
class of Registrable Securities unless it has provided 90 days prior written
notice of such sale or distribution to the underwriter(s).

     2.3  Registration Procedures. Whenever the Corporation is required to
effect. the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities
Act as provided in Sections 2.1 and 2.2, it shall, as expeditiously as
possible:

      (i)  prepare and (within 120 days after a request for registration is
given to the Corporation or as soon thereafter as possible) file with the
Commission a registration statement with respect to such Registrable
Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to
become effective;

     (ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements
to the registration statement and prospectus used in connection therewith as
may he necessary to keep such registration statement effective and to comply
with the provisions of the Securities Act for nine (9) months if under 2.1 and
90 days if under 2.2;

     (iii) furnish to each Investor participating such number of conformed
copies of such registration statement and of each amendment and supplement
thereto (in each case including all exhibits), such number of copies of the
prospectus contained in such registration statement (including each
preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus
flied under Rule 424 under the Securities Act, in conformity with the
requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents, as such Investor
may reasonably request;




     (iv) use its best efforts to register or qualify all Registrable
Securities and other securities covered by such registration statements under
such other' securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions where an
exemption is not available and as the Investors participating shall reasonably
request, to keep such registration or qualification in effect for so long as
such registration statement remains in effect, and take any other action which
may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Investors participating
to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the securities owned by
them, except that the Corporation shall not for any such purpose be required
to qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any
jurisdiction wherein it would not but for the requirements of this subdivision
(iv) be obligated to be so qualified or to consent to general service of
process in any such jurisdiction; and

     (v) notify each Investor participating, at any time when a prospectus
forming a part of such registration statement is required to be delivered
under the Securities Act, upon discovery that, or upon the happening of any
event as a result of which, the prospectus included in such registration
statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact
or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, and at the request of the
participating investors promptly prepare and furnish to the participating
investors a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of
such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the
purchasers of such securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue
statement of a material fact or. omit to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in
the light of the circumstances under which they are made.

     2.4  Limitations, Conditions and Qualifications to Obligations under
Registration Covenants.  The obligations of the Corporation to use its
reasonable efforts to cause the Registrable Securities to be registered under
the Securities Act are subject to each of the following limitations,
conditions and qualifications.

     (a)  The Corporation shall not be obligated to file any registration
statement pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof at any time if the Corporation would
be required to include financial statements audited as of any date other than
the end of its fiscal year.

     (b)  The Corporation shall be entitled to postpone for a period of time
(which in the judgment of the Corporation is reasonable under the
circumstances) the filing of any registration statement otherwise required to
be prepared and filed by it pursuant to Section 2.1 if the Corporation
determines, in its reasonable judgment, that such registration and offering
would interfere with any financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or
other proposed material transaction involving the Corporation or any of its
Affiliates or that it would require the Corporation to disclose material 
non-public Information that it deems advisable not to disclose and promptly
gives the Investor written notice of such determination. Further, the
Corporation shall have the right to require each Investor participating not to
sell securities in a public offering for a period of up to 90 days during the
effectiveness of any registration statement if the Corporation shall determine
that such sale would interfere with any transaction involving the Corporation
as described above or that such registration would require disclosure of such
material non-public information. If pursuant to the preceding sentence the
Corporation has required the Investor to discontinue the sale of securities
during the effectiveness of a registration statement, then the period of time




any such registration statement must be kept effective pursuant to Section
2.3(ii) hereof shall be extended for a period equal to the length of such
discontinuance.

     (c) If the Investor proposes that the sale of Registrable Securities
pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof be an underwritten offering, the Corporation
shall have the right to approve the choice of underwriters who undertake such
offering.

     2.5 Indemnification. (a) Indemnification by the Corporation. In the event
of any registration of any Registrable Securities of the Corporation under the
Securities Act pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2, the Corporation will, and
hereby does, indemnify and hold harmless each Investor, its directors and
officers, any underwriter and each other Person, if any, who controls any
Investor or any such underwriter, against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, to which any Investor or any such director or officer or
underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act
or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out
of or are based upon any untrue statement of any material fact contained in
any registration statement under which such securities were registered  under
the Securities Act or any prospectus contained therein, or any omission or
alleged omissions to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the
circumstances in which they were made not misleading, and the Corporation will
reimburse each Investor, and each such director, officer, underwriter and
controlling person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by
them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim or
liability or action or proceeding in respect thereof; provided that the
Corporation shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such
loss, claim, damage, liability or expense arises at of or is based upon an
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission
made in such registration statement or any such prospectus, in reliance upon
and in conformity with written information furnished to the Corporation by or
on behalf of any investor or underwriter, as the case may be, specifically
stating that it is for use in the preparation thereof; and provided, further,
that the Corporation shall not be liable in any case to the extent that such
loss, claim, damage, liability or expense arises out of an untrue or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission in a prospectus, if such
statement or omission is corrected in an amendment or supplement to the
prospectus and the Investor thereafter fails to deliver such prospectus as
amended or supplemented prior to or concurrently with the sale of the
Registrable Securities. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect
regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Investor, or any
such director, officer or controlling person and shall survive the transfer of
such securities by the Investor.

     (b)  Indemnification by the Investors. The Corporation may require, as a
condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration
statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2, that the Corporation shall
have received an undertaking satisfactory in all respects to it from each
Investor participating, to indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and
to the same extent as set forth in subdivision (a) of this Section 2.5) the
Corporation, each director of the Corporation, each officer of the Corporation
and each other person, if any, who control the Corporation within the meaning
of the Securities Act, with respect to any statement or alleged statement in
or omission or alleged omission from such registration statement or any
prospectus contained therein, if such statement or alleged statement or
omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon or in conformity with
written information furnished to the Corporation by the Investor for use in




the preparation of such registration statement or prospectus. Such indemnity
shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by
or on behalf of the Corporation or any such director, officer or controlling
person and shall survive the transfer of such securities by the investor.

     (c) Notices of Claims etc.  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified
party of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding involving a
claim referred to in the preceding subdivisions of this Section 2.5, such
indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an
indemnifying party, give written notice to the latter of the commencement of
such action, provided that the failure of any indemnified party to give notice
as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations
under the preceding subdivisions of this Section 3.6, except to the extent
that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give
notice.  In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party,
unless in such indemnified party's reasonable judgment a conflict of interest
between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such
claim, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and to
assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party
similarly notified to the extent that it may wish, with counsel reasonably
satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying
party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense
thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party
for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in
connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of
investigation. No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any
action or proceeding effected without its written consent. No indemnifying
party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to entry of
any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an
unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such
indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or
litigation.

     (d) Other Indemnification. Indemnification similar to that specified in
the preceding subdivisions of this Section 2.b (with appropriate
modifications) shall be given by the Corporation and each Investor
participating with respect to any required registration or other qualification
of securities under any Federal or state law or regulation of any governmental
authority other than the Securities Act.

     3.   Notices. All communication provided for hereunder shall be sent by
first- class mail and, if to an Investor, addressed to the investor as the
Investor may have designated to the Corporation in writing, and, if to the
Corporation, addressed to it at c/o EMCORE Corporation, 394 Elizabeth Avenue,
Somerset, NJ 08873-1214, Attention: Board Secretary, or to such other address
as the Corporation may have designated to the Investor in writing.

     4.   Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon end inure to the
benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns.

     5.   Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of the several
sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for reference only and
shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

     6.   Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in
accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws
of the State of  New Jersey.




     7. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any
number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all
such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed
and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the
date first above written.

                                   EMCORE CORPORATION


                                   By: /s/  Reuben F. Richards, Jr.
                                   Name:  Reuben F. Richards, Jr. 
                                   Title:   President


                                   The Investors by their Agent-in-Fact
                                   pursuant to Subscription Agreements signed
                                   by them

                                   JESUP & LAMONT MERCHANT PARTNERS, L.L.C.


                                   By: /s/ Howard Curd                 
                                   Name:  Howard Curd 
                                   Title:   Manager





                                  Schedule A 

                               EMCORE Corporation
                                   Investors


Name & Address        Amount          Telephone        Fax




                                                             Exhibit 10.7

                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                 [relating to December 1996 warrant issuance]

     REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of this 20th day of December
1996, between EMCORE CORPORATION, a New Jersey corporation (the
"Corporation"), and the persons set forth on Schedule A hereto (the
"Investors").

                                   WITNESSETH

     WHEREAS, the Corporation agreed to provide the Investors with
registration rights as set forth herein as further consideration for the
purchase by the Investors of 4,133,333 warrants to purchase shares of common
stock of the Corporation (the "Common Stock"), 833,333 having been issued as
of September 1, 1996 and 3,333,333 being issued as of the date of this
Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the terms and
conditions hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          1.   Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement, the following
terms shall have the following meanings:
     Affiliate and Associate:  Such terms shall have the respective meanings
assigned to them pursuant to Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.

     Commission:  The United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any
successor federal agency having similar powers.

     Common Stock:  The Company's common stock, no par value.

     Exchange Act:  The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any
similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as at
the time in effect.

     Person:  An individual, partnership, joint venture, corporation, trust,
unincorporated organization or the government or any department or agency
thereof.

     Registrable Securities:  All of the Corporation's Common Stock acquired
or acquirable by the investors upon exercise of warrants acquired as of the
date of this Agreement.

     Registration Expenses: Except as otherwise specifically provided herein,
all of the Corporation's out-of-pocket expenses, without limitation as to
amount, incident to the Corporation's performance of or compliance with
Section 2 herein, including, without limitation, all fees and expenses,
outside messenger and delivery expenses, the fees and disbursements of counsel
for the Corporation and of its independent public accountant, and any fees and
disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of
securities and the expenses of one firm of attorneys who shall represent the




Investors. Registration Expenses shall not include any underwriter's
discounts, commissions or transfer taxes paid by the Investors.

     Securities Act:  The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar
federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as at the time
in effect.
     Warrants:  The Company's warrants, dated as of the date of this
Agreement, to purchase one share of the Common Stock exercisable at $3.00 per
share and expiring September 1, 2001, and as otherwise set forth therein.

     2.   Registration

     2.1  Registration on Request (Demand Registration). (a) Request. At any
one time more than six (6) months after the date hereof, upon the written
request of a majority in interest of Investors that the Corporation effect the
registration under the Act of all or part of each Investor's Registrable
Securities specifying the intended method or methods of disposition thereof,
the Corporation will use its best efforts to effect the registration under the
Securities Act of such securities to permit their disposition (in accordance
with the intended methods thereof as aforesaid) and keep such registration
open for a period of not less than nine (9) months, provided that if such
registration may then be effected by the Corporation on Form S-3 or Form S-3B
or any successor form of registration, then the Corporation shall keep such
registration effective until the Registerable Securities may be sold publicly
pursuant to Rule 144 by the Investors.

     (b)  Registration Statement Form. Registrations under this Section 2.1
shall be on an appropriate registration form of the Commission as determined
by the Corporation and shall permit the disposition of the Registrable
Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition
specified in the Investors' request for such registration.

     (c)   Expenses. The Corporation will pay all Registration Expenses in
connection with any registration of the Registrable Securities.

     2.2  Incidental Registration (Piggyback Registration).  (a) Notice and
Request. If the Corporation at any time proposes to register any of its
securities under the Securities Act (except registrations solely for
registration of shares in connection with an employee benefit plan or a merger
or consolidation), whether or not for sale for its own account, it will each
such time give prompt written notice to the investors of its intention to do
so. Upon the written request of any Investor within 30 days after the receipt
of any such notice (which request shall specify the Registrable Securities
intended to be disposed of by the Investor, the Corporation will use its best
efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable
Securities which the Corporation has been so requested to register by the
Investor as part of the incidental registration, provided that if the
Corporation shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay
registration of such securities the Corporation may, at its election, give
written notice of such determination to the Investors, and, thereupon, (i) in
the case of a determination not to register, shall be relieved of its
obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such
registration, without prejudice, however, to the rights of the Investors to
request that such registration be effected as a registration under Section
2.1, and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay registering, shall be
permitted to delay registering any Registrable Securities, for the same period
as the delay in registering such other securities. No registration effected
under this Section 2.2 shall relieve the Company of its obligation to effect




any registration upon request under Section 2.1.  The Registration Expenses of
the Investors shall be paid by the Corporation.

     (b)  Underwriters Cutback. If, in any incidental registration referred to
in Section 2.2(a) above, the managing underwriter or underwriters thereof
shall advise the Corporation in writing that in its or their reasonable
opinion the number of securities proposed to be sold in such registration
exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without having a material
effect on the success of the offering (including, without limitation, an
impact on the selling price or the number of shares that any participant may
sell), the Corporation will include in such registration only the number of
securities that, in the reasonable opinion of such underwriter or
underwriters, can be sold without having a material adverse effect on the
success of the offering as follows: (i) first, all of the shares to be issued
and sold by the Corporation and (ii) second, the Registrable Securities
requested to be included in such registration by the Investors and any other
Person pro rata on the basis of the aggregate number of shares requested to be
included.

     (c) Sales during Registration. The Investors participating in the
incidental registration agree, if requested by the managing underwriter in an
underwritten public offering, not to effect any public sale or distribution of
securities of the Corporation of the same class as the Registrable Securities
so registered, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act
(except as part of such underwritten offering), during the ten-day period
prior to, and during the 80-day period beginning on, the closing date of the
underwritten offering. Each Investor agrees that it shall undertake, in its
request to participate in any such underwritten offering, not to effect any
public sale or distribution of any applicable class of Registrable Securities
during the 90-day period commencing on the date of sale of such applicable
class of Registrable Securities unless it has provided 90 days prior written
notice of such sale or distribution to the underwriter(s).

     2.3  Registration Procedures. Whenever the Corporation is required to
effect. the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities
Act as provided in Sections 2.1 and 2.2, it shall, as expeditiously as
possible:

     (i)  prepare and (within 120 days after a request for registration is
given to the Corporation or as soon thereafter as possible) file with the
Commission a registration statement with respect to such Registrable
Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to
become effective;

     (ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements
to the registration statement and prospectus used in connection therewith as
may he necessary to keep such registration statement effective and to comply
with the provisions of the Securities Act for nine (9) months if under 2.1 and
90 days if under 2.2;

     (iii) furnish to each Investor participating such number of conformed
copies of such registration statement and of each amendment and supplement
thereto (in each case including all exhibits), such number of copies of the
prospectus contained in such registration statement (including each
preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus
flied under Rule 424 under the Securities Act, in conformity with the
requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents, as such Investor
may reasonably request;




     (iv) use its best efforts to register or qualify all Registrable
Securities and other securities covered by such registration statements under
such other' securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions where an
exemption is not available and as the Investors participating shall reasonably
request, to keep such registration or qualification in effect for so long as
such registration statement remains in effect, and take any other action which
may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Investors participating
to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the securities owned by
them, except that the Corporation shall not for any such purpose be required
to qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any
jurisdiction wherein it would not but for the requirements of this subdivision
(iv) be obligated to be so qualified or to consent to general service of
process in any such jurisdiction; and

     (v) notify each Investor participating, at any time when a prospectus
forming a part of such registration statement is required to be delivered
under the Securities Act, upon discovery that, or upon the happening of any
event as a result of which, the prospectus included in such registration
statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact
or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, and at the request of the
participating investors promptly prepare and furnish to the participating
investors a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of
such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the
purchasers of such securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue
statement of a material fact or. omit to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in
the light of the circumstances under which they are made.

      2.4  Limitations, Conditions and Qualifications to Obligations under
Registration Covenants.  The obligations of the Corporation to use its
reasonable efforts to cause the Registrable Securities to be registered under
the Securities Act are subject to each of the following limitations,
conditions and qualifications.

     (a)  The Corporation shall not be obligated to file any registration
statement pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof at any time if the Corporation would
be required to include financial statements audited as of any date other than
the end of its fiscal year.

     (b)  The Corporation shall be entitled to postpone for a period of time
(which in the judgment of the Corporation is reasonable under the
circumstances) the filing of any registration statement otherwise required to
be prepared and filed by it pursuant to Section 2.1 if the Corporation
determines, in its reasonable judgment, that such registration and offering
would interfere with any financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or
other proposed material transaction involving the Corporation or any of its
Affiliates or that it would require the Corporation to disclose material 
non-public Information that it deems advisable not to disclose and promptly
gives the Investor written notice of such determination. Further, the
Corporation shall have the right to require each Investor participating not to
sell securities in a public offering for a period of up to 90 days during the
effectiveness of any registration statement if the Corporation shall determine
that such sale would interfere with any transaction involving the Corporation
as described above or that such registration would require disclosure of such
material non-public information. If pursuant to the preceding sentence the
Corporation has required the Investor to discontinue the sale of securities
during the effectiveness of a registration statement, then the period of time




any such registration statement must be kept effective pursuant to Section
2.3(ii) hereof shall be extended for a period equal to the length of such
discontinuance.

     (c) If the Investor proposes that the sale of Registrable Securities
pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof be an underwritten offering, the Corporation
shall have the right to approve the choice of underwriters who undertake such
offering.

     2.5 Indemnification. (a) Indemnification by the Corporation. In the event
of any registration of any Registrable Securities of the Corporation under the
Securities Act pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2, the Corporation will, and
hereby does, indemnify and hold harmless each Investor, its directors and
officers, any underwriter and each other Person, if any, who controls any
Investor or any such underwriter, against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, to which any Investor or any such director or officer or
underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act
or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out
of or are based upon any untrue statement of any material fact contained in
any registration statement under which such securities were registered  under
the Securities Act or any prospectus contained therein, or any omission or
alleged omissions to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the
circumstances in which they were made not misleading, and the Corporation will
reimburse each Investor, and each such director, officer, underwriter and
controlling person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by
them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim or
liability or action or proceeding in respect thereof; provided that the
Corporation shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such
loss, claim, damage, liability or expense arises at of or is based upon an
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission
made in such registration statement or any such prospectus, in reliance upon
and in conformity with written information furnished to the Corporation by or
on behalf of any investor or underwriter, as the case may be, specifically
stating that it is for use in the preparation thereof; and provided, further,
that the Corporation shall not be liable in any case to the extent that such
loss, claim, damage, liability or expense arises out of an untrue or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission in a prospectus, if such
statement or omission is corrected in an amendment or supplement to the
prospectus and the Investor thereafter fails to deliver such prospectus as
amended or supplemented prior to or concurrently with the sale of the
Registrable Securities. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect
regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Investor, or any
such director, officer or controlling person and shall survive the transfer of
such securities by the Investor.

     (b)  Indemnification by the Investors. The Corporation may require, as a
condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration
statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2, that the Corporation shall
have received an undertaking satisfactory in all respects to it from each
Investor participating, to indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and
to the same extent as set forth in subdivision (a) of this Section 2.5) the
Corporation, each director of the Corporation, each officer of the Corporation
and each other person, if any, who control the Corporation within the meaning
of the Securities Act, with respect to any statement or alleged statement in
or omission or alleged omission from such registration statement or any
prospectus contained therein, if such statement or alleged statement or
omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon or in conformity with
written information furnished to the Corporation by the Investor for use in




the preparation of such registration statement or prospectus. Such indemnity
shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by
or on behalf of the Corporation or any such director, officer or controlling
person and shall survive the transfer of such securities by the investor.

     (c) Notices of Claims etc.  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified
party of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding involving a
claim referred to in the preceding subdivisions of this Section 2.5, such
indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an
indemnifying party, give written notice to the latter of the commencement of
such action, provided that the failure of any indemnified party to give notice
as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations
under the preceding subdivisions of this Section 3.6, except to the extent
that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give
notice.  In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party,
unless in such indemnified party's reasonable judgment a conflict of interest
between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such
claim, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and to
assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party
similarly notified to the extent that it may wish, with counsel reasonably
satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying
party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense
thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party
for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in
connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of
investigation. No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any
action or proceeding effected without its written consent. No indemnifying
party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to entry of
any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an
unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such
indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or
litigation.

     (d) Other Indemnification. Indemnification similar to that specified in
the preceding subdivisions of this Section 2.b (with appropriate
modifications) shall be given by the Corporation and each Investor
participating with respect to any required registration or other qualification
of securities under any Federal or state law or regulation of any governmental
authority other than the Securities Act.

     3.   Notices. All communication provided for hereunder shall be sent by
first- class mail and, if to an Investor, addressed to the investor as the
Investor may have designated to the Corporation in writing, and, if to the
Corporation, addressed to it at c/o EMCORE Corporation, 394 Elizabeth Avenue,
Somerset, NJ 08873-1214, Attention: Board Secretary, or to such other address
as the Corporation may have designated to the Investor in writing.        4.  
Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon end inure to the benefit of
and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns.

     5.   Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of the several
sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for reference only and
shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

     6.   Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in
accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws
of the State of  New Jersey.

     7. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any




number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all
such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed
and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the
date first above written.
                              EMCORE CORPORATION


                              By: /s/  Reuben F. Richards, Jr.
                              Name:  Reuben F. Richards, Jr. 
                              Title:   President


                              The Investors by their Agent-in-Fact pursuant 
                              to Subscription Agreements signed by them

                              JESUP & LAMONT MERCHANT PARTNERS, L.L.C.


                              By:  /s/    Howard Curd                 
                              Name:  Howard Curd 
                              Title:   Manager





                                  Schedule A 

                               EMCORE Corporation
                                   Investors


Name & Address        Amount          Telephone        Fax





                                                             Exhibit 10.8

                [Form of 6% Subordinated Note due May 1, 2001]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT").  THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THE
SECURITY, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF EMCORE CORPORATION (THE "COMPANY) THAT
THIS SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY: (1) TO THE
COMPANY (UPON REPURCHASE THEREOF OR OTHERWISE), (2) SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY
IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER
REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF
RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE
ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE
RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (3)
IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MEANING OF REGULATION S
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PROVIDED THAT THERE ARE NO DIRECTED SELLING EFFORTS
IN THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS OF REGULATION S FOR
RESALE HAVE BEEN SATISFIED, (4) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IN
ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (5) IN
RELIANCE ON ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT, AND SUBJECT TO THE RECEIPT BY THE COMPANY OF AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (6) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES.

THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED FOR 120 DAYS FOLLOWING AN INITIAL PUBLIC
OFFERING OF SECURITIES OF THE COMPANY.

No. N-002                                                          $__________

                              EMCORE CORPORATION
                             Somerset, New Jersey

                             6% Subordinated Note
                                Due May 1, 2001
                            Issue Date: May 1, 1996


  EMCORE Corporation, a New Jersey Corporation (the "Corporation"), for value
received, promises to pay to __________ or registered assigns, the sum of
___________________ Dollars ($__________) on May 1, 2001 upon presentation and
surrender of this Note at the office of the Corporation in Somerset, New
Jersey, and to pay interest at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum semi-
annually on the first day of November and May of each year, computed from the
Issue Date, until payment of the principal amount of this Note has been made. 
Payment of principal and interest shall be made at the offices of the
Corporation, in lawful money of the United States of America, and shall be
mailed to the registered owner or owners hereof at the address appearing on
the books of the Corporation.

     1.  The Note. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of $9,500,000




of notes of the Corporation designated as its 6% Subordinated Notes due May 1,
2001 (the "Notes"), all of like date, tenor and maturity, except variations
necessary to express the amount and payee of each note and except for the
Issue Date.

     2.  Equal Rank.  All notes of this issue and series rank equally and
ratably without priority over one another.

     3.  Redemption.  The Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at the
option of the Corporation at any time at a redemption payment equal to 100% of
the outstanding principal amount of the Note plus interest accrued to the date
of redemption.  In the event of a partial redemption, Notes shall be redeemed
ratably from each holder thereof.  The Corporation shall give notice by mail
of any redemption at least 20 business days before the date of redemption.

     4.  Redemption of Notes at Option of Holders Upon a Change in Control. 
In the event  of a Change in Control (as defined below), the holder hereof
will have the option to require the Corporation to purchase all or any part of
this Note on a date that is 40 business days after the occurrence of such
Change in Control (the "Change in Control Purchase Date") for a purchase price
equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the
Change in Control Purchase Date, unless such control was acquired pursuant to
a waiver by the Board of Directors of this provision.  The Corporation
covenants that, prior to the mailing of the notice to holders of Notes (the
"Holders") provided for below, but in any event within 30 days following any
Change in Control, the Corporation shall (i) repay in full all Senior
Indebtedness (as defined below) or (ii) obtain the requisite consent under the
Corporation's Senior Indebtedness to permit the repurchase of the Notes
pursuant to this covenant and a failure to comply with the covenant of the
preceding sentence despite good faith efforts shall not constitute a default
hereunder.  The Corporation shall first comply with the covenant in the
preceding sentence before it shall be required to repurchase the Notes
pursuant to this covenant.  Within 10 days after any Change in Control
requiring the Corporation to deliver the notice to Holders provided for below,
the Corporation shall so notify the Holders of Senior Indebtedness.

     Within 20 business days after the occurrence of the Change in Control,
the Corporation shall mail to each Holder or cause to be mailed a written
notice of the Change in Control, setting forth, among other things, the terms
and conditions of, and the procedures required for exercise of, the Holder's
right to require the purchase of such Holder's Notes.

     To exercise the purchase right, a Holder must deliver written notice of
such exercise to the Corporation at any time prior to the close of business on
the Change in Control Purchase Date, specifying the Notes with respect to
which the right of purchase is being exercised.  Such notice of exercise may
be withdrawn by the Holder by a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the
Corporation at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in
Control Purchase Date.

     A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred at such time after
the original issuance of the Notes as there shall occur the acquisition by any
Person (including any syndicate or group deemed to be a "person" under Section
13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or
any successor provision to either of the foregoing) of beneficial ownership,
directly or indirectly, through a purchase, merger or other acquisition
transaction or series of transactions, through proxies or otherwise, of shares
of capital stock of the Corporation entitling such Person to (a) exercise 50%
or more of the total voting power of all shares of capital stock of the




Corporation entitled to vote generally in elections of directors; or (b) elect
a majority of the members of the Corporation's Board of Directors pursuant to
a proxy contest or otherwise (other than Jesup & Lamont Merchant Partners,
L.L.C.).  A change in control effected by a waiver of the Board of Directors
shall not trigger this redemption feature.
     5.  Subordination.  This Note is subordinate and junior in right of
payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Corporation,
whether outstanding on the date hereof or thereafter created, incurred,
assumed or guaranteed.  Upon any payments or distribution of assets of the
Corporation in any dissolution winding-up, liquidation or reorganization of
the Corporation (whether in an insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding or
otherwise), payment in full (including principal thereof, interest thereon and
fees and expenses relating thereto) on such Senior Indebtedness shall occur
prior to any payment or distribution being made with respect to the Notes. 
Upon the happening and during the continuance of a payment Event of Default
under any Senior Indebtedness, no payment may be made by the Corporation on or
in respect of the Notes.  Upon the happening and during the continuance of a
non-payment Event of Default under any Senior Indebtedness and following
receipt by the Corporation of notice from such holder(s) of Senior
Indebtedness, no payment may be made on the Notes for a period of up to 179
days during any consecutive 365 day period, unless such default shall be cured
or waived.  No such subordination will prevent the occurrence of any Event of
Default.

     "Senior Indebtedness" means (a) the principal of and premium, if any, and
interest (including, without limitation, any interest accruing subsequent to
the filing of a petition or other action concerning bankruptcy or other
similar proceedings, whether or not constituting an allowed claim in any such
proceedings) of the following, whether presently outstanding or hereafter
incurred or created: all indebtedness or obligations of the Company for money
borrowed (other than that evidenced by the Notes) or assets acquired which is
evidenced by a note, bond, or similar instrument (including a purchase money
mortgage) given in connection with the acquisition of any property or assets
(other than inventory or other similar property acquired in the ordinary
course of business) including securities; (b) all obligations constituting
bank debt; (c) all obligations of the Corporation:

(i)  for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit banker's
acceptance or similar credit transaction, (ii) Under interest rate swaps,
caps, collars, options and similar arrangements, and (iii) under any foreign
exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, currency option
contract or other foreign currency hedge; (d) all obligations for the payment
of money relating to a capitalized lease obligation, (e) any liabilities of
others described in the preceding clauses (a), (b), (c), and (d) which the
Corporation has guaranteed or which are otherwise its legal liability; and (f)
renewals, extensions, refundings, restructurings, amendments and modifications
of any such indebtedness or guarantee.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary, Senior indebtedness shall not include (y) any indebtedness of the
Corporation to a subsidiary except to the extent any such indebtedness is
pledged by such subsidiary as security for any bank debt, or (z) any
indebtedness or guarantee of the Corporation which by its terms or the terms
of the instrument creating or evidencing it is not superior in right of
payment of the Notes.

     6.   Amendments to the Note.  All terms and provisions of this Note may
be amended by the Holders of 51% of the aggregate principal amount of all
Notes of this class outstanding on the date of the amendment.




     7.   Default.  If any of the following, events occur ("Event of
Default"), the entire unpaid principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid
interest on, this Note shall immediately be due and payable.

     a)   The Corporation falls to pay any interest on this Note when it is
          due and payable, and the failure continues for a period of 30 days;
     b)   The Corporation fails to pay the principal of this Note at its
          maturity;

     c)   The Corporation commences any voluntary proceeding under any
          bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of
          debt, receivership, dissolution, or liquidation law or statute, of
          any jurisdiction, whether now or subsequently in effect; or the
          Corporation is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt by a court of
          competent jurisdiction; or the Corporation petitions or applies for,
          acquiesces in, or consents to, the appointment of any receiver or
          trustee of the Corporation or for all or substantially all of its
          property or assets; or the Corporation makes an assignment for the
          benefit of its creditors; or the Corporation admits in writing its
          inability to pay its debts as they mature; or

     d)   There is commenced against the Corporation any proceeding relating
          to the Corporation under any bankruptcy, reorganization,
          arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, receivership,
          dissolution, or liquidation law or statute, of any jurisdiction,
          whether now or subsequently in effect, and the proceeding remains
          undismissed for a period of 60 days or the Corporation by any act
          indicates its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, the
          proceeding; or a receiver or trustee is appointed for the
          Corporation or for all or substantially all of its property or
          assets, and the receivership or trusteeship remains undischarged for
          a period of 60 days; or a warrant of attachment, execution or
          similar process is issued against any substantial part of the
          property or assets of the Corporation, and the warrant or similar
          process is not dismissed or bonded within 60 days after the levy.

     8.  Exchange.  The holder of this Note may, at any time on or before the
date of its maturity, by surrendering this Note to the Corporation at its
office, exchange this Note and/or any other of the Notes for another note or
notes of a like principal amount and of like tenor, date and maturity.

     9.  Transfer.  This Note may be transferred only at the office of the
Corporation by the surrender hereof for cancellation, along with a proper
instrument of transfer (with the signature guaranteed to the Corporation's
satisfaction), and upon the payment of any stamp tax or other governmental
charge connected with the transfer.  If this Note is transferred, a new note
or notes of like tenor, date and maturity shall be issued to the transferee.

     10.  Registered owner.  The Corporation may treat the person or persons
whose name or names appear hereon as the absolute owner or owners of this Note
for the purpose of receiving payment of, or on account of, the principal and
interest due on this Note and for all other purposes, and it shall not be
affected by any notice to the contrary.

     11.  Corporate obligation.  The holder or holders of this Note shall not
have any recourse for the payment in whole or of any part of the principal or
interest on this Note against any incorporator, or present or future
stockholder of the Corporation by virtue of any law, or by the enforcement of




any assessment, or otherwise, or against any officer or director of the
Corporation by reason of any matter prior to the delivery of this Note, or
against any present or future officer or director of the Corporation.  The
holder of this Note, by the acceptance hereof and as a part of the
consideration for this Note, expressly agrees that the Note is an obligation
solely of the Corporation and expressly releases all claims and waives all
liability against the foregoing persons in connection with this Note.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has signed and sealed this 6% Note
due May 1, 2001, this ___ day of May, 1996.

                              EMCORE CORPORATION


                              By:______________________________
                                   Norman E. Schumaker, President

Corporate Seal

                              By:______________________________
                                   Thomas G. Werthan, Secretary





                                                                  Exhibit 10.9

             [Form of 6% Subordinated Note due September 1, 2001]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT").  THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THE
SECURITY, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF EMCORE CORPORATION (THE "COMPANY) THAT
THIS SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY: (1) TO THE
COMPANY (UPON REPURCHASE THEREOF OR OTHERWISE), (2) SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY
IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER
REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF
RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE
ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE
RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (3)
IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MEANING OF REGULATION S
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PROVIDED THAT THERE ARE NO DIRECTED SELLING EFFORTS
IN THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS OF REGULATION S FOR
RESALE HAVE BEEN SATISFIED, (4) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IN
ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (5) IN
RELIANCE ON ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT, AND SUBJECT TO THE RECEIPT BY THE COMPANY OF AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (6) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES.

THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED FOR 120 DAYS FOLLOWING AN INITIAL PUBLIC
OFFERING OF SECURITIES OF THE COMPANY.

No. N-002                                                          $__________

                              EMCORE CORPORATION
                             Somerset, New Jersey

                             6% Subordinated Note
                             Due September 1, 2001
                         Issue Date: September 1, 1996


  EMCORE Corporation, a New Jersey Corporation (the "Corporation"), for value
received, promises to pay to __________ or registered assigns, the sum of
___________________ Dollars ($__________) on September 1, 2001 upon
presentation and surrender of this Note at the office of the Corporation in
Somerset, New Jersey, and to pay interest at the rate of six percent (6%) per
annum semi-annually on the first day of November and May of each year,
computed from the Issue Date, until payment of the principal amount of this
Note has been made.  Payment of principal and interest shall be made at the
offices of the Corporation, in lawful money of the United States of America,
and shall be mailed to the registered owner or owners hereof at the address
appearing on the books of the Corporation.

     1.  The Note. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of $2,500,000




of notes of the Corporation designated as its 6% Subordinated Notes due
September 1, 2001 (the "Notes"), all of like date, tenor and maturity, except
variations necessary to express the amount and payee of each note and except
for the Issue Date.

     2.  Equal Rank.  All notes of this issue and series rank equally and
ratably without priority over one another.

     3.  Redemption.  The Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at the
option of the Corporation at any time at a redemption payment equal to 100% of
the outstanding principal amount of the Note plus interest accrued to the date
of redemption.  In the event of a partial redemption, Notes shall be redeemed
ratably from each holder thereof.  The Corporation shall give notice by mail
of any redemption at least 20 business days before the date of redemption.

     4.  Redemption of Notes at Option of Holders Upon a Change in Control. 
In the event  of a Change in Control (as defined below), the holder hereof
will have the option to require the Corporation to purchase all or any part of
this Note on a date that is 40 business days after the occurrence of such
Change in Control (the "Change in Control Purchase Date") for a purchase price
equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the
Change in Control Purchase Date, unless such control was acquired pursuant to
a waiver by the Board of Directors of this provision.  The Corporation
covenants that, prior to the mailing of the notice to holders of Notes (the
"Holders") provided for below, but in any event within 30 days following any
Change in Control, the Corporation shall (i) repay in full all Senior
Indebtedness (as defined below) or (ii) obtain the requisite consent under the
Corporation's Senior Indebtedness to permit the repurchase of the Notes
pursuant to this covenant and a failure to comply with the covenant of the
preceding sentence despite good faith efforts shall not constitute a default
hereunder.  The Corporation shall first comply with the covenant in the
preceding sentence before it shall be required to repurchase the Notes
pursuant to this covenant.  Within 10 days after any Change in Control
requiring the Corporation to deliver the notice to Holders provided for below,
the Corporation shall so notify the Holders of Senior Indebtedness.

     Within 20 business days after the occurrence of the Change in Control,
the Corporation shall mail to each Holder or cause to be mailed a written
notice of the Change in Control, setting forth, among other things, the terms
and conditions of, and the procedures required for exercise of, the Holder's
right to require the purchase of such Holder's Notes.

     To exercise the purchase right, a Holder must deliver written notice of
such exercise to the Corporation at any time prior to the close of business on
the Change in Control Purchase Date, specifying the Notes with respect to
which the right of purchase is being exercised.  Such notice of exercise may
be withdrawn by the Holder by a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the
Corporation at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in
Control Purchase Date.

     A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred at such time after
the original issuance of the Notes as there shall occur the acquisition by any
Person (including any syndicate or group deemed to be a "person" under Section
13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or
any successor provision to either of the foregoing) of beneficial ownership,
directly or indirectly, through a purchase, merger or other acquisition
transaction or series of transactions, through proxies or otherwise, of shares
of capital stock of the Corporation entitling such Person to (a) exercise 50%
or more of the total voting power of all shares of capital stock of the




Corporation entitled to vote generally in elections of directors; or (b) elect
a majority of the members of the Corporation's Board of Directors pursuant to
a proxy contest or otherwise (other than Jesup & Lamont Merchant Partners,
L.L.C.).  A change in control effected by a waiver of the Board of Directors
shall not trigger this redemption feature.
     5.  Subordination.  This Note is subordinate and junior in right of
payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Corporation,
whether outstanding on the date hereof or thereafter created, incurred,
assumed or guaranteed.  Upon any payments or distribution of assets of the
Corporation in any dissolution winding-up, liquidation or reorganization of
the Corporation (whether in an insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding or
otherwise), payment in full (including principal thereof, interest thereon and
fees and expenses relating thereto) on such Senior Indebtedness shall occur
prior to any payment or distribution being made with respect to the Notes. 
Upon the happening and during the continuance of a payment Event of Default
under any Senior Indebtedness, no payment may be made by the Corporation on or
in respect of the Notes.  Upon the happening and during the continuance of a
non-payment Event of Default under any Senior Indebtedness and following
receipt by the Corporation of notice from such holder(s) of Senior
Indebtedness, no payment may be made on the Notes for a period of up to 179
days during any consecutive 365 day period, unless such default shall be cured
or waived.  No such subordination will prevent the occurrence of any Event of
Default.

     "Senior Indebtedness" means (a) the principal of and premium, if any, and
interest (including, without limitation, any interest accruing subsequent to
the filing of a petition or other action concerning bankruptcy or other
similar proceedings, whether or not constituting an allowed claim in any such
proceedings) of the following, whether presently outstanding or hereafter
incurred or created: all indebtedness or obligations of the Company for money
borrowed (other than that evidenced by the Notes) or assets acquired which is
evidenced by a note, bond, or similar instrument (including a purchase money
mortgage) given in connection with the acquisition of any property or assets
(other than inventory or other similar property acquired in the ordinary
course of business) including securities; (b) all obligations constituting
bank debt; (c) all obligations of the Corporation:

(i)  for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit banker's
acceptance or similar credit transaction, (ii) Under interest rate swaps,
caps, collars, options and similar arrangements, and (iii) under any foreign
exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, currency option
contract or other foreign currency hedge; (d) all obligations for the payment
of money relating to a capitalized lease obligation, (e) any liabilities of
others described in the preceding clauses (a), (b), (c), and (d) which the
Corporation has guaranteed or which are otherwise its legal liability; and (f)
renewals, extensions, refundings, restructurings, amendments and modifications
of any such indebtedness or guarantee.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary, Senior indebtedness shall not include (y) any indebtedness of the
Corporation to a subsidiary except to the extent any such indebtedness is
pledged by such subsidiary as security for any bank debt, or (z) any
indebtedness or guarantee of the Corporation which by its terms or the terms
of the instrument creating or evidencing it is not superior in right of
payment of the Notes.

     6.   Amendments to the Note.  All terms and provisions of this Note may
be amended by the Holders of 51% of the aggregate principal amount of all
Notes of this class outstanding on the date of the amendment.




     7.   Default.  If any of the following, events occur ("Event of
Default"), the entire unpaid principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid
interest on, this Note shall immediately be due and payable.

     a)   The Corporation falls to pay any interest on this Note when it is
          due and payable, and the failure continues for a period of 30 days;
     b)   The Corporation fails to pay the principal of this Note at its
          maturity;

     c)   The Corporation commences any voluntary proceeding under any
          bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of
          debt, receivership, dissolution, or liquidation law or statute, of
          any jurisdiction, whether now or subsequently in effect; or the
          Corporation is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt by a court of
          competent jurisdiction; or the Corporation petitions or applies for,
          acquiesces in, or consents to, the appointment of any receiver or
          trustee of the Corporation or for all or substantially all of its
          property or assets; or the Corporation makes an assignment for the
          benefit of its creditors; or the Corporation admits in writing its
          inability to pay its debts as they mature; or

     d)   There is commenced against the Corporation any proceeding relating
          to the Corporation under any bankruptcy, reorganization,
          arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, receivership,
          dissolution, or liquidation law or statute, of any jurisdiction,
          whether now or subsequently in effect, and the proceeding remains
          undismissed for a period of 60 days or the Corporation by any act
          indicates its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, the
          proceeding; or a receiver or trustee is appointed for the
          Corporation or for all or substantially all of its property or
          assets, and the receivership or trusteeship remains undischarged for
          a period of 60 days; or a warrant of attachment, execution or
          similar process is issued against any substantial part of the
          property or assets of the Corporation, and the warrant or similar
          process is not dismissed or bonded within 60 days after the levy.

     8.  Exchange.  The holder of this Note may, at any time on or before the
date of its maturity, by surrendering this Note to the Corporation at its
office, exchange this Note and/or any other of the Notes for another note or
notes of a like principal amount and of like tenor, date and maturity.

     9.  Transfer.  This Note may be transferred only at the office of the
Corporation by the surrender hereof for cancellation, along with a proper
instrument of transfer (with the signature guaranteed to the Corporation's
satisfaction), and upon the payment of any stamp tax or other governmental
charge connected with the transfer.  If this Note is transferred, a new note
or notes of like tenor, date and maturity shall be issued to the transferee.

     10.  Registered owner.  The Corporation may treat the person or persons
whose name or names appear hereon as the absolute owner or owners of this Note
for the purpose of receiving payment of, or on account of, the principal and
interest due on this Note and for all other purposes, and it shall not be
affected by any notice to the contrary.

     11.  Corporate obligation.  The holder or holders of this Note shall not
have any recourse for the payment in whole or of any part of the principal or
interest on this Note against any incorporator, or present or future
stockholder of the Corporation by virtue of any law, or by the enforcement of




any assessment, or otherwise, or against any officer or director of the
Corporation by reason of any matter prior to the delivery of this Note, or
against any present or future officer or director of the Corporation.  The
holder of this Note, by the acceptance hereof and as a part of the
consideration for this Note, expressly agrees that the Note is an obligation
solely of the Corporation and expressly releases all claims and waives all
liability against the foregoing persons in connection with this Note.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has signed and sealed this 6% Note
due September 1, 2001, this ___ day of September, 1996.

                              EMCORE CORPORATION


                              By:______________________________
                                   Norman E. Schumaker, President

Corporate Seal

                              By:______________________________
                                   Thomas G. Werthan, Secretary





                                                                 Exhibit 10.10
                            [Form of $4.08 warrant]

     THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
     AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT") THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS
     SECURITY, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF EMCORE CORPORATION (THE "COMPANY")
     THAT THIS SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY:
     (1) TO THE COMPANY (UPON REPURCHASE THEREOF OR OTHERWISE), (2) SO LONG AS
     THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON
     WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
     WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURCHASING FOR
     ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO
     WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING
     MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (3) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN
     ACCORDANCE WITH THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AS
     THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, PROVIDED THAT THE CONDITIONS
     OF REGULATION S FOR RESALES HAVE BEEN SATISFIED, (4) PURSUANT TO AN
     EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE)
     UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME,
     (5) IN RELIANCE ON ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
     OF THE SECURITIES ACT, AND SUBJECT TO THE RECEIPT BY THE COMPANY OF AN
     OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER DOES NOT REQUIRE
     REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (6) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE
     REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN
     ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED
     STATES.

     THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED FOR
     120 DAYS FOLLOWING AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF SECURITIES OF THE
     COMPANY.



     Warrant No. W-                                          Number of Shares:


                                                         Price:$4.08 per share




Date of Issuance: May 1, 1996                          (subject to adjustment)

                              EMCORE CORPORATION
                             SOMERSET, NEW JERSEY 
                            ISSUE DATE: MAY 1, 1996
                                    WARRANT

EMCORE CORPORATION, a New Jersey corporation (The "Company"), for value
received, hereby certifies that ___________________ or its registered assigns
(the "Registered Holder"), is entitled, subject to the terms set forth below,
to purchase from the Company, at any time or from time to time on or after
November 1, 1996 and on or before May 1, 2001 at no later than 5:00 pm. (New
York City time), up to ______________________ shares of the
common stock of the Company ("Common Stock"), at a purchase price of $1.20 per
share.  The shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant, and the purchase
price per share, each as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions
of this Warrant, are hereinafter referred to as the "Warrant Shares" and the
"Purchase Price," respectively.

     1.   Exercise.

          (a)  Subject to the requirements of Section 4, this Warrant may be
exercised by the Registered Holder, in whole or in part, by surrendering this
Warrant, with the purchase form appended hereto as Exhibit I duly executed by
such Registered Holder or by such Registered Holder's duly authorized
attorney, at the principal office of the Company, or at such other office or
agency as the Company may designate, accompanied by payment in full, in lawful
money of the United States, or with an equal principal amount the Company's 6%
Subordinated Notes due May 1, 2001, of the Purchase Price payable in respect
of the number of shares of Warrant Shares purchased upon such exercise.
          (b)  Each exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have been
effected immediately prior to the close of business on the day on which this
Warrant shall have been surrendered to the Company as provided in subsection
1(a) above.  At such time, the person or persons in whose name or names any
certificates for warrant shares shall be issuable upon such exercise as
provided in subsection 1(c) below shall be deemed to have become the holder or
holders of record of the Warrant Shares represented by such certificates.

          (c)  As soon as practicable after the exercise of this Warrant in
full or in part, and in any event within 10 days thereafter, the Company, at
its expense, will cause to be issued in the name of, and delivered to, the
Registered Holder, or such Holder (upon payment by such Holder of any
applicable transfer taxes) as the Holder may direct:

               (i)  a certificate or certificates for the number of full
Warrant Shares to which such Registered Holder shall be entitled upon such
exercise plus, in lieu of any fractional share to which such Registered Holder
would otherwise be entitled, cash in an amount determined pursuant to Section
2 hereof; and

               (ii) in case such exercise is in part only, a new warrant or
warrants (dated the date hereof) of like tenor, calling in the aggregate on
the face or faces thereof for the number of Warrant Shares equal (without
giving effect to any adjustment therein) to the number of such shares called
for on the face or this Warrant minus the number of such shares purchased by
the Registered Holder upon such exercise as provided in subsection 1(a) above.




     2.   Call provision.

          This Warrant may be called in whole or in part by the Board of
Directors of the Company upon 30 days written notice to the holder at any time
after May 1, 1997.  No call of this warrant shall be made unless the call is
made pro-rata as to principal amount with respect to all then outstanding
warrants of this class.

     3.   Adjustments.

          (a)  Effect of stock changes.  If, at any time or from time to time
the Company, by stock dividend, stock split, subdivision, reverse split,
consolidation, reclassification or shares, or other similar structural change,
changes as a whole its outstanding Common Stock into a different number or
class of shares, then, immediately upon the occurrence of the change:

               (i)  the class of shares into which the Common Stock has been
changed shall replace the Common Stock, for the purposes of this Warrant and
the terms and conditions hereof, so that the registered owner or owners of
this Warrant shall be entitled to receive, and shall receive upon exercise of
this Warrant, shares of the class of stock into which the Common Stock had
been changed;

               (ii)  the number of shares purchasable upon exercise of this
Warrant shall proportionately be adjusted. (For example, if the outstanding
common Stock of the Corporation is converted into X stock at the rate of one
(1) share of Common Stock into three (3) shares of X stock, and prior to the
change the registered owner or owners of this Warrant were entitled, upon
exercise of this Warrant, to purchase one hundred shares of Common Stock, then
the registered owner or owners shall, after the change, be entitled to
purchase three hundred shares of X stock for the total same exercise price
that the owner or owners had to pay prior to the change to purchase the one
hundred shares of Common Stock); and

              (iii)  the purchase price per share shall be proportionately
adjusted. (In the above example, the purchase price per share would be reduced
by two-thirds.)

          Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the number or class of
shares purchasable under this or any other Warrant of like tenor, or in the
purchase price per share, this Warrant, as well as any other warrant of like
tenor, may continue to express the purchase price per share and the number and
class of shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant as the purchase
price per share and the number and class of shares purchasable were expressed
in this Warrant when it was initially issued.

          (b)  Effect of merger.  If at any time while this Warrant is
outstanding another corporation merges into the Company, the registered owner
or owners of this Warrant shall be entitled, immediately after the merger
becomes effective and upon exercise of this Warrant, to obtain the same number
of shares of Common Stock of the Company (or shares into which the Common
Stock has been changed as provided in the paragraph of this Warrant covering
changes) to which the owner or owners were entitled upon the exercise hereof
to obtain immediately before the merger became effective at the same exercise
price.  The Company shall take any and all steps necessary in connection with
the merger to assure that sufficient shares of Common Stock to satisfy all
conversion and purchase rights represented by outstanding convertible
securities, options and warrants, including this Warrant, are available so
that these convertible securities, options and warrants, including this




Warrant, may be exercised.

          (c)  Effect of consolidation or sale.  Notwithstanding any provision
of this Warrant concerning the callability of this Warrant, if the Company
consolidates with or merges into another corporation or other entity in a
transaction in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, or receives
an offer to purchase or lease all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company or an offer to purchase forty-five percent (45%) or more of the issued
and outstanding Common Stock of the Company, or if all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company are sold or leased or forty-five percent (45%) or
more of the issued and outstanding Common Stock of the Company is purchased by
any person or group of persons acting in concert, then This Warrant shall be
called by the Company on the Effective Date of such consolidation or merger or
asset sale, or in the case of an offer to purchase forty-five percent (45%) of
the Company's Common Stock, on the date such offer is accepted by the Company. 
The right to exercise this Warrant shall terminate when it is called.  The
call price shall be determined by the board of directors of the Company in
accordance with the provisions of the second and third sentences of paragraph
3 hereof as of the time the event triggering the call occurs, or the value of
the securities or the other consideration that shall be received in the
transaction by the owner of a number of outstanding shares of Common Stock
equal to the number of shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant.  This
call price shall be payable not later than sixty (60) days after the effective
date of the call to the registered owner or owners of this Warrant upon its
surrender for cancellation at the offices of the Company, together with the
transfer or assignment form which forms a part hereof, duly completed and
executed in blank.

          (d)  Dissolution.  In the event that a voluntary or involuntary
dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company (other than in
connection with a merger where the Company is the surviving corporation as
covered in this Warrant, or a merger or consolidation with or into another
corporation, a sale or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company, or a sale of a specified portion or percentage of its stock as
covered in this Warrant) is at any time proposed during the term of this
Warrant, the Company shall give written notice to the registered owner or
owners of this Warrant at least thirty (30) days prior to the record date of
the proposed transaction.  The notice must contain:

               (i)  the date on which the transaction is to take place;

               (ii) the record date (which must be at least thirty (30) days
after the giving of the notice) as of which holders of the Common Stock
entitled to receive distributions as a result of the transaction shall be
determined;

              (iii) a brief description of the transaction;

               (iv) a brief description of the distributions, if any, to be
made to holders of the Common Stock as a result of the transaction; and 
               (v)  an estimate of the fair market value of the distributions.

On the date of the transaction, if it actually occurs, this Warrant and all
rights existing under this Warrant shall terminate.

     4.   Fractional Shares.  The Company shall not be required upon the
exercise of this Warrant to issue any fractional shares, but shall pay in cash
an amount determined by multiplying the fraction to which the Holder is
entitled by the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of exercise. 




Should the Common Stock then be traded on an Exchange or quoted on a quotation
system for which a last sale reporting system is in effect, the reported last
sale on the exercise date shall be deemed to be such fair market value.  If
the Common Stock is quoted on a quotation system without last sale reporting,
the fair market value shall be deemed to be the highest bid price of any
broker/dealer regularly making a market in the Common Stock on the exercise
date.  In all other cases fair market value shall be as determined in good
faith by the Company.

     5.   Certain Requirements for Transfer and Exercise.

          (a)  In the absence of an effective Registration Statement under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), it shall be a condition to any
transfer or any exercise of this Warrant that the Issuer shall have received,
at the time of such transfer or exercise:

               (i)  A representation in writing from the proposed transferee
that the Warrant is being transferred or the Common Stock being purchased is
being acquired for investment and not with a view to any sale or distribution
thereof which would constitute or result in a violation of the Act;

               (ii) an opinion of counsel, which opinion is reasonably
satisfactory to the Issuer, that the transaction shall not result in a
violation of state or federal securities laws.

          (b)  In such case, each certificate representing the Warrant or the
Warrant Shares shall bear a legend substantially in the following form:

     THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
     UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT").  THE
     HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS SECURITY, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF
     EMCORE CORPORATION (THE "COMPANY") THAT THIS SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD,
     PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY: (1) TO THE COMPANY (UPON
     REPURCHASE THEREOF OR OTHERWISE), (2) SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS
     ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER
     REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING
     OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR
     FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS
     GIVEN THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE
     ON RULE 144A, (3) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
     MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AS THE SAME MAY BE
     AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, PROVIDED THAT THE CONDITIONS OF REGULATION S
     FOR RESALES HAVE BEEN SATISFIED, (4) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM
     REGISTRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 AVAILABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES
     ACT, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, (5) IN RELIANCE ON
     ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
     ACT, AND SUBJECT TO THE RECEIPT BY THE COMPANY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL
     TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE
     SECURITIES ACT, OR (6) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
     UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE
     SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES.

     THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED FOR
     120 DAYS FOLLOWING AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF SECURITIES OF THE
     COMPANY.
     6.   No Impairment.  The Company will not, by amendment of its charter or
through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale of assets or
any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or




performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all tines in good
faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all
such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights
of the holder of this Warrant against impairment.

     7.   Reservation of Stock.  The Company will at all times reserve and
keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the exercise of this
Warrant, such number of Warrant Shares and other stock, securities and
property as from time to time shall be issuable upon the exercise of this
Warrant.

     8.   Exchange of Warrants.  Upon the surrender by the Registered Holder
of any Warrant or Warrants, properly endorsed, to the Company at the principal
office of the Company, the Company will, subject to the provisions of Section
4 hereof, issue and deliver to or upon the order of such Holder, at the
Company's expense, a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor, in the name of
such Registered Holder or as such Registered Holder (upon payment by such
Registered Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct.

     9.   Replacement of Warrants.  Upon receipt of evidence reasonably
satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of
this Warrant and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) upon delivery of
an indemnity agreement (with surety if reasonably required in an amount
reasonably satisfactory to the Company), or in the case of mutilation upon
surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will issue, in lieu
thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor.

     10.  Transfers, etc.

          (a)  The Company will maintain a register containing the names and
addresses of the Registered Holders of this Warrant.  Any Registered Holder
may change its or his address as shown on the warrant register by written
notice to the Company requesting such change.

          (b)  Subject to the provisions of Section 4 hereof, this Warrant and
all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of
this Warrant with a properly executed assignment (in the form of Exhibit II
hereto) at the principal office of the Company.

          (c)  Until any transfer of this Warrant is made in the warrant
register, the Company may treat the Registered Holder of this Warrant as the
absolute owner hereof for all purposes; provided, however, that if and when
this Warrant is properly assigned in blank, the Company may (but shall not be
obligated to) treat the bearer hereof as the absolute owner hereof for all
purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

     11.  Required Notices.  The Company shall give the Registered Holder such
notices as it may, from time to time, be required to give the holders of the
Common Stock, as if the Registered Holder was a holder of Common Stock at the
time such notices are required to be given.  The Company shall also give
Registered Holder written notice of: (i) each adjustment of the Purchase Price
or other warrant item made pursuant to Section 2 hereof; and (ii) of each
dividend and distribution payable with respect to any security which may be
acquired by exercise of the Warrant, at least ten (10) business days prior to
the record date for such dividend or distribution so that the Registered
Holder may exercise the warrant and participate in the dividend or
distribution.

     12.  Mailing of Notices, etc.  All notices and other communications from




the Company to the Registered Holder of this Warrant shall be mailed by first-
class certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the address furnished
to the Company in writing by the last Registered Holder of this Warrant who
shall have furnished an address to the Company in writing.  All notices and
other communications from the Registered Holder of this Warrant or in
connection herewith to the Company shall be mailed by first-class certified or
registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Company at its principal office set
forth below.  If the Company should at any time change the location of its
principal office to a place other than as set forth below, it shall give
prompt written notice to the Registered Holder of this Warrant and thereafter
all references in this Warrant to the location of its principal office at the
particular time shall be as so specified in such notice.

                    EMCORE Corporation
                    Attention: Secretary
                    394 Elizabeth Avenue
                    Somerset, New Jersey 08873-1214

     13.  No Rights as Stockholder.  Until the exercise of this Warrant, the
Registered Holder of this Warrant shall not have or exercise any rights by
virtue hereof as a stockholder of the Company.

     14.  Change or Waiver.  Any term of this Warrant may be changed or waived
only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement
of the change or waiver is sought.

     15.  Headings.  The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any
provision of this Warrant.

     15.  Governing Law.  This Warrant will be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey.

                              EMCORE CORPORATION


                              By: _______________________________
                                   Norman E. Schumaker, President
[CORPORATE SEAL]

ATTEST:
_______________________________
Thomas G. Werthan, Secretary




                                                                     EXHIBIT I

                                 PURCHASE FORM

To: EMCORE CORPORATION                         Dated:__________

          The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the
attached Warrant (No. ______), hereby irrevocably elects to purchase
________________ shares of the Common Stock of Emcore Corporation covered by
such Warrant and herewith makes payment of $_____________ representing the
full purchase price for such shares at the price per share provided for in
such Warrant either in cash or by delivery of an equal principal amount of the
Company's 6% Subordinated Notes, due May 1, 2001, IN an equal amount.

                              Holder:  ________________________
                              Address: ________________________
                                       ________________________
                              Phone:   ________________________
                              Fax:     ________________________




                                                                    EXHIBIT II

                                ASSIGNMENT FORM
          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, _____________________ hereby sells, assigns and
transfers all of the rights of the undersigned under the attached Warrant
(No._______) including the right to purchase the number of shares of EMCORE
Corporation Common Stock covered thereby set forth below, unto:

Name of Assignee            Address              No. of Shares




Dated:    ____________________________
Signature:____________________________

Dated:    ____________________________
Witness:  ____________________________





                                                                 Exhibit 10.11


                           [Form of $17.00 Warrant]


 
              THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
            SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.  THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED
             FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF A
             REGISTRATION STATEMENT IN EFFECT WITH RESPECT TO THE
              SECURITIES UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL
           SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT
           REQUIRED OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OF SUCH ACT.

Warrant No. ____                                      Number of Shares: ______
                                                      (subject to adjustment) 
Date of Issuance: August 10, 1992


                              EMCORE CORPORATION


                  Class III Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant

          EMCORE CORPORATION, a New Jersey corporation (the "Company"), for
value received, hereby certifies that ______ _______, or his registered
assigns (the "Registered Holder"), is entitled, subject to the terms set forth
below, to purchase from the Company, at any time or from time to time on or
after the date of issuance and on or before August 10, 1997 at not later than
5:00 p.m. (New York City time), 30,050 shares of Class III Senior Convertible
Preferred Stock of the Company ("Class III Preferred Stock"), at a purchase
price of $0.50 per share.  This Warrant is one of the warrants issued pursuant
to the Unit Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 27, 1992, between the Company
and certain investors named therein (the "Purchase Agreement"), and the Escrow
Agreement, dated July 27, 1992, between Dillon, Bitar & Luther, the Company
and certain investors named therein (the "Escrow Agreement").  The shares
purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant, and the purchase price per share,
each as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant,
are hereinafter referred to as the "Warrant Shares" and the "Purchase Price,"
respectively.

          1.   Exercise.

          (a)  This Warrant may be exercised by the Registered Holder, in
whole or in part, by surrendering this Warrant, with the purchase form
appended hereto as Exhibit I duly executed by such Registered Holder or by
such Registered Holder's duly authorized attorney, at the principal office of
the Company, or at such other office or agency as the Company may designate,
accompanied by payment in full,in lawful money of the United States, of the
Purchase Price payable in respect of the number of shares of Warrant Shares




purchased upon such exercise.

          (b)  Each exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have been
effected immediately prior to the close of business on the day on which this
Warrant shall have been surrendered to the Company as provided in subsection
1(a) above.  At such time, the person or persons in whose name or names any
certificates for Warrant Shares shall be issuable upon such exercise as
provided in subsection 1(c) below shall be deemed to have become the holder or
holders of record of the Warrant Shares represented by such certificates.

          (c)  As soon as practicable after the exercise of this Warrant in
full or in part, and in any event within 10 days thereafter, the Company, at
its expense, will cause to be issued in the name of, and delivered to, the
Registered Holder, or as such Holder (upon payment by such Holder of any
applicable transfer taxes) may direct:

          (i)  a certificate or certificates for the number of full Warrant
     Shares to which such Registered Holder shall be entitled upon such
     exercise plus, in lieu of any fractional share to which such Registered
     Holder would otherwise be entitled, cash in an amount determined pursuant
     to Section 3 hereof; and

          (ii) in case such exercise is in part only, a new warrant or
     warrants (dated the date hereof) of like tenor, calling in the aggregate
     on the face or faces thereof for the number of Warrant Shares equal
     (without giving effect to any adjustment therein) to the number of such
     shares called for on the face of this Warrant minus the number of such
     shares purchased by the Registered Holder upon such exercise as provided
     in subsection 1(a) above.

          2.   Adjustments.
          (a)  If the Conversion Price (as defined in the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate")) of the Class III Preferred
Stock is adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Certificate, then the
Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment shall
simultaneously be adjusted proportionately with the adjustment of the
Conversion Price.

          (b)  The Company shall give the Registered Holder such notices as it
may, from time to time, be required to give the holders of the Class III
Preferred Stock, as if the Registered Holder was a holder of Class III
Preferred Stock at the time such notices are required to be given.

          (c)  When any adjustment is required to be made in the Purchase
Price, the Company shall promptly mail to the Registered Holder a certificate
setting forth the Purchase Price after such adjustment and setting forth a
brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.  Such certificate
shall also set forth the kind and amount of stock or other securities or
property into which this Warrant shall be exercisable following the occurrence
of any of the events specified in this Section 2.

          3.   Fractional Shares.  The Company shall not be required upon the
exercise of this Warrant to issue any fractional shares, but shall round such
fractional share to the nearest whole share.
          4.   Requirements for Transfer.

          (a)  This Warrant and the Warrant Shares shall not be sold or




transferred or otherwise disposed of except in accordance with Sections 3 and
7 of the Purchase Agreement, and the Registration Rights Agreement.

          (b)  Each certificate representing Warrant Shares shall bear a
legend substantially in the following form:
          "THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
          REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"),
          AND WERE ACQUIRED BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER FOR SUCH HOLDER'S OWN
          ACCOUNT FOR INVESTMENT.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE PLEDGED,
          HYPOTHECATED, SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE
          REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THESE SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT, OR AN
          OPINION OF COUNSEL, WHICH OPINION IS SATISFACTORY IN FORM AND
          SUBSTANCE TO THE CORPORATION TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS
          NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT.


          THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE ALSO
          SUBJECT TO CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THAT CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS'
          AGREEMENT DATED JANUARY 12, 1987, AMONG THE CORPORATION AND CERTAIN
          HOLDERS OF OUTSTANDING CAPITAL STOCK, THAT CERTAIN CONVERTIBLE
          PREFERRED STOCK AND COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT DATED JANUARY
          12, 1987, AMONG THE CORPORATION AND CERTAIN HOLDERS OF OUTSTANDING
          CAPITAL STOCK OF THE CORPORATION, AND THAT CERTAIN UNIT PURCHASE
          AGREEMENT DATED JULY 27, 1992, AMONG THE CORPORATION AND CERTAIN
          HOLDERS OF OUTSTANDING NOTES OF THE CORPORATION, AND MAY NOT BE
          OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, BEQUEATHED, TRANSFERRED (INCLUDING BY WILL
          OR PURSUANT TO THE LAWS OF DESCENT AND DISTRIBUTION OR
          OTHERWISE),PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, ENCUMBERED  OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED
          OF EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ABOVE AGREEMENTS,
          COPIES OF WHICH AGREEMENTS ARE ON FILE AT THE CORPORATION AND MAY BE
          OBTAINED BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS
          CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION."

Such certificates shall also bear such legend as may be required by the
Stockholders' Agreement dated January 12, 1987, among the Company and certain
holders of outstanding stock, if the holder of the certificates is a party to
such agreement, and the laws of the State of New Jersey or any other state.

          5.   No Impairment.  The Company will not, by amendment of its
charter or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale of
assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or
performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good
faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all
such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights
of the holder of this Warrant against impairment.

          6.   Reservation of Stock.  The Company will at all times reserve
and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the exercise of this
Warrant, such number of Warrant Shares and other stock, securities and
property, as from time to time shall be issuable upon the exercise of this
Warrant.

          7.   Exchange of Warrants.  Upon the surrender by the Registered
Holder of any Warrant or Warrants, properly endorsed, to the Company at the
principal office of the Company, the Company will, subject to the provisions
of Section 4 hereof, issue and deliver to or upon the order of such Holder, at
the Company's expense, a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor, in the name of
such Registered Holder or as such Registered Holder (upon payment by such




Registered Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, calling in the
aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of shares of Class III
Preferred Stock called for on the face or faces of the Warrant or Warrants so
surrendered.

          8.   Replacement of Warrants.  Upon receipt of evidence reasonably
satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of
this Warrant and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) upon delivery of
an indemnity agreement (with surety if reasonably required) in an amount
reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or (in the case of mutilation) upon
surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will issue, in lieu
thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor. 

          9.   Transfers, etc.

          (a)  The Company will maintain a register containing the names and
addresses of the Registered Holders of this Warrant.  Any Registered Holder
may change its or his address as shown on the warrant register by written
notice to the Company requesting such change.

          (b)  Subject to the provisions of Section 4 hereof, this Warrant and
all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of
this Warrant with a properly executed assignment (in the form of Exhibit II
hereto) at the principal office of the Company.

          (c)  Until any transfer of this Warrant is made in the warrant
register, the Company may treat the Registered Holder of this Warrant as the
absolute owner hereof for all purposes; provided, however, that if and when
this Warrant is properly assigned in blank, the Company may (but shall not be
obligated to) treat the bearer hereof as the absolute owner hereof for all
purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

          10.  Mailing of Notices, etc.  All notices and other communications
from the Company to the Registered Holder of this Warrant shall be mailed by
first-class certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the address
furnished to the Company in writing by the last Registered Holder of this
Warrant who shall have furnished an address to the Company in writing.  All
notices and other communications from the Registered Holder of this Warrant or
in connection herewith to the Company shall be mailed by first-class certified
or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Company at its principal office
set forth below.  If the Company should at any time change the location of its
principal office to a place other than as set forth below, it shall give
prompt written notice to the Registered Holder of this Warrant and thereafter
all references in this Warrant to the location of its principal office at the
particular time shall be as so specified in such notice.

          11.  No Rights as Stockholder.  Until the exercise of this Warrant,
the Registered Holder of this Warrant shall not have or exercise any rights by
virtue hereof as a stockholder of the Company.

          12.  Change or Waiver.  Any term of this Warrant may be changed or
waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which
enforcement of the change or waiver is sought.

          13.  Headings.  The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any
provision of this Warrant.




          14.  Governing Law.  This Warrant will be governed by and construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey.


                              EMCORE CORPORATION, a New
                                Jersey Corporation

                              By:                           
                              Norman E. Schumaker
                              Chief Executive Officer

[Corporate Seal]

ATTEST:


                        





                                                                     EXHIBIT I



                                 PURCHASE FORM

To:                                                          Dated:           


          The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the
attached Warrant (No.    ), hereby irrevocably elects to purchase shares      
of the Class III Preferred Stock covered by such Warrant and herewith makes
payment of $________________________, representing the full purchase price for
such shares at the price per share provided for in such Warrant.

                              Signature:                   

                              Address:                     

                                                           





                                                                    EXHIBIT II


                                ASSIGNMENT FORM

          FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                         hereby sells, assigns
and transfers all of the rights of the undersigned under the attached Warrant
(No.  ) with respect to the number of shares of Class III Preferred Stock
covered thereby set forth below, unto:

Name of Assignee         Address             No. of Shares






Dated:                

Signature:                          



Dated:                

Witness:                           




                                                                 Exhibit 10.12

                           [Form of $10.20 warrant]

THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT").  THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS
SECURITY, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF EMCORE CORPORATION (THE "COMPANY") THAT
THIS SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY: (1) TO THE
COMPANY (UPON REPURCHASE THEREOF OR OTHERWISE), (2) SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY
IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER
REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF
RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE
ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE
RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (3)
IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MEANING OF REGULATION S
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME,
PROVIDED THAT THE CONDITIONS OF REGULATION S FOR RESALES HAVE BEEN SATISFIED,
(4) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 (IF
AVAILABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO
TIME, (5) IN RELIANCE ON ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
OF THE SECURITIES ACT, AND SUBJECT TO THE RECEIPT BY THE COMPANY OF AN OPINION
OF COUNSEL TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (6) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES.
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED FOR 120
DAYS FOLLOWING AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF SECURITIES OF THE COMPANY.


Warrant No.                             Number of
                                        Shares:


                                        Price: $10.20
                                        per share (subject
                                        to adjustment)

Date of Issuance: September 1, 1996






                              EMCORE CORPORATION
                             SOMERSET, NEW JERSEY
                         ISSUE DATE: SEPTEMBER 1, 1996
                                    WARRANT

EMCORE CORPORATION, a New Jersey corporation (the "Company"), for value
received, hereby certifies that Jesup & Lamont Merchant Partners, L.L.C., or
its registered assigns (the "Registered Holder"), is entitled, subject to the
terms set forth below, to purchase from the Company, at any time or from time
to time on or after March 1, 199_, and on or before September 1, 2001, at no
later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time), up to 833,333 shares of the common
stock of the Company ("Common Stock"), at a purchase price of $3.00 per share. 
The shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant, and the purchase price
per share, each as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of
this Warrant, are hereinafter referred to as the "Warrant Shares" and the
"Purchase Price," respectively.

     1. Exercise.

          (a)  Subject to the requirements of Section 4, this Warrant may be
exercised by the Registered Holder, in whole or in part, by surrendering this
Warrant, with the purchase form appended hereto as Exhibit I duly executed by
such Registered Holder or by such Registered Holder's duly authorized
attorney, at the principal office of the Company, or at such other office or
agency as the Company may designate, accompanied by payment in full, in lawful
money of the United States, or with an equal principal amount the Company's 6%
Subordinated Notes due September 1, 2001, of the Purchase Price payable in
respect of the number of shares of Warrant Shares purchased upon such
exercise.

          (b)  Each exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have been
effected immediately prior to the close of business on the day on which this
Warrant shall have been surrendered to the Company as provided in subsection
l(a) above.  At such time, the person or persons in whose name or names any
certificates for warrant shares shall be issuable upon such exercise as
provided in subsection 1(c) below shall be deemed to have become the holder or
holders of record of the Warrant Shares represented by such certificates.

          (c)  As soon as practicable after the exercise of this Warrant in
full or in part, and in any event within 10 days thereafter, the Company, at
its expense, will cause to be issued in the name of, and delivered to, the
Registered Holder, or such Holder (upon payment by such Holder of any
applicable transfer taxes) as the Holder may direct:

              (i)   a certificate or certificates for the number of full
Warrant Shares to which such Registered Holder shall be entitled upon such
exercise plus, in lieu of any fractional share to which such Registered Holder
would otherwise be entitled, cash in an amount determined pursuant to Section
2 hereof; and

             (ii)   in case such exercise is in part only, a new warrant or
warrants (dated the date hereof) of like tenor, calling in the aggregate on
the face or faces thereof for the number of Warrant Shares equal (without
giving effect to any adjustment therein) to the number of such shares called
for on the face or this Warrant minus the number of such shares purchased by
the Registered Holder upon such exercise as provided in subsection l(a) above.




     2.  Call provision.

This Warrant may be called in whole or in part by the Board of Directors of
the Company upon 30 days written notice to the holder at any time after
September 1, 1997. No call of this warrant shall be made unless the call is
made pro-rata as to principal amount with respect to all then outstanding
warrants of this class.

     3.  Adjustments.

          (a)  Effect of stock changes. If, at any time or from time to time
the Company, by stock dividend, stock split, subdivision, reverse split,
consolidation, reclassification of shares, or other similar structural change,
changes as a whole its outstanding Common Stock into a different number or
class of shares, then, immediately upon the occurrence of the change:

               (i) the class of shares into which the Common Stock has been
changed shall replace the Common Stock, for the purposes of this Warrant and
the terms and conditions hereof, so that the registered owner or owners of
this Warrant shall be entitled to receive, and shall receive upon exercise of
this Warrant, shares of the class of stock into which the Common Stock had
been changed;

               (ii) the number of shares purchasable upon exercise of this
Warrant shall proportionately be adjusted. (For example, if the outstanding
common Stock of the Corporation is converted into X stock at the rate of one
(1) share of Common Stock into three (3) shares of X stock, and prior to the
change the registered owner or owners of this Warrant were entitled, upon
exercise of this Warrant, to purchase one hundred shares of Common Stock, then
the registered owner or owners shall, after the change, be entitled to
purchase three hundred shares of X stock for the total same exercise price
that the owner or owners had to pay prior to the change to purchase the one
hundred shares of Common Stock); and

               (iii) the purchase price per share shall be proportionately
adjusted. (In the above example, the purchase price per share would be reduced
by two-thirds). 

     Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the number or class of shares
purchasable under this or any other Warrant of like tenor, or in the purchase
price per share, this Warrant, as well as any other warrant of like tenor, may
continue to express the purchase price per share and the number and class of
shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant as the purchase price per
share and the number and class of shares purchasable were expressed in this
Warrant when it was initially issued.

          (b)  Effect of merger. If at any time while this Warrant is
outstanding another corporation merges into the Company, the registered owner
or owners of this Warrant shall be entitled, immediately after the merger
becomes effective and upon exercise of this Warrant, to obtain the same number
of shares of Common Stock of the Company (or shares into which the Common
Stock has been changed as provided in the paragraph of this Warrant covering
changes) to which the owner or owners were entitled upon the exercise hereof
to obtain immediately before the merger became effective at the same exercise
price.  The Company shall take any and all steps necessary in connection with
the merger to assure that sufficient shares of Common Stock to satisfy all
conversion and purchase rights represented by outstanding convertible
securities, options and warrants, including this Warrant, are available so
that these convertible securities, options and warrants, including this




Warrant, may be exercised.


          (c) Effect of consolidation or sale. Notwithstanding any provision
of this Warrant concerning the callability of this Warrant, if the Company
consolidates with or merges into another corporation or other entity in a
transaction in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, or receives
an offer to purchase or lease all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company or an offer to purchase forty-five percent (45%) or more of the issued
and outstanding Common Stock of the Company, or if all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company are sold or leased or forty-five percent (45%) or
more of the issued and outstanding Common Stock of the Company is purchased by
any person or group of persons acting in concert, then this Warrant shall be
called by the Company on the Effective Date of such consolidation or merger or
asset sale, or in the case of an offer to purchase forty-five percent (45%) of
the Company's Common Stock, on the date such offer is accepted by the Company.
The right to exercise this Warrant shall terminate when it is called. The call
price shall be determined by the board of directors of the Company in
accordance with the provisions of the second and third sentences of paragraph
3 hereof as of the time the event triggering the call occurs, or the value of
the securities or the other consideration that shall be received in the
transaction by the owner of a number of outstanding shares of Common Stock
equal to the number of shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant. This
call price shall be payable not later than sixty (60) days after the effective
date of the call to the registered owner or owners of this Warrant upon its
surrender for cancellation at the offices of the Company, together with the
transfer or assignment form which forms a part hereof, duly completed and
executed in blank.

          (d)  Dissolution. In the event that a voluntary or involuntary
dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company (other than in
connection with a merger where the Company is the surviving corporation as
covered in this Warrant, or a merger or consolidation with or into another
corporation, a sale or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company, or a sale of a specified portion or percentage of its stock as
covered in this Warrant) is at any time proposed during the term of this
Warrant, the Company shall give written notice to the registered owner or
owners of this Warrant at least thirty (30) days prior to the record date of
the proposed transaction. The notice must contain:

              (i)   the date on which the transaction is to take place;

             (ii)   the record date (which must be at least thirty (30) days
after the giving of the notice) as of which holders of the Common Stock
entitled to receive distributions as a result of the transaction shall be
determined;

            (iii)   a brief description of the transaction;

             (iv)   a brief description of the distributions, if any, to be
made to holders of the Common Stock as a result of the transaction; and

              (v)   an estimate of the fair market value of the distributions.

On the date of the transaction, if it actually occurs, this Warrant and all
rights existing under this Warrant shall terminate.
     4.  Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required upon the
exercise of this Warrant to issue any fractional shares, but shall pay in cash




an amount determined by multiplying the fraction to which the Holder is
entitled by the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of exercise.
Should the Common Stock then be traded on an Exchange or quoted on a quotation
system for which a last sale reporting system is in effect, the reported last
sale on the exercise date shall be deemed to be such fair market value. If the
Common Stock is quoted on a quotation system without last sale reporting, the
fair market value shall be deemed to be the highest bid price of any
broker/dealer regularly making a market in the Common Stock on the exercise
date. In all other cases fair market value shall be as determined in good
faith by the Company.

     5. Certain Requirements for Transfer and Exercise.

          (a) In the absence of an effective Registration Statement under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), it shall be a condition to any
transfer or any exercise of this Warrant that the Issuer shall have received,
at the time of such transfer or exercise:

              (i)   A representation in writing from the proposed transferee
that the Warrant is being transferred or the Common Stock being purchased is
being acquired for investment and not with a view to any sale or distribution
thereof which would constitute or result in a violation of the Act;

             (ii)   an opinion of counsel, which opinion is reasonably
satisfactory to the Issuer, that the transaction shall not result in a
violation of state or federal securities laws.

          (b) In such case, each certificate representing the Warrant or the
Warrant Shares shall bear a legend substantially in the following form:

     THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
     UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT").  THE
     HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS SECURITY, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF
     EMCORE CORPORATION (THE "COMPANY") THAT THIS SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD,
     PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY: (1) TO THE COMPANY (UPON
     REPURCHASE THEREOF OR OTHERWISE), (2) SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS
     ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER
     REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING
     OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR
     FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS
     GIVEN THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE
     ON RULE 144A, (3) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
     MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AS THE SAME MAY BE
     AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, PROVIDED THAT THE CONDITIONS OF REGULATION S
     FOR RESALES HAVE BEEN SATISFIED, (4) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM
     REGISTRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 AVAILABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES
     ACT, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, (5) IN RELIANCE ON
     ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
     ACT, AND SUBJECT TO THE RECEIPT BY THE COMPANY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL
     TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE
     SECURITIES ACT, OR (6) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
     UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE
     SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES. THE SECURITIES
     REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED FOR 120 DAYS
     FOLLOWING AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF SECURITIES OF THE COMPANY.
     5.  No Impairment.  The Company will not, by amendment of its charter or
through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale of assets or
any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or perform-




ance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith
assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such
action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of
the holder of this Warrant against impairment.

     6.  Reservation of Stock.  The Company will at all times reserve and keep
available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the exercise of this Warrant,
such number of Warrant Shares and other stock securities and property as from
time to time shall be issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant.

     7.  Exchange of Warrants.  Upon the surrender by the Registered Holder of
any Warrant or Warrants, properly endorsed, to the Company at the principal
office of the Company, the Company will, subject to the provisions of Section
4 hereof, issue and deliver to or upon the order of such Holder, at the
Company's expense, a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor, in the name of
such Registered Holder or as such Registered Holder (upon payment by such
Registered Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct.

     8.  Replacement of Warrants.  Upon receipt of evidence reasonably
satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of
this Warrant and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) upon delivery of
an indemnity agreement (with surety if reasonably required in an amount
reasonably satisfactory to the Company), or in the case of mutilation upon
surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will issue, in lieu
thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor.

     9.  Transfers. etc.

          (a) The Company will maintain a register containing the names and
addresses of the Registered Holders of this Warrant. Any Registered Holder may
change its or his address as shown on the warrant register by written notice
to the Company requesting such change.

          (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 4 hereof, this Warrant and
all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of
this Warrant with a properly executed assignment (in the form of Exhibit II
hereto) at the principal office of the Company.

          (c) Until any transfer of this Warrant is made in the warrant
register, the Company may treat the Registered Holder of this Warrant as the
absolute owner hereof for all purposes; provided, however, that if and when
this Warrant is properly assigned in blank the Company may (but shall not be
obligated to) treat the bearer hereof as the absolute owner hereof for all
purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. 

     10.  Required Notices. The Company shall give the Registered Holder such
notices as it may, from time to time, be required to give the holders of the
Common Stock, as if the Registered Holder was a holder of Common Stock at the
time such notices are required to be given. The Company shall also give
Registered Holder written notice of: (i) each adjustment of the Purchase Price
or other warrant item made pursuant to Section 2 hereof; and (ii) of each
dividend and distribution payable with respect to any security which may be
acquired by exercise of the Warrant, at least ten (10) business days prior to
the record date for such dividend or distribution so that the Registered
Holder may exercise the warrant and participate in the dividend or
distribution.
     11.  Mailing of Notices, etc.  All notices and other communications from
the Company to the Registered Holder of this Warrant shall be mailed by first-




class certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the address furnished
to the Company in writing by the last Registered Holder of this Warrant who
shall have furnished an address to the Company in writing. All notices and
other communications from the Registered Holder of this Warrant or in
connection herewith to the Company shall be mailed by first-class certified or
registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Company at its principal office set
forth below. If the Company should at any time change the location of its
principal office to a place other than as set forth below, it shall give
prompt written notice to the Registered Holder of this Warrant and thereafter
all references in this Warrant to the location of its principal office at the
particular time shall be as so specified in such notice.

                    EMCORE Corporation
                    Attention: Secretary
                    394 Elizabeth Avenue
                    Somerset, New Jersey 08873-1214

     12.  No Rights as Stockholder.  Until the exercise of this Warrant, the
Registered Holder of this Warrant shall not have or exercise any rights by
virtue hereof as a stockholder of the Company.

     13.  Change or Waiver.  Any term of this Warrant may be changed or waived
only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement
of the change or waiver is sought.

     14.  Headings.  The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any
provision of this Warrant.

     15.  Governing Law.  This Warrant will be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey.
                          EMCORE CORPORATION




[CORPORATE SEAL]          By:  Norman E. Schumaker, 
                                President

ATTEST:


________________________________
Thomas G. Werthan, Secretary





                                                                     EXHIBIT I



                                 PURCHASE FORM


To: EMCORE CORPORATION                                 Dated:                 


The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the attached Warrant
(No. ___), hereby irrevocably elects to purchase ____________ shares of the
Common Stock of Emcore Corporation covered by such Warrant and herewith makes
payment of $_____________ representing the full purchase price for such shares
at the price per share provided for in such Warrant either in cash or by
delivery of an equal principal amount of the Company's 6% Subordinated Notes,
due September 1, 2001, in an equal amount.


                            Holder:                         
                            Address:                                           
                                
                            Phone:                     

                            Fax:                            





                                                                    EXHIBIT II



                                ASSIGNMENT FORM


          FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                       hereby sells, assigns and
transfers all of the rights of the undersigned under the attached Warrant (No. 
   ) including the right to purchase the number of shares of EMCORE
Corporation Common Stock covered thereby set forth below, unto:

Name of Assignee              Address                            No. of Shares





Dated:                             
Signature:                         

Dated:                             
Witness:                           





                                                                 Exhibit 10.13
 
             [Demand Note Facility with First Union National Bank]

                                PROMISSORY NOTE

$10,000,000.00                                               October 25, 1996

EMCORE Corporation
394 Elizabeth Avenue
Somerset, New Jersey  08773
(Individually and collectively "Borrower")

First Union National Bank of Florida
214 North Hogan Street - FL0070
Jacksonville, Florida  32202
(Hereinafter referred to as the "Bank")

Borrower promises to pay to the order of Bank, in lawful money of the United
States of America, at its office indicated above or wherever else Bank may
specify, the sum of Ten Million and No/l00 Dollars ($10,000,000.00) or such
sum as may be advanced from time to time with interest on the unpaid principal
balance at the rate and on the terms provided in this Promissory Note
(including all renewals, extensions or modifications hereof, this "Note").
SECURITY.  Thomas J. Russell, Jr., has granted Bank a security interest in the
collateral described in the Loan Documents, including, but not limited to,
collateral described in that certain Assignment of Interest in a Custodian
Account,

INTEREST RATE DEFINITIONS.  

LIBOR RATE. 6-month LIBOR Rate plus .75% (75 basis points) ("LIBOR-Based
Rate").  "LIBOR" is the rate (rounded to the next higher 1/100 of 1%) for U.S.
dollar deposits of that many months maturity as reported on Telerate page 3750
as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the second London business day before the
relevant Interest Period begins (or if not so reported, then as determined by
Bank from another recognized source of interbank quotation), adjusted for
reserves by dividing that rate by 1.00 minus the LIBOR Reserve. "LIBOR
Reserve" is the maximum percentage reserve requirement (rounded to the next
higher 1/100 of 1% and expressed as a decimal) in effect for any day during
the Interest Period under the Federal Reserve Board's  Regulation D for
Eurocurrency Liabilities as defined therein.

PRIME RATE.  The rate of Bank's Prime Rate as that rate may change from time
to time with changes to occur on the date Bank's Prime Rate changes ("Prime-
Based Rate").  Bank's Prime Rate shall be that rate announced by Bank from
time to time as its prime rate and is one of several interest rate bases used
by Bank.  Bank lends at rates both above and below Bank's Prime Rate, and
Borrower acknowledges that Bank's Prime Rate is not represented or intended to
be the lowest or most favorable rate of interest offered by Bank.




INTEREST RATE TO BE APPLIED.  INTEREST RATE.  Subject to the provisions
hereof, the unpaid principal balance of this Note shall bear interest from the
date hereof at the LIBOR-Based Rate, as determined by Bank prior to the
commencement of each consecutive interest period of 6 month; (each an
"Interest Period") during the term of the Note ("Interest Rate").  Upon
determination by Bank of the Interest Rate for any Interest Period, such
Interest Rate shall remain in effect, subject to the provisions hereof, for
the entire Interest Period until redetermined as provided above for the next
successive Interest Period.

DEFAULT RATE.  In addition to all other rights contained in this Note, if a
default in the payment of the Obligations occurs, all outstanding Obligations
shall bear interest at the Prime-Based Rate plus 3% ("Default Rate").  The
Default Rate shall also apply from acceleration until the Obligations or any
judgment thereon is paid in full.

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADDITIONAL COSTS.  INDEMNIFICATION. Borrower indemnifies
Bank against Bank's loss or expense in employing deposits as a consequence (a)
of Borrower's failure to make any payment when due under this Note or (b) any
payment, prepayment or conversion of any loan on a date other than the last
day of the Interest Period ("Indemnified Loss or Expense").

ADDITIONAL COSTS.  If, at any time, a new, or a revision in any existing law
or interpretation or administration (including reversals) thereof by any
government authority, central bank or comparable agency imposes, increases or
modifies any reserve or similar requirement against assets, deposits or credit
extended by Bank, or subjects Bank to any tax, duty or other charge (except
tax on Bank's net income), and any of the foregoing increase the cost to Bank
of maintaining its commitment or reduce the amount of any sum received or
receivables by Bank under this Note, within 15 days after demand by Bank,
Borrower agrees to pay Bank such additional amounts as will compensate Bank
for such increased costs or reductions ("Additional Costs").

MATCH FUNDING. The amount of such (a) Indemnified Loss or Expense or (b)
Additional Costs outlined above shall be determined, in Bank's sole
discretion, based upon the assumption that Bank funded 100% that portion of
the loan to which the LIBOR-Based Rate or CD-Based Rate applies respectively
in the applicable London interbank or domestic certificate of deposit market.

UNAVAILABILITY OF INTEREST RATE.  If, at any time, (a) Bank shall determine
that, by reasons of circumstances affecting foreign exchange and interbank
markets generally, LIBOR or CD deposits in the applicable amounts are not
being offered to Bank; or (b) a new, or a revision in any existing law or
interpretation or administration (including reversals) thereof by any
government authority, central bank or comparable agency shall make it unlawful
or impossible for Bank to honor its obligations under this Note, (i) Bank's
obligation to make, maintain or convert into a LIBOR-Based Rate shall be
suspended; and (ii) the applicable LIBOR-Based Rate shall immediately be
converted to the Prime-Based Rate for the remainder of the Interest Period.

INTEREST COMPUTATION.  (ACTUAL/360).  Interest shall be computed on the basis
of a 360-day year for the actual number of days in the interest period
("Actual/360 Computation").  The Actual/360 Computation determines the annual
effective interest yield by taking the stated (nominal) interest rate for a
year's period and then dividing said rate by 360 to determine the daily
periodic rate to be applied for each day in the interest period.  Application
of the Actual/360 Computation produces an annualized effective interest rate
exceeding that of the nominal rate.




REPAYMENT TERMS. This Note shall be due and payable in consecutive monthly
payments of accrued interest only commencing on November 25, 1996, and on the
same day of each month thereafter until fully paid.  In any event, this Note
shall be due and payable in full, including all principal and accrued
interest, on demand.
APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS. Monies received by Bank from any source for
application toward payment of the Obligations shall be applied to accrued
interest and then to principal.  Upon the occurrence of a default in the
payment of the Obligations or a Default (as defined in the other Loan
Documents) under any other Loan Document, monies may be applied to the
Obligations in any manner or order deemed appropriate by Bank.  

If any payment received by Bank under this Note or other Loan Documents is
rescinded, avoided or for any reason returned by Bank because of any adverse
claim or threatened action, the returned payment shall remain payable as an
obligation of all persons liable under this Note or other Loan Documents as
though such payment had not been made.

LOAN DOCUMENTS AND OBLIGATIONS.  The term "Loan Documents" used in this Note
and other Loan Documents refers to all documents executed in connection with
the loan evidenced by this Note and may include, without limitation, a
commitment letter that survives closing, a loan agreement, this Note, guaranty
agreements, security agreements, security instruments, financing statements,
mortgage instruments, letters of credit and any renewals or modifications, but
however, does not include swap agreements as defined in 11 U.S.C. Section 101
whenever executed.

The term "Obligations" used in this Note refers to any and all indebtedness
and other obligations under this Note, all other obligations as defined in the
respective Loan Documents, and all obligations under any swap agreements as
defined in 11 U.S.C. Section 101 between Borrower and Bank whenever executed.

LATE CHARGE.  If any payments are not timely made, Borrower shall also pay to
Bank a late charge equal to 5% of each payment past due for 10 or more days.

Acceptance by Bank of any late payment without an accompanying late charge
shall not be deemed a waiver of Bank's right to collect such late charge or to
collect a late charge for any subsequent late payment received.

If this Note is secured by owner-occupied residential real property located
outside the state in which the office of Bank first shown above is located,
the late charge laws of the state where the real property is located shall
apply to this Note, or if permitted under the law of that state, 5% of each
payment past due for 10 or more days.

ATTORNEYS' FEES AND OTHER COLLECTION COSTS.  Borrower shall pay all of Bank's
reasonable expenses incurred to enforce or collect any of the Obligations,
including, without limitation, reasonable arbitration, paralegals', attorneys'
and experts' fees and expenses, whether incurred without the commencement of a
suit, in any trial, arbitration, or administrative proceeding, or in any
appellate or bankruptcy proceeding.

USURY.  Regardless of any other provision of this Note or other Loan
Documents, if for any reason the effective interest should exceed the maximum
lawful interest, the effective interest shall be deemed reduced to, and shall
be, such maximum lawful interest, and (i) the amount which would be excessive
interest shall be deemed applied to the reduction of the principal balance of
this Note and not to the payment of interest, and (ii) if the loan evidenced




by this Note has been or is thereby paid in full, the excess shall be returned
to the party paying same, such application to the principal balance of this
Note or the refunding of excess to be a complete settlement and acquittance
thereof.

BORROWER'S ACCOUNTS.  Except as prohibited by law, Borrower grants Bank a
security interest in all of Borrower's accounts with Bank and any of its
affiliates.

DEMAND NOTE.  This is a demand Note and all Obligations hereunder shall become
immediately due and payable upon demand.  In addition, the Obligations shall
automatically become immediately due and payable if Borrower or any guarantor
or endorser of this Note commences or has commenced against it a bankruptcy or
insolvency proceeding.

REMEDIES.  Upon the occurrence of a default in the payment of the Obligations
or a Default (as defined in the other Loan Documents) under any other Loan
Document, Bank may at any time thereafter, take the following actions:  BANK
LIEN AND SET-OFF.  Exercise its right of set-off or to foreclose its security
interest or lien against any account of any nature or maturity of Borrower
with Bank without notice.  CUMULATIVE.  Exercise any rights and remedies as
provided under the Note and other Loan Documents, or as provided by law or
equity.

LINE OF CREDIT ADVANCES.  Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow, and Bank
may advance and readvance under this Note respectively from time to time, so
long as the total indebtedness outstanding at any one time does not exceed the
principal amount stated on the face of this Note.  Bank's obligation to
advance or readvance under this Note shall terminate if a demand for payment
is made under this Note or if a Default (as defined in the other Loan
Documents) under any Loan Document occurs or in any event, on the first
anniversary hereof unless renewed or extended by Bank in writing upon such
terms then satisfactory to Bank.

WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS.  No waivers, amendments or modifications of this Note
and other Loan Documents shall be valid unless in writing and signed by an
officer of Bank.  No waiver by Bank of any Default (as defined in the other
Loan Documents) shall operate as a waiver of any other Default or the same
Default on a future occasion.  Neither the failure nor any delay on the part
of Bank in exercising any right, power, or remedy under this Note and other
Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or
partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the
exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

Each Borrower or any person liable under this Note waives presentment,
protest, notice of dishonor, notice of intention to accelerate maturity,
notice of acceleration of maturity, notice of sale and all other notices of
any kind.  Further, each agrees that Bank may extend, modify or renew this
Note or make a novation of the loan evidenced by this Note for any period and
grant any release, compromises or indulgences with respect to any collateral
securing this Note, or with respect to any Borrower or any person liable under
this Note or other Loan Documents, all without notice to or consent of any
Borrower or any person who may be liable under this Note or other Loan
Documents and without affecting the liability of Borrower or any person who
may be liable under this Note or other Loan Documents.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.  ASSIGNMENT.  This Note and other Loan Documents
shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their
respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.  Bank's




interests in and rights under this Note and other Loan Documents are freely
assignable, in whole or in part, by Bank.  Borrower shall not assign its
rights and interest hereunder without the prior written consent of Bank, and
any attempt by Borrower to assign without Bank's prior written consent is null
and void.  Any assignment shall not release Borrower from the Obligations. 
APPLICABLE LAW; CONFLICT BETWEEN DOCUMENTS.  This Note and other Loan
Documents shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the state where
Bank first shown above is located without regard to that state's conflict of
laws principles.  If the terms of this Note should conflict with the terms of
the loan agreement or any commitment letter that survives closing, the terms
of this Note shall control.  JURISDICTION.  Borrower irrevocably agrees to
non-exclusive personal jurisdiction in the state in which the office of Bank
first shown above is located.  SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Note or
of the other Loan Documents shall be prohibited or invalid under applicable
law, such provision shall be ineffective but only to the extent of such
prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such
provision or the remaining provisions of this Note or other such document. 
NOTICES.  Any notices to Borrower shall be sufficiently given, if in writing
and mailed or delivered to the Borrower's address shown above or such other
address as provided hereunder, and to Bank, if in writing and mailed or
delivered to Bank's office address shown above or such other address as Bank
may specify in writing from time to time.  In the event that Borrower changes
Borrower's address at any time prior to the date the Obligations are paid in
full, Borrower agrees to promptly give written notice of said change of
address by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, all charges
prepaid.  PLURAL; CAPTIONS.  All references in the Loan Documents to Borrower,
guarantor, person, document or other nouns of reference mean both the singular
and plural form, as the case may be, and the term "person" shall mean any
individual, person or entity. The captions contained in the Loan Documents are
inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or
interpretation of the Loan Documents.  BINDING CONTRACT.  Borrower by
execution of and Bank by acceptance of this Note agree that each party is
bound to all terms and provisions of this Note.  ADVANCES.  Bank in its sole
discretion may make other advances and readvances under this Note pursuant
hereto.  POSTING OF PAYMENTS.  All payments received during normal banking
hours after 2:00 p.m. local time at the office of Bank first shown above shall
be deemed received at the opening of the next banking day.  JOINT AND SEVERAL
OBLIGATIONS.  Each Borrower is jointly and severally obligated under this
Note.  FEES AND TAXES.  Borrower shall promptly pay all documentary,
intangible recordation and/or similar taxes on this transaction whether
assessed at closing or arising from time to time.

ARBITRATION.  Upon demand of any party hereto, whether made before or after
institution of any judicial proceeding, any dispute, claim or controversy
arising out of, connected with or relating to this Note and other Loan
Documents ("Disputes") between or among parties to this Note shall be resolved
by binding arbitration as provided heroin.  Institution of a judicial
proceeding by a party does not waive the right of that party to demand
arbitration hereunder.  Disputes may include, without limitation, tort claims,
counterclaims, disputes as to whether a matter is subject to arbitration,
claims brought as class actions, claims arising from Loan Documents executed
in the future, or claims arising out of or connected with the transaction
reflected by this Note.

Arbitration shall be conducted under and governed by the Commercial Financial
Disputes Arbitration Rules (the "Arbitration Rules") of the American
Arbitration Association (the "AAA") and Title 9 of the U.S. Code.  All
arbitration hearings shall be conducted in the city in which the office of
Bank first stated above is located.  The expedited procedures set forth in




Rule 51 of et seq. of the Arbitration Rules shall be applicable to claims of
less than $1,000,000.00.  All applicable statutes of limitation shall apply to
any Dispute.  A judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having
jurisdiction.  The panel from which all arbitrators are selected shall be
comprised of licensed attorneys.  The single arbitrator selected for expedited
procedure shall be a retired judge from the highest court of general
jurisdiction, state or federal, of the state where the hearing will be
conducted or if such person is not available to serve, the single arbitrator
may be a licensed attorney.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this arbitration
provision does not apply to disputes under or related to swap agreements.

PRESERVATION AND LIMITATION OF REMEDIES.  Notwithstanding the preceding
binding arbitration provisions, Bank and Borrower agree to preserve, without
diminution, certain remedies that any party hereto may employ or exercise
freely, independently or in connection with an arbitration proceeding or after
an arbitration action is brought.  Bank and Borrower shall have the right to
proceed in any court of proper jurisdiction or by self-help to exercise or
prosecute the following remedies, as applicable:  (i) all rights to foreclose
against any real or personal property or other security by exercising a power
of sale granted under Loan Documents or under applicable law or by judicial
foreclosure and sale, including a proceeding to confirm the sale; (ii) all
rights of self-help including peaceful occupation of real property and
collection of rents, set-off, and peaceful possession of personal property;
(iii) obtaining provisional or ancillary remedies including injunctive relief,
sequestration, garnishment, attachment, appointment of receiver and filing an
involuntary bankruptcy proceeding; and (iv) when applicable, a judgment by
confession of judgment.  Preservation of these remedies does not limit the
power of an arbitrator to grant similar remedies that may be requested by a
party in a Dispute.

Borrower and Bank agree that they shall not have a remedy of punitive or
exemplary damages against the other in any Dispute and hereby waive any right
or claim to punitive or exemplary damages they have now or which may arise in
the future in connection with any Dispute whether the Dispute is resolved by
arbitration or judicially.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower, on the day and year first above written, has
caused this Note to be executed under seal.

                         EMCORE Corporation
                         Taxpayer Identification Number: 22-2746503


CORPORATE                By:   Reuben F. Richards, Jr.                         

SEAL                       Reuben F. Richards, Jr., President







                                LOAN AGREEMENT

First Union National Bank of Florida
214 North Hogan Street - FL0070
Jacksonville, Florida  32202
(Hereinafter referred to as the "Bank")

EMCORE Corporation
394 Elizabeth Avenue
Somerset, New Jersey  08773
(Individually and collectively "Borrower")

This Loan Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into October 25, 1996, by and
between Bank and Borrower, a Corporation organized under the laws of New
Jersey.

Borrower has applied to Bank for a loan or loans (individually and
collectively, the "Loan") evidenced by one or more promissory notes (whether
one or more, the "Note") as follows:

Line of Credit - in the principal amount of $10,000,000.00 which is evidenced
by the Promissory Note dated October 25, 1996 ("Line of Credit Note"), under
which Borrower may borrow, repay, and reborrow, from time to time, so long as
the total indebtedness outstanding at any one time does not exceed the
principal amount.  The Loan proceeds are to be used by Borrower solely to
support working capital needs of the company.  Bank's obligation to advance or
readvance under the Line of Credit Note shall terminate if a default in the
payment of the Obligations occurs or the Borrower is in Default (as defined in
the Loan Documents) under any Loan Document, or in any event, on the first
anniversary unless renewed or extended by Bank in writing upon such terms then
satisfactory to Bank.

This Agreement applies to the Loan and all Loan Documents.  The terms "Loan
Documents" and "Obligations," as used in this Agreement, are defined in the
Note.  The term "Borrower" shall include its Subsidiaries and Affiliates.  As
used in this Agreement as to Borrower, "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation
of which more than 50% of the issued and outstanding voting stock is owned
directly or indirectly by Borrower.  As to Borrower, "Affiliate" shall have
the meaning as defined in 11 U.S.C. Section 101, except that the term "debtor"
therein shall be substituted by the term "Borrower" herein.

Relying upon the covenants, agreements, representations and warranties
contained in this Agreement, Bank is willing to extend credit to Borrower upon
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, and Bank and
Borrower agree as follows:

REPRESENTATIONS.  Borrower represents that from the date of this Agreement and
until final payment in full of the Obligations:  ACCURATE INFORMATION.  All
information now and hereafter furnished to Bank is and will be true, correct
and complete.  Any such information relating to Borrower's financial condition
will accurately reflect Borrower's financial condition as of the date(s)
thereof (including all contingent liabilities of every type), and Borrower
further represents that its financial condition has not changed materially or
adversely since the date(s) of such documents.  AUTHORIZATION; NON-
CONTRAVENTION.  The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower and any




guarantor, as applicable, of this Agreement and other Loan Documents to which
it is a party are within its power, have been duly authorized by all necessary
action taken by the duly authorized officers of Borrower and any guarantors
and, if necessary, by making appropriate filings with any governmental agency
or unit and are the legal, binding, valid and enforceable obligations of
Borrower and any guarantors; and do not (i) contravene, or constitute (with or
without the giving of notice or lapse of time or both) a violation of any
provision of applicable law, a violation of the organizational documents of
Borrower or any guarantor, or a default under any agreement, judgment,
injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon or affecting
Borrower or any guarantor, (ii) result in the creation or imposition of any
lien (other than the lien(s) created by the Loan Documents) on any of
Borrower's or guarantor's assets, or (iii) give cause for the acceleration of
any obligations of Borrower or any guarantor to any other creditor.  ASSET
OWNERSHIP.  Borrower has good and marketable title to all of the properties
and assets reflected on the balance sheets and financial statements supplied
Bank by Borrower, and all such properties and assets are free and clear of
mortgages, security deeds, pledges, liens, charges, and all other
encumbrances, except as otherwise disclosed to Bank by Borrower in writing
("Permitted Liens").  To Borrower's knowledge, no default has occurred under
any Permitted Liens and no claims or interests adverse to Borrower's present
rights in its properties and assets have arisen.  DISCHARGE OF LIENS AND
TAXES.  Borrower has duly filed, paid and/or discharged all taxes or other
claims which may become a lien on any of its property or assets, except to the
extent that such items are being appropriately contested in good faith and an
adequate reserve for the payment thereof is being maintained.  SUFFICIENCY OF
CAPITAL.  Borrower is not, and after consummation of this Agreement and after
giving effect to all indebtedness incurred and liens created by Borrower in
connection with the Loan, will not be, insolvent within the meaning of 11
U.S.C. Section 101(32).  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  Borrower is in compliance in
all respects with all federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations
applicable to its properties, operations, business, and finances, including,
without limitation, any federal or state laws relating to liquor (including 18
U.S.C. Section 3617, et seq.) or narcotics (including 21 U.S.C. Section 801,
et seq.) and/or any commercial crimes; all applicable federal, state and local
laws and regulations intended to protect the environment; and the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), if applicable. 
ORGANIZATION AND AUTHORITY.  Each corporate or limited liability company
Borrower and any guarantor, as applicable, is duly created, validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization, and has
all powers, governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals
required to operate its business as now conducted.  Each corporate or limited
liability company Borrower and any guarantor, if any, is duly qualified,
licensed and in good standing in each jurisdiction where qualification or
licensing is required by the nature of its business or the character and
location of its property, business or customers, and in which the failure to
so qualify or be licensed, as the case may be, in the aggregate, could have a
material adverse effect on the business, financial position, results of
operations, properties or prospects of Borrower or any such guarantor.  NO
LITIGATION.  There are no pending or threatened suits, claims or demands
against Borrower or any guarantor that have not been disclosed to Bank by
Borrower in writing.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.  Borrower agrees that from the date of this Agreement
and until final payment in full of the Obligations, unless Bank shall
otherwise consent in writing, Borrower will:  BUSINESS CONTINUITY.  Conduct
its business in substantially the same manner and locations as such business
is now and has previously been conducted.  MAINTAIN PROPERTIES.  Maintain,
preserve and keep its property in good repair, working order and condition,




making all needed replacements, additions and improvements thereto, to the
extent allowed by this Agreement.  ACCESS TO BOOKS & RECORDS.  Allow Bank, or
its agents, during normal business hours, access to the books, records and
such other documents of Borrower as Bank shall reasonably require, and allow
Bank to make copies thereof at Bank's expense.  INSURANCE.  Maintain adequate
insurance coverage with respect to its properties and business against loss or
damage of the kinds and in the amounts customarily insured against by
companies of established reputation engaged in the same or similar businesses
including, without limitation, commercial general liability insurance, workers
compensation insurance, and business interruption insurance; all acquired in
such amounts and from such companies as Bank may reasonably require.  NOTICES. 
Promptly notify Bank in writing of (i) any material adverse change in its
financial condition or its business; (ii) any default under any material
agreement, contract or other instrument to which it is a party or by which any
of its properties are bound, or any acceleration of the maturity of any
indebtedness owing by Borrower; (iii) any material adverse claim against or
affecting Borrower or any part of its properties; (iv) the commencement of,
and any material determination in, any litigation with any third party or any
proceeding before any governmental agency or unit affecting Borrower; and (v)
at least 30 days prior thereto, any change in Borrower's name or address as
shown above, and/or any change in Borrower's structure.  COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER
AGREEMENTS.  Comply with all terms and conditions contained in this Agreement,
and any other Loan Documents, and swap agreements, if applicable, as defined
in the Note.  PAYMENT OF DEBTS.  Pay and discharge when due, and before
subject to penalty or further charge, and otherwise satisfy before maturity or
delinquency, all obligations, debts, taxes, and liabilities of whatever nature
or amount, except those which Borrower in good faith disputes.  REPORTS AND
PROXIES.  Deliver to Bank, promptly, a copy of all financial statements,
reports, notices, and proxy statements, sent by Borrower to stockholders, and
all regular or periodic reports required to be filed by Borrower with any
governmental agency or authority.  OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION.  Deliver
promptly such other information regarding the operation, business affairs, and
financial condition of Borrower which Bank may reasonably request.  ESTOPPEL
CERTIFICATE.  Furnish, within 15 days after request by Bank, a written
statement duly acknowledged of the amount due under the Loan and whether
offsets or defenses exist against the Obligations,

NEGATIVE COVENANTS.  Borrower agrees that from the date of this Agreement and
until final payment in full of the Obligations, unless Bank shall otherwise
consent in writing, Borrower will not:  NONPAYMENT; NONPERFORMANCE.  Fail to
pay or perform the Obligations or Default (as defined in the Loan Documents)
under any of the Loan Documents.  CROSS DEFAULT.  Default in payment or
performance of any obligation under any other loans, contracts or agreements
of Borrower, any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Borrower ("Affiliate" shall have
the meaning as defined in 11 U.S.C. Section 101, except that the term "debtor"
therein shall be substituted by the term "Borrower" herein; "Subsidiary" shall
mean any corporation of which more than 50% of the issued and outstanding
voting stock is owned directly or indirectly by Borrower), any general partner
of or the holder(s) of the majority ownership interests of Borrower with Bank
or its affiliates; MATERIAL CAPITAL STRUCTURE OR BUSINESS ALTERATION. 
Materially alter the type or kind of Borrower's business or that of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates, if any; or suffer or permit the acquisition of
substantially all of Borrower's business or assets, or a material portion (10%
or more) of such business or assets if such a sale is outside Borrower's
ordinary course of business, or more than 50% of its outstanding stock or
voting power in a single transaction or a series of transactions; or acquire
substantially all of the business or assets or more than 50% of the
outstanding stock or voting power of any other entity; or enter into any
merger or consolidation without prior written consent of Bank.  DEFAULT ON




OTHER CONTRACTS OR OBLIGATIONS.  Default on any material contract with or
obligation when due to a third party or default in the performance of any
obligation to a third party incurred for money borrowed.  JUDGMENT ENTERED. 
Permit the entry of any monetary judgment or the assessment against, the
filing of any tax lien against, or the issuance of any writ of garnishment or
attachment against any property of or debts due Borrower.  GOVERNMENT
INTERVENTION.  Permit the assertion or making of any seizure, vesting or
intervention by or under authority of any government by which the management
of Borrower or any guarantor is displaced of its authority in the conduct of
its respective business or such business is curtailed or materially impaired. 
PREPAYMENT OF OTHER DEBT.  Retire any long-term debt entered into prior to the
date of this Agreement at a date in advance of its legal obligation to do so. 
RETIRE OR REPURCHASE CAPITAL STOCK.  Retire or otherwise acquire any of its
capital stock.

BORROWING BASE.  As to the Line of Credit Note, the following provisions shall
apply:

BORROWING LIMITATION.  The aggregate outstanding balance at any time under the
Line of Credit Note shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the maximum principal
amount of the Note or (ii) the Aggregate Value of Custodian Account No.
4028302397, excluding assets held in tax exempt investments, which account,
after exclusion of such tax exempt investments, serves as collateral for this
loan (the "Account").  The "Aggregate Value" of the Account shall be
calculated by first reducing the market value of the Account by the aggregate
amount of any other indebtedness secured by the Account and by then adding the
sum of the following:

     (a)  eighty percent (80%) of the current market value of Corporate Bonds
          (Rating Aaa or Aa, Non-convertible, NYSE)
     (b)  seventy percent (70%) of the current market value of actively traded
          stocks listed on NYSE or AMEX and selling for $10/share or more

     (c)  ninety percent (90%) of the current market value of U.S. Government
          Agency Obligations

REQUIRED REPORTS.  Borrower shall certify to Bank by the tenth day of each
month, the amount of Eligible Accounts as of the first day of each month, on
forms required by Bank together with all detail and supporting documents
requested by Bank.  Bank may at any time and from time to time, during Bank's
normal business hours, enter upon any business premises of Borrower and audit
Borrower's accounts.  Bank's determination of the amount of Eligible Accounts
shall at all times be indisputable and deemed correct.  The Borrower, at all
times, shall cooperate with Bank without limitation by providing Bank
information and access to Borrower's premises and business records and shall
be courteous to Bank's agents.

CONTINUING REPRESENTATIONS.  Borrower warrants and represents as a continuing
warranty, that so long as principal is outstanding under the Line of Credit
Note, the outstanding principal balance shall not exceed the lesser of the
Maximum Principal Amount or the principal amount stated in the Line of Credit
Note (the "Borrowing Limit").  Borrower agrees to pay any advances in excess
of the Borrowing Limit immediately upon receipt by Borrower of written notice
that the Borrowing Limit has been exceeded.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.  The obligations of Bank to make the Loan and any
advances pursuant to this Agreement are subject to the following conditions
precedent:  ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS.  Receipt by Bank of such additional




supporting documents as Bank or its counsel may reasonably request.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower and Bank, on the day and year first written
above, have caused this Agreement to be executed under seal.
                    EMCORE Corporation
                    Taxpayer Identification Number:  22-2746503


CORPORATE           By:  /s/ Reuben F. Richards, Jr.                     
SEAL                     Reuben F. Richards, Jr., President



First Union National Bank of Florida


/s/ Douglas Zachariasen                   
Douglas Zachariasen, Vice President





                                                                 Exhibit 10.14

                       Consulting Agreement

          This Consulting Agreement is entered into as of this 6th day of
December, 1996 by and between EMCORE Corporation, a New Jersey corporation
having its chief executive offices at 394 Elizabeth Avenue, Somerset, New
Jersey 08873 ("Emcore"), and Norman E. Schumaker, residing at 20 Upper Warren
Way, Warren, New Jersey 07059 ("Dr. Schumaker").  

          WHEREAS, Dr. Schumaker has served honorably as the Chief Executive
Officer of Emcore from its formation until December 4, 1996, on which date he
retired as its Chief Executive Officer, its Chairman of the Board of Directors
and as a member of its Board of Directors;

          WHEREAS, Emcore desires to maintain a continuing relationship with
Dr. Schumaker and obtain the benefit of his consulting services on a regular
basis, and Dr. Schumaker is willing to provide such services; and 

          WHEREAS, Emcore and Dr. Schumaker both desire to provide for
appropriate retirement arrangements.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and of the
agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:
CONSULTING PROVISIONS:  1.   Consulting.  Dr. Schumaker agrees to provide
consulting services to Emcore in the area of compound semiconductor  materials
and devices for eight, eight hour workdays per month (approximately 2 days a
week less vacation time) for a term of two years commencing January 1, 1997
and ending December 31, 1998 (the "Term"). Dr. Schumaker agrees that he will
consult with no other person or entity during the Term in the subject area of
compound semiconductor materials and devices without the prior written consent
of Emcore, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Dr. Schumaker
shall be responsible to, and shall from time to time report to, the Chairman
of the Board of Directors of Emcore and will consult with such personnel and
take direction for such consulting assignments from either the Chairman of the
Board of Directors or such other senior executive personnel as the Chairman
shall from time to time designate.  Dr. Schumaker agrees to review regularly
the status of research and product development projects to which he has been
assigned, discuss such projects with the Emcore's scientific and technical
personnel and provide regular comments on and suggestions for improvement of
these projects.  Dr. Schumaker and the senior executive personnel of Emcore
shall consult from time-to-time about other assignments which Dr. Schumaker
may undertake, including the attendance at conferences, appearances at trade
shows and discussion of scientific problems with customers (but no sales
visits), provided that no such additional services shall be undertaken without
the specific and voluntary agreement of both parties.  Emcore agrees to
reimburse Dr. Schumaker for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection
with the performance of such additional assignments.
          2.   Renewal.  This Agreement will automatically renew for one
successive two-year term if neither party gives notice to the other more than




sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Term (i.e., November 2, 1998) of his
or its intention not to renew at the end of the Term. In the event of such
renewal the Term shall be extended until December 31, 2000.

          3.   Consulting Fee.  Dr. Schumaker shall receive a monthly fee of
$20,833.33 (an annual rate of $250,000.00) payable for each month of the Term
on the first day of that month.  To secure the payment of the consulting fee,
Emcore agrees to deposit, no later than December 24, 1996, $500,000 in an
interest-bearing account, said interest being for the benefit of Emcore, with
the law firm of Dillon, Bitar and Luther as escrow agent.  Emcore shall have
the option of having the monthly consulting fee paid from the escrow or paying
such sums directly.  If sums are paid directly, then upon the written request
of Emcore and upon written notice given to Dr. Schumaker and without objection
by Dr. Schumaker within ten days, the escrow agent shall release to Emcore
that portion of the consulting fee so paid by Emcore.  Interest on the account
shall be paid quarterly to Emcore without the requirement of notice.  Emcore
agrees that this is a Security agreement and all amounts in the escrow are
pledged as security for payment of the consulting fee.  In the event of
default hereunder Dr. Schumaker shall have all of the rights and remedies of a
secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code with respect to the balance of
such escrow.  Emcore and Dr. Schumaker shall enter into such further security
documents as Dr. Schumaker shall reasonably request to perfect Dr. Schumaker's
security interest in the escrow fund.

          4.   Automotive Allowance.  Emcore shall provide Dr. Schumaker an
automobile allowance of $750 per month through the Term of this Agreement
which shall be paid on the first of the month.

          5.   Forgiveness of Advances.  Emcore has advanced to Dr. Schumaker
$58,000 and $57,300. Emcore acknowledges that, as previously agreed, the
$58,000 advance has been forgiven as of the date of Dr. Schumaker's
retirement. Emcore agrees to forgive the $57,300 advance  on January 1, 1997,
as additional compensation for Dr. Schumaker's consulting activities.

          6.   Notes and Warrants Issued May 1, 1996.  On May 1, 1996, Emcore
completed an offering to shareholders of Subordinated Notes and Warrants. 
Employees who were also shareholders were permitted to participate in the
offering on the basis of delivery of their personal notes in lieu of cash as
an employee benefit.  Pursuant to this offering, Dr. Schumaker purchased in
the aggregate $566,432 principal amount of Emcore's Subordinated Notes and
received Warrants to purchase 472,027 shares of Emcore Common Stock,
exercisable at $1.20 per share, and paid for these securities with Dr.
Schumaker's personal Note in the amount of $566,432. Dr. Schumaker agrees to
place said Subordinated Notes and said Warrants in escrow with the escrow
agent until January 6, 1998.  On such date such securities shall be released
to Dr. Schumaker unless this Agreement has been terminated  for reasons other
than the death or disability of Dr. Schumaker or a material breach of this
Agreement by Emcore. In such event the parties agree that the May 1, 1996
transaction shall be reversed and Dr. Schumaker, through the escrow agent,
shall re-deliver to Emcore said Subordinated Notes and said Warrants and said
personal Note of Dr. Schumaker shall be automatically canceled.  Should any
party dispute that such securities should be released or should be cancelled,
such party shall give  written or facsimile notice to the escrow agent no
later than January 5, 1998 and the escrow agent shall advise the other party
then shall hold such securities pending the written agreement of the parties
or an order of court. Should such Warrants be called while in escrow, the
escrow agent shall take instructions from Dr. Schumaker in responding to the
call and Dr. Schumaker may direct that the Notes be delivered in payment,
provided that if such warrants are exercised the shares of common stock




deliverable upon exercise shall be delivered into escrow. Should Dr. Schumaker
desire to exercise the warrants during the escrow period, then the escrow
agent shall exercise the warrants at Dr. Schumaker's written direction and
using as payment such funds as Dr. Schumaker shall provide or the Subordinated
Notes at Dr. Schumaker's direction.
         7.   Public Statements Concerning Emcore or its Tech nology.  Dr.
Schumaker agrees that during the Term of this Agreement that he will submit
all public statements and literary works relating to Emcore or the subject
area of this Consulting Agreement to Emcore for its review prior to
publication or release to third parties to better assure the good name of
Emcore and better protect its confidential information.  Emcore will submit to
Dr. Schumaker all public statements or literary works referring to Dr.
Schumaker prior to publication to better assure his good name.

          8.   Termination.   This Consulting Agreement shall terminate if Dr.
Schumaker shall die or, within the meaning of the disability policy identified
below, if Dr. Schumaker shall become disabled.  This Consulting Agreement may
be terminated by Emcore only for material breach of its provisions and after
30 days written notice to Dr. Schumaker identifying the breach and providing a
reasonable opportunity (if at all possible) to cure.  Upon termination all of
Emcore's obligations under this Agreement to make payments shall cease and the
Term shall come to an end.

          9.   Confidentiality Agreement.

               A.   Records and Disclosure.  During the Term, Dr. Schumaker
shall maintain on a current basis complete and accurate records of all
research or technical development work on which Dr. Schumaker consults
hereunder, whether or not his involvement was during normal Emcore working
hours or on Emcore premises.  Such records shall be the property of Emcore. 
Dr. Schumaker shall disclose forthwith to Emcore any discovery, invention or
literary work of any type that is used or usable by Emcore, and that is or was
conceived or created by him during the Term and relating to the subject area
of this Consulting Agreement or during the period of his prior employment by
Emcore, whether or not patentable or copyrightable, whether affirmative or
negative in nature, and whether made solely or jointly with others, unless
such discovery, invention, or literary is conceived or created after December
4, 1996 in connection with a consulting agreement with another entity and such
consulting is not in violation of this Agreement (collectively,
"Developments").

               B.   Assignment.  Dr. Schumaker hereby assigns, and agrees to
assign, to Emcore all of Dr. Schumaker's right, title and interest in all
Developments, whether or not presently in exist- ence, and in all domestic and
foreign intellectual property rights therein.  Upon the filing by Emcore of
any U.S. patent application naming Dr. Schumaker as an inventor or
co-inventor, Emcore shall pay to Dr. Schumaker the sum of five hundred dollars
($500).

                C.   Cooperation.  At Emcore's request and expense, during and
after the Term Dr. Schumaker shall (i) execute and deliver to Emcore or its
designee all documents that Emcore, in its sole discretion, deems proper and
necessary in connection with the preparation, assignment, filing or
prosecution of any domestic or foreign patent or copyright application for any
Development; (ii) give and make any truthful oath to obtain, perfect, and
enforce any patent or copyright relating to any Development; and (iii) assist
in any other lawful way to obtain, perfect and enforce any patent or copyright
or application for any Development.




               D.   Confidentiality.  During the Term and thereafter, Dr.
Schumaker shall not use or disclose to any person, except as may be necessary
in performing Dr. Schumaker's duties to Emcore, any confidential information
of or concerning Emcore, its actual or anticipated business, research or
development, its technology or the implementation or exploitation thereof,
including without limitation information pertaining to customers, accounts,
vendors, prices, costs, materials, processes, material results, materials
technology, device results, system designs, system specifications, materials
of construction, trade secrets, and equipment designs.

               E.   Covenant.  During the Term, Dr. Schumaker shall not become
involved directly or indirectly, as a shareholder, director, officer,
employee, agent or otherwise (except as the owner of less than one percent
(1%) of the shares of a company whose annual gross revenues exceed one hundred
million dollars), in any business activity which the Board of Directors of
Emcore determines to be competitive with Emcore.  For a period of two (2)
years after the Term, Dr. Schumaker shall not: (1) Be employed by or become a
principal of any domestic or foreign business competing with Emcore in the
United States; (2) Accept employment with any customer of Emcore or any
supplier of goods or services to Emcore without prior consultation with
Emcore; (3) Solicit any employee of Emcore to leave such employee's position
with Emcore; or (4) Solicit business from any customer of Emcore without the
prior written consent of Emcore which written consent will not be unreasonably
refused.

               F.  Remedy.  Breach by Dr. Schumaker of Subsection D
("Confidentiality") or E ("Covenant") would injure Emcore in a manner not
adequately compensable by money damages.  In the event of such an active or
threatened breach, Emcore shall be entitled to an injunction, including a
preliminary injunction and temporary restraining order, without posting a
bond.
RETIREMENT PROVISIONS

          10.  Retirement.  Dr. Schumaker retired from his positions as an
employee, as an officer and as a member of the Board of Directors of Emcore on
December 4, 1996.

          11.  Stock Options.  Dr. Schumaker holds incentive stock options
granted by Emcore under its 1995 Incentive Stock Option Plan to purchase
150,000 shares of Emcore's common stock, of which 90,000 shares are presently
vested.  The Board of Directors of Emcore has, by Resolution, extended the
period for the exercise of these vested options for ninety (90) days from
December 4, 1996 until March 4, 1997.  Emcore acknowledges that Dr. Schumaker
may exercise the 90,000 options up to, and including, that date.  Dr.
Schumaker acknowledges that the remaining 60,000 unvested options have lapsed
pursuant to the terms of the options.

          12.  Medical, Disability and Life Insurance.  Emcore agrees to
provide Dr. Schumaker with participation, during the period ending on December
31, 2001, in Emcore's plan of medical benefits.  Emcore agrees to assign to
Dr. Schumaker the Disability  Insurance policy under which he is presently
covered and the two life insurance policies on his life payable to his
selected beneficiary in the aggregate face amount of $1,075,000, if these
policies are by their terms assignable,  and if not assignable to establish
similar policies which are assignable and so assign them.  Emcore agrees to
reimburse Dr. Schumaker, until December 31, 2001, for all premiums due on
these three policies.   Emcore shall be free to continue or to cancel at its
option any key-man insurance  payable to Emcore it may have on the life of Dr.




Schumaker.  In the event Emcore shall determine to cancel such insurance, it
shall give thirty (30) days notice to Dr. Schumaker and afford Dr. Schumaker
the opportunity to purchase such policy from Emcore upon payment to Emcore of
its cash surrender value if such insurance shall then be assignable according
to its terms.
          13.  Bonus, Vacation Time and Expense Reimbursement.  Dr. Schumaker
has or shall be paid within two days of the execution of this Agreement by
Emcore $103,055 in full satisfaction of all bonus and all vacation time
obligations of Emcore to Dr. Schumaker.  Dr. Schumaker agrees to submit to
Emcore no later than January 15, 1997 all expense vouchers for expenses
incurred during the period of his employment and Emcore shall reimburse Dr.
Schumaker for all expenses reasonably incurred.

          14.  Employment Agreement and Confidentiality Agreement.  The
parties agree that the Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1996, which fully
replaced all prior employment agreements, has been terminated and all benefits
to which Dr. Schumaker is entitled thereunder have been replaced by the
benefits provided hereunder.  Notwithstanding such termination, Paragraph 8
thereof regarding the protection of Confidential Information of Emcore, as was
originally intended, shall remain in effect.  The Employment Agreement was
supplemented by a Confidentiality Agreement dated October 14, 1996 which shall
also remain in effect.

          15.  401(k) Plan.   Dr. Schumaker has made voluntary contributions
to the 401(k) plan sponsored by Emcore.  Emcore acknowledges that Dr.
Schumaker, subject to terms of the plan, may withdraw such funds and will from
time to time at Dr. Schumaker's request will so instruct the plan trustee.     
                                                                               
  GENERAL PROVISIONS
          16.  General Release.  Emcore hereby generally releases Dr.
Schumaker from all claims or causes of action it may hold against Dr.
Schumaker as of the date of this Agreement, whether or not presently known to
Emcore (except for fraud), except as provided for herein.  Dr. Schumaker
hereby generally releases Emcore, its officers, its directors, its controlling
shareholders and its employees from all claims or causes of action which he
may hold against them as of the date of this Agreement, whether or not
presently known to Dr. Schumaker (except for fraud),  except as provided for
herein.  In addition, Dr. Schumaker and Emcore each hereby generally release
the other from any and all claims arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, or any applicable state
securities law whether such claims arise from facts and circumstances as of
the date hereof or as of any date until December 31, 1997.

          17.  Indemnification.  Should any action be brought against Dr.
Schumaker arising out of his acts on behalf of Emcore as a consultant,
employee, officer, director or shareholder of Emcore, Emcore agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless Dr. Schumaker from any liability or costs
(including attorneys fees) incurred in defending such actions, provided Dr.
Schumaker shall give reasonably prompt notice to Emcore of all such actions,
shall allow Emcore, at its option, to defend such actions and shall cooperate
fully with Emcore in defense of such actions.  

          18.  Public Offering.  Emcore may undertake an initial public
offering of its shares of common stock at some time in the future.  In
connection with any such initial public offering, Dr. Schumaker agrees that he
will execute a restrictive letter as proposed by the underwriters acting in
connection with such offering and which is signed by other executive officers




and major shareholders of Emcore.  However, this restrictive letter shall not
restrict the resale of the shares for a period greater than a period of six
months from the date of any initial public offering of Emcore's common stock. 
Dr. Schumaker agrees not to exercise any piggy-back rights pursuant to any
Registration Rights Agreement in connection with any such offering unless
Emcore's principal shareholder, Jesup & Lamont Merchant Partners, L.L.C., its
successors and assigns or its affiliates shall be selling shareholders in such
offering.  In the event such initial public offering is completed, Emcore
agrees to assist Dr. Schumaker in preparing and filing any report he is
required to file under the federal and state securities laws including
Schedule 13D, Schedule 13G, Form 3, Form 4 or Form 5 as may from time to time
be required to be filed by Dr. Schumaker which may arise from his beneficial
ownership of shares of common stock of Emcore or otherwise.

          19.  Affiliation.   Emcore acknowledges that as of December 4, 1996
Dr. Schumaker ceased to be an affiliate of Emcore. Emcore agrees to remove
restrictive legends from Dr. Schumaker securities at such time or from time to
time as Dr. Schumaker shall request in writing, but not before the expiration
of six months from December 4, 1996, and not prior to the expiration of any
restrictive period under any underwriters restrictive letter provided that at
such time, as a matter of law, such restrictions may be remove in the opinion
of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Emcore. Emcore acknowledges that Dr.
Schumaker owns 1,251,351 shares of common stock, warrants to purchase 472,027
shares of common stock and holds options to purchase 90,000 shares of common
stock.

          20.  Independent Contractor.  Dr. Schumaker shall be an independent
contractor, and not an employee, with respect to the consulting services.

          21.  Legal Fee.     Emcore shall pay the reasonable legal expenses
of Dr. Schumaker incurred in the negotiation and preparation of this
Agreement.

          22.  Miscellaneous.  This Consulting Agreement constitutes the
entire agreement of the parties in connection with the subject matter hereof. 
This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the substantive laws of
the State of New Jersey.  SHOULD ANY DISPUTE ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, THE
PARTIES HERETO AGREE THAT IN ANY CIVIL ACTION EACH SHALL WAIVE THE RIGHT TO
TRIAL BY JURY AND CONSENT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL OR
STATE COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF NEW JERSEY AND SHALL WAIVE ANY CLAIM OF
IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS WITH RESPECT THERETO.  This Agreement
is a personal contract and Dr. Schumaker's rights and obligations herein may
not be sold, transferred or assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise
alienated by Dr. Schumaker.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Dr. Schumaker may
transfer his rights hereunder to an entity formed by him and principally owned
by him and his family, so long as he shall remain personally responsible for
the performance of all duties hereunder.  The rights and obligations of the
parties hereunder shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
successors and assigns of each.  This Agreement may be amended only in writing
signed by both parties to this Agreement.  Notices to be given pursuant to
this Agreement shall be given to the parties' address set forth at the head of
this Agreement or at such other address as one party shall advise the other in
writing in accordance with this notice procedure.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Dr. Schumaker and Emcore's duly authorized
corporate officer, have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth
above.
                                   EMCORE CORPORATION




                                   By:  /s/ Thomas G. Werthan     
                                        Thomas G. Werthan
                                        Vice President


                                        /s/ Norman E. Schumaker        
                                        Norman E. Schumaker




                                             EXHIBIT 10.15 
 
Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to portions of this
document.  Such portions are indicated by "[*]".

                                   *   *   *

PURCHASE ORDER 111496
DRD 100610

Delphi Energy & Engine Management Systems
SEE BELOW
     Delphi Automotive Systems
     Disbursement Analysis Dept.
     P.O. Box 438040
     Pontiac, MI  48343-6040

DELPHI Energy & Engine
Management Systems
Anderson, Indiana  46018-9986 USA


                                    Page 1
Pegasus Div. Of Emcore Corp.
Attn.: Lou Koszi
394 Elizabeth Avenue
Somerset, NJ  08873


The Seller agrees to sell and the Buyer agrees to purchase subject to the
terms and conditions hereof, approximately the percentage indicated on Exhibit
"A" attached hereto of the Buyer's requirements of the items shown on such
Exhibit "A" effective 11/13/96.

This purchase order will expire on 12/31/97, except that, if buyer submits to
seller a new and revised Exhibit "A" during May 1997, such submission shall
constitute an offer of renewal by Buyer to continue to purchase from Seller
those goods or services identified on Exhibit "A" pursuant to the terms and
conditions of this purchase order, with a new expiration date of 12/31/98. 
Unless Seller notifies Buyer in writing of it's rejection of this offer within
15 days of Seller's receipt of the new or revised Exhibit "A",  Seller will be
deemed to have accepted the offer.

This same renewal mechanism will apply to the renewed purchase order, and any
renewal periods thereafter.

Shipments are authorized only when released by our shipping schedule.

Please manually sign the purchase order acknowledgement and each page of the
Exhibit "A" and return to the Buyer.
EFT/Manual check payments Seller agrees to payment in accord with its current
EFT Payment Agreement or, where EFT is not in place.  That GM may defer making
payment by paper check during any recognized GM holiday until the next GM




business day without being in default or losing any cash discount privileges.

The following pertains to shipments to Indiana only.  Direct payment permit
#003280489 for Indiana sales and tax use.

In order to complete our records, it is necessary to have the acknowledgment
copy of the purchase order and/or amendment signed and returned at once.  Your
prompt attention and reply will be appreciated.

Return the acknowledgement copy to:
     Delphi E Purchasing Department
     P.O. Box 2439
     Anderson, IN  46018

Ship to plant specified on purchase order via Delphi Energy & Engine
Management Systems Traffic Department Instruction Letter.  If no letter on
file call 1-800-436-6668.  Note that Delphi Energy & Engine Management Systems
has a consignee billing agreement with UPS.  The toll free number for UPS is
800 354-7527.  Pre-paid and add may not be used with UPS.

Deliver to Dept. must appear on all packing slips.

Seller represents that goods purchased under this order were not produced with
forced labor (as defined in 19 U.S.C. 1307) either by Seller or Seller's
suppliers.  Seller shall indemnify Buyer against any liability Buyer may incur
if this representation is incorrect.


                                    * * * 

These Numbers Must Appear on All 
Packing Slips and ______________

A UNIQUE NUMBER IDENTIFIED AS A SHIPMENT NUMBER 
MUST APPEAR ON ALL PACKING SLIPS & CORRESPONDING INVOICES 


SUBMIT INVOICE USING THIS
______ UNIT OF MEASURE

IEA: 551
Terms:    Net 25th PROX
FOB: Collect S.P.

SHIP VIA:

DATE TO SHIP:

GENERAL LEDGER ACCT.
SUB ACCOUNT:

CHG. DEPT.:

WORK ORDER:

PROJECT/JOB NO.
OR PLANT ORDER NO.:

F/U:  76




DELIVER TO DEPT.:

NOTIFY:

TERMS AND CONDITIONS:  This order including the terms and conditions on the
face and reverse side hereof (and including additional Terms and Conditions
attached herewith if the work and material is for use on a United States
Government Contract), contains the complete and final agreement between Buyer
and Seller and no other agreement in any way modifying any of said terms and
conditions will be binding upon Buyer unless made in writing and signed by
Buyer's authorized representative.  To the extent that the goods ordered
and/or shipped hereunder are by nature subject to Federal excise tax, the
following exemption certificate of Registration No. 380572515-001-9, issued by
the District Director, Internal Revenue Service, Detroit, Michigan, and that
the article or articles specified in this order will be used by it as material
in the manufacture of, or as a component part of another article to be
manufactured by it.  SEE REVERSE SIDE HEREOF FOR THE TERMS & CONDITIONS TO
WHICH SELLER AGREES BY ACCEPTANCE OF THE ORDER.  This order is not binding
until accepted.  Acceptance should be executed on acknowledgment copy which
should be returned to buyer. 


SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR SHIPPING AND BILLING INSTRUCTIONS.


AUTHORITY FOR DIRECT PAYMENT SALES AND USE TAX.  The Indiana Department of
Revenue under authority of Section 52 of the State Gross Retail Tax and Use
Tax Act, authorizes the above operating Division of General Motors Corporation
to make direct payment of such tax imposed on any purchase, use, storage or
other consumption of tangible personal property or service.
DO NOT BILL INDIANA SALES TAX-REGISTERED RETAIL MERCHANTS CERTIFICATE No.
380572515-002-7.


Direct Payment Permits may not be used for the purchase of licensed vehicles
or utilities, or for lump sum contracts for improvement of realty.




Purchase Order
Amendment No.:  156813


                           PURCHASE ORDER AMENDMENT


Pegasus Div. Of Emcore Corp.
Attn.: Lou Koszi
394 Elizabeth Avenue
Somerset, N.J.  08873


IN ORDER TO COMPLETE OUR RECORDS, IT IS NECESSARY TO 
HAVE THE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT COPY OF THE PURCHASE ORDER
AND/OR AMENDMENT SIGNED AND RETURNED AT ONCE.  
YOUR PROMPT ATTENTION AND REPLY WILL BE APPRECIATED.

WE ARE AMENDING PURCHASE ORDER AS NOTED BELOW AND AUTHORIZE YOU TO CHANGE YOUR
RECORDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS AMENDMENT.  PLEASE SIGN AND RETURN THE
ATTACHED ACKNOWLEDGMENT COPY WITHIN FIVE DAYS.




                           PURCHASE ORDER AMENDMENT

Supplier Code: 27551

Supplier Name: PEGASUS DIV. OF EMCORE CORP.
REQUIREMENT CONTRACT                                                    Page 1

EXHIBIT A                                                             11/17/96

DELPHI-E                                                                Date  
Division of General Motors Corporation
Anderson, Indiana  46018
Contract Number:  100610

All information below effective at once unless otherwise stated
ADD PART TO CONTRACT  10493927N
DESCRIPTION:   MAGNETO RESISTOR

METHOD OF MANUFACTURE:
DELIVERY PLANT:              57        ALPHATEC USA
DELIVERY DEPARTMENT:         5796      400 Industrial Park Dr.
SPEC REVISION DATE:          05/13/96  Manteca, CA  95336
PERCENT OF BUSINESS:
MINIMUM ORDER QUANTITY:
MAXIMUM ORDER QUANTITY:
ACCOUNT DISTRIBUTION:        24008010
UNIT OF MEASURE:             PIECE
UNIT PRICE:                  [*]
PAYMENT TERMS:      NET 25TH PROX
FREIGHT ON BOARD CODE:       COLLECT S.P.
     END OF AMENDMENT

/s/  Reuben Richards
     President & CEO
     11-22-96

                             H. Kidd   317-646-3960
                             ___________________
                             Buyer

                             DELPHI-E
                             Division of General Motors Corporation




Purchase Order Release 
and Shipping Schedule

Follow Up Code: 27551 A

Pegasus Div. Of Emcore Corp.
Attn.: Lou Koszi
394 Elizabeth Avenue
Somerset, N.J.  08873

In the event of questions, 
contact this person

M. Minks
915-783-4715

Date:               11/20/96
Unit of Measure:    PC
Part No.            10493927N
Description:        Magneto Resistor

Date of Order:      11/20/96
                    11/20/96

Purh. Ord. No.:     100610
                    New Rel

This Release No.:   New-Acum
                    113090

Amount of Order:    641000
                    641000

Balance Due Order:  With Rel
                    641000

Last Receipt Considered
     Date:
     P.O. Num:
     Amount:

Total Receipts 
ACUM MDL YTD:

Totals:
     Fabrication:            291000
     With Forecast:          466000


MONTHLY SCHEDULE SHIPPER SHIP CODE

Ship Code:
Back Sched:

Nov: Fabrication
Dec: Fabrication             90000
Jan: Fabrication             201000
Feb: Forecast                175000
Mar: Forecast                175000




Apr: Forecast

PLEASE READ CAREFULLY

1.   The release supersedes all previous releases for this purchase order and
     this part number.
2.   Delphi Energy & Engine Management Systems assumes no obligations for
     materials fabricated in excess of the Total Fabrication shown on this
     schedule.
3.   If a credit symbol (CR) appears after quantity in 1st monthly schedule
     space titled "Back Schedules" this indicates overshipment of past
     schedule and this quantity must be deducted from the first following
     monthly schedule.  A plain quantity in this space indicates past due and
     must be shipped at once.
4.   Material returned for credit has been reordered.  Do not subtract returns
     from your total shipped records.
5.   All overshipments are subject to return, unless special arrangements are
     authorized by Delphi Energy & Engine Management Systems prior to
     shipment.
6.   Shipments must be routed and marked in accordance with Delphi Energy &
     Engine Management Systems' Traffic Department instructions.
7.   In the event premium transportation is necessary because regular
     shipments have not been made in a timely manner in accordance with the
     release schedule, all excess charges must be assumed by the seller.
8.   Review cancellations promptly.  Unless advised in writing within 15 days,
     we will assume cancellation is made without charge.
9.   If you are unable to maintain prices on our purchase orders due to this
     schedule, please advise at once.
10.  Sign and return the acknowledgment copy at once, listing definite
     shipping promises.  Unless advised within 10 days, records are assumed
     correct.
11.  Shipments against this schedule are NOT authorized without production
     sample approval or the use of a Delphi Energy & Engine Management Systems
     Engineering Permit which allows the shipment of unapproved material. 
     (Ref:  Supplier Quantity Manual).

OUR SHIP CODE SPECIFIES THE TIME PARTS OR MATERIAL ARE
TO LEAVE YOUR PLANT - NOT THE ARRIVAL TIME AT OUR PLANT.

DATE

/s/  K.E. Szymczak

WE HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THIS SCHEDULE.




                                                                  Exhibit 11.1

                                            Statement of Computation of Per Share Amounts


                                                                                         For the three 
                                                       For the year ended                months ended
                                                                                          

                                         09/30/94        09/30/95       09/30/96         12/31/95        12/31/96

 Primary:
          Net loss for the period        $ (169,809)     $1,515,980     $(3,176,314)     $ (885,043)     $(3,798,072)

          Weighted average number of
          shares of common stock
          outstanding                    2,958,970       2,994,466      2,944,466        2,994,466       2,944,466
          Shares issuable upon
          exercise of outstanding
          options and warrants (1)       3,756,144       4,070,409      3,756,144        3,756,144       3,756,144

          Shares assumed to be
          acquired in accordance with
          the treasury stock method      2,312,208       2,415,227      2,312,208        2,312,208       2,312,208
          (1)
          Shares used in computing
          Earnings per share             4,402,907       4,649,648      4,438,403        4,438,403       4,438,403

          Net (loss) income per share    $   (0.04)             0.33          (0.72)          (0.20)         (0.86)
 Fully Diluted:

          Net Loss for the period        $(169,809)      1,515,980      (3,176,314)      (885,043)       (3,798,072)
          Weighted average number of
          shares of common stock
          outstanding                    2,958,970       2,994,466      2,994,466        2,994,466       2,994,466

          Shares issuable upon
          exercise of outstanding
          options and warrants (1)       3,756,144       4,070,409      3,756,144        3,756,144       3,756,144
          Shares assumed to be
          acquired in accordance with
          the treasury stock method      2,312,208       2,415,227      2,312,208        2,312,208       2,312,208
          (1)

          Shares used in computing       4,402,907       4,649,648      4,438,403        4,438,403       4,438,403
          Earnings per share
          Net (loss) income per share    $    (0.04)     $      0.33    $   (0.72)       $   (0.20)      $   (0.86)
         ______________

(1)      Under the provisions of Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 64 ("SAB No. 64"), common stock
         and common stock equivalents issued by the company within one year or in contemplation of the Company's offering are
         treated as if they were outstanding for all periods presented.  Accordingly, the shares issuable upon exercise of

         outstanding options and warrants have been increased by 3,756,144 and the shares assumed to be acquired in accordance with
         the treasury stock method has been increased by 2,312,208 for each year presented.

 
                                                                  Exhibit 23.1



                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
                                          



We consent to the inclusion in this registration statement on Form S-1 of our
report dated November 1, 1996, except for Notes 13 and 15 as to which the date
is December 6, 1996, and Note 16, as to which the date is February 3, 1997, on
our audits of the financial statements and financial statement schedule of
EMCORE Corporation.  We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the
caption "Experts."






Parsippany, New Jersey

February 5, 1997

                                                                  Exhibit 23.3



             CONSENT OF LERNER DAVID LITTENBERG KRUMHOLZ & MENTLIK


     We hereby consent to the reference to our firm under the caption
"Experts" in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of EMCORE Corporation for
the registration of its Common Stock.


                              Lerner David Littenberg Krumholz & Mentlik



Westfield, New Jersey
February 3, 1997

                                                                  Exhibit 23.4




                        Consent of Robert Louis-Dreyfus


     I hereby consent to the reference to me as a nominee to be elected to the
Board of Directors of EMCORE Corporation, and I hereby approve the description
of my professional biography included under the caption "Management" in the
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of EMCORE Corporation.


                                         Robert Louis-Dreyfus

February 5, 1997